2020-2026 Mercedes GLE SUV MBUX multimedia system User Manual
MyCarUserManual.com
USER MANUALS FOR EVERY MAKE & MODEL

MBUX multimedia system for Your Mercedes GLE SUV Fourth Generation (2020-2026)

MBUX multimedia system 483The described functions may be modified,Overview and operation* NOTE Increased surface temperature dueoptimised and adapted after the time of goingto direct sunlight on the central displayOverview of the MBUX multimedia systemto surface of the central display is very -Benz therefore reserves the right to& WARNING Risk of distraction from infor-If the display is exposed to direct sunlight, theintroduce changes in the following areas:mation systems and communicationssurface can become very Features# If the central display has been exposedR ServicesIf you operate information systems and com-to direct sunlight, allow it to cool downmunication devices integrated in the vehicleR Service aspectsbefore touching it for a long driving, you could be distracted from theFor these reasons, descriptions and depic-trafoc situation. This could also cause you to% The functions of your MBUX multimedia sys-tions relating to the MBUX multimedia systemlose control of the may differ and depend on the followingmay, in some cases, differ for your vehicle.# Only operate this equipment when thefactors:trafoc situation permits.R Market# If you cannot be sure of this, stop theR National versionvehicle whilst paying attention to roadR Technical conditionsand trafoc conditions and operate theequipment with the vehicle , services and service aspects provi-ded by Mercedes-Benz and/or third-partyYou must observe the legal requirements for theproviders may no longer be available when thecountry in which you are currently driving whencontractual period expires or due to technicaloperating the multimedia . There is therefore no entitlementto the continuous provision of functions andservices.F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 483
The described functions may be modified,
Overview and operation
* NOTE Increased surface temperature due
optimised and adapted after the time of going
to direct sunlight on the central display
Overview of the MBUX multimedia system
to press.
The surface of the central display is very dark.
Mercedes-Benz therefore reserves the right to
& WARNING Risk of distraction from infor-
If the display is exposed to direct sunlight, the
introduce changes in the following areas:
mation systems and communications
surface can become very hot.
equipment
R Features
# If the central display has been exposed
R Services
If you operate information systems and com-
to direct sunlight, allow it to cool down
munication devices integrated in the vehicle
R Service aspects
before touching it for a long time.
when driving, you could be distracted from the
For these reasons, descriptions and depic-
trafoc situation. This could also cause you to
% The functions of your MBUX multimedia sys-
tions relating to the MBUX multimedia system
lose control of the vehicle.
tem may differ and depend on the following
may, in some cases, differ for your vehicle.
# Only operate this equipment when the
factors:
trafoc situation permits.
R Market
# If you cannot be sure of this, stop the
R National version
vehicle whilst paying attention to road
R Technical conditions
and trafoc conditions and operate the
equipment with the vehicle stationary.
Functions, services and service aspects provi-
ded by Mercedes-Benz and/or third-party
You must observe the legal requirements for the
providers may no longer be available when the
country in which you are currently driving when
contractual period expires or due to technical
operating the multimedia system.
conditions. There is therefore no entitlement
to the continuous provision of functions and
services.
F167 0057 02
484 MBUX multimedia systemNumerous application, online services, services3 Touchpadand apps are available for you. These can beOperating the touchpad ( / page 489)called up via the home screen.4 ControllerYou can conveniently call up your favourites usingTurn: adjusts the volumethe ß button on the steering wheel. Quick-Press briefly: switches the mute functionaccess in the home screen and in the applicationson/offserve to select functions more and hold: switches the MBUX multime-If you use the learning function of the multimediadia system or media display on or offsystem, you will receive suggestions during opera-5 Buttons for navigation z, radio/mediation of the most probable navigation destinations,| and telephone %media sources, radio stations and contacts. The( / page 490, 489)configuration of the suggestions is completed in6 Button for vehicle functions ythe system settings. You can compile your userprofile from various vehicle settings and settings% Alternatively, the MBUX Voice Assistant allowsof the multimedia system. Some functions andvoice dialogue. Operation with natural speechservices are protected by a PIN. You can teach instarts after the wake-up call "Hey Mercedes"1 Touch Control and control panel for the MBUXbiometric procedures to identify yourself with( / page 475). You can start a voice naviga-multimedia systemthese instead of the four-digit Mercedes me , for example, with the input of a three-MBUX stands for Mercedes-Benz User Experi-The Notifications Centre collects incoming notifi-word address from , e.g. about an available software update.% If the vehicle is fitted with the MBUX Interior• Operating Touch Control ( / page 487)Depending on the type of notification it offers var-Assistant, selected functions of the multime-2 Media display with touch functionalityious actions. The call is made via the Controldia system can be operated contact-free. In• Home screen overview ( / page 487),
484 MBUX multimedia system
Numerous application, online services, services
3 Touchpad
and apps are available for you. These can be
Operating the touchpad ( / page 489)
called up via the home screen.
4 Controller
You can conveniently call up your favourites using
Turn: adjusts the volume
the ß button on the steering wheel. Quick-
Press briefly: switches the mute function
access in the home screen and in the applications
on/off
serve to select functions more quickly.
Press and hold: switches the MBUX multime-
If you use the learning function of the multimedia
dia system or media display on or off
system, you will receive suggestions during opera-
5 Buttons for navigation z, radio/media
tion of the most probable navigation destinations,
| and telephone %
media sources, radio stations and contacts. The
( / page 490, 489)
configuration of the suggestions is completed in
6 Button for vehicle functions y
the system settings. You can compile your user
profile from various vehicle settings and settings
% Alternatively, the MBUX Voice Assistant allows
of the multimedia system. Some functions and
voice dialogue. Operation with natural speech
services are protected by a PIN. You can teach in
starts after the wake-up call "Hey Mercedes"
1 Touch Control and control panel for the MBUX
biometric procedures to identify yourself with
( / page 475). You can start a voice naviga-
multimedia system
these instead of the four-digit Mercedes me PIN.
tion, for example, with the input of a three-
MBUX stands for Mercedes-Benz User Experi-
The Notifications Centre collects incoming notifi-
word address from what3words.
ence.
cations, e.g. about an available software update.
% If the vehicle is fitted with the MBUX Interior
• Operating Touch Control ( / page 487)
Depending on the type of notification it offers var-
Assistant, selected functions of the multime-
2 Media display with touch functionality
ious actions. The call is made via the Control
dia system can be operated contact-free. In
• Home screen overview ( / page 487)
Centre.
addition, the reading light or search light can
• Operating the touchscreen ( / page 488)
be switched on or off contact-free.
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 485With the global search, you can search on theOnly operate this equipment when the#home screen via categories, e.g. in the navigation,trafoc situation on the Internet.# If you cannot be sure of this, stop theAnti-theft protectionvehicle whilst paying attention to roadand trafoc conditions and operate theThis device is equipped with technical provisionsequipment with the vehicle protect it against theft. More detailed informa-tion about anti-theft protection can be obtained atYou must observe the legal requirements for thea qualified specialist in which you are currently driving whenYou can watch an animation on this topic via theoperating the multimedia link:* NOTE Increased surface temperature dueOverview of the MBUX multimedia systemto direct sunlight on the central display(Mercedes-AMG vehicles)The surface of the central display is very the display is exposed to direct sunlight, the& WARNING Risk of distraction from infor-1 Touch Control and control panel for the MBUXsurface can become very systems and communicationsmultimedia systemequipment# If the central display has been exposedMBUX stands for Mercedes-Benz User Experi-to direct sunlight, allow it to cool downIf you operate information systems and touching it for a long devices integrated in the vehicle• Operates Touch Control ( / page 487)when driving, you could be distracted from the2 Media display with touch functionalitytrafoc situation. This could also cause you to• Home screen overview ( / page 487)lose control of the vehicle.• Operates the touchscreen ( / page 488)F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 485
With the global search, you can search on the
Only operate this equipment when the
#
home screen via categories, e.g. in the navigation,
trafoc situation permits.
and on the Internet.
# If you cannot be sure of this, stop the
Anti-theft protection
vehicle whilst paying attention to road
and trafoc conditions and operate the
This device is equipped with technical provisions
equipment with the vehicle stationary.
to protect it against theft. More detailed informa-
tion about anti-theft protection can be obtained at
You must observe the legal requirements for the
a qualified specialist workshop.
country in which you are currently driving when
You can watch an animation on this topic via the
operating the multimedia system.
following link:
* NOTE Increased surface temperature due
Overview of the MBUX multimedia system
to direct sunlight on the central display
(Mercedes-AMG vehicles)
The surface of the central display is very dark.
If the display is exposed to direct sunlight, the
& WARNING Risk of distraction from infor-
1 Touch Control and control panel for the MBUX
surface can become very hot.
mation systems and communications
multimedia system
equipment
# If the central display has been exposed
MBUX stands for Mercedes-Benz User Experi-
to direct sunlight, allow it to cool down
If you operate information systems and com-
ence.
before touching it for a long time.
munication devices integrated in the vehicle
• Operates Touch Control ( / page 487)
when driving, you could be distracted from the
2 Media display with touch functionality
trafoc situation. This could also cause you to
• Home screen overview ( / page 487)
lose control of the vehicle.
• Operates the touchscreen ( / page 488)
F167 0057 02
486 MBUX multimedia systemlows intelligently, reactively or with hand orious actions. The call is made in the home screen3 Touchpadhead the Control the touchpad ( / page 489)Numerous application, online services, servicesWith the global search, you can search on the4 Controllerand apps are available for you. These can behome screen via categories, e.g. in the navigation,Turn: adjusts the volumecalled up via the home on the briefly: switches the mute functionYou can conveniently call up your favourites usingon/offAnti-theft protectionthe ß button on the steering wheel. Quick-Press and hold: switches the MBUX multime-This device is equipped with technical provisionsaccess in the home screen and in the applicationsdia system or media display on or offto protect it against theft. More detailed informa-serve to select functions more about anti-theft protection can be obtained at5 Buttons for navigation, radio/media and tele-If you use the learning function of the multimediaa qualified specialist , you will receive suggestions during opera-Calls up applicationstion of the most probable navigation destinations,( / page 490, 489)media sources, radio stations and contacts. The6 Button for vehicle functions and favouritesconfiguration of the suggestions is completed inbuttonthe system settings. You can compile your userprofile from various vehicle settings and settings% Alternatively, the MBUX Voice Assistant allowsof the multimedia system. Some functions andvoice dialogue. Operation with natural speechservices are protected by a PIN. You can teach instarts after the wake-up call "Hey Mercedes"biometric procedures to identify yourself with( / page 475). You can start a voice naviga-these instead of the four-digit Mercedes me , for example, with the input of a three-word address from Notifications Centre collects incoming notifi-cations, e.g. about an available softw
486 MBUX multimedia system
lows intelligently, reactively or with hand or
ious actions. The call is made in the home screen
3 Touchpad
head movements.
via the Control Centre.
Operates the touchpad ( / page 489)
Numerous application, online services, services
With the global search, you can search on the
4 Controller
and apps are available for you. These can be
home screen via categories, e.g. in the navigation,
Turn: adjusts the volume
called up via the home screen.
and on the internet.
Press briefly: switches the mute function
You can conveniently call up your favourites using
on/off
Anti-theft protection
the ß button on the steering wheel. Quick-
Press and hold: switches the MBUX multime-
This device is equipped with technical provisions
access in the home screen and in the applications
dia system or media display on or off
to protect it against theft. More detailed informa-
serve to select functions more quickly.
tion about anti-theft protection can be obtained at
5 Buttons for navigation, radio/media and tele-
If you use the learning function of the multimedia
a qualified specialist workshop.
phone
system, you will receive suggestions during opera-
Calls up applications
tion of the most probable navigation destinations,
( / page 490, 489)
media sources, radio stations and contacts. The
6 Button for vehicle functions and favourites
configuration of the suggestions is completed in
button
the system settings. You can compile your user
profile from various vehicle settings and settings
% Alternatively, the MBUX Voice Assistant allows
of the multimedia system. Some functions and
voice dialogue. Operation with natural speech
services are protected by a PIN. You can teach in
starts after the wake-up call "Hey Mercedes"
biometric procedures to identify yourself with
( / page 475). You can start a voice naviga-
these instead of the four-digit Mercedes me PIN.
tion, for example, with the input of a three-
word address from what3words.
The Notifications Centre collects incoming notifi-
cations, e.g. about an available software update.
% If the vehicle is equipped with the MBUX Inte-
Depending on the type of notification it offers var-
rior Assistant, vehicle and infotainment func-
tions can be used. The interaction then fol-
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 487Home screen overviewTouch Control5 Calls up favourites6 Displays in the status line▌Operating Touch Control (MBUX multimedia7 Calls up applicationssystem)8 Quick-access to application9 Index points for selected display areaA Calls up the air conditioning menuThe following functions are called up in the Con-trol Centre:R Notifications CentreR FavouritesR Vehicle quick-accessIn the image, the applications are arranged as acarousel. Pressing and holding on © arrangesthe applications in a grid. This view is also used bya smartphone, for example.1 On the home screen: displays the first threeapplicationsIn other displays: calls up the home screen2 Calls up user profile settings and switchesuser3 Uses the global search4 Calls up the Control Centre: pull the bar downF167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 487
Home screen overview
Touch Control
5 Calls up favourites
6 Displays in the status line
▌Operating Touch Control (MBUX multimedia
7 Calls up applications
system)
8 Quick-access to application
9 Index points for selected display area
A Calls up the air conditioning menu
The following functions are called up in the Con-
trol Centre:
R Notifications Centre
R Favourites
R Vehicle quick-access
In the image, the applications are arranged as a
carousel. Pressing and holding on © arranges
the applications in a grid. This view is also used by
a smartphone, for example.
1 On the home screen: displays the first three
applications
In other displays: calls up the home screen
2 Calls up user profile settings and switches
user
3 Uses the global search
4 Calls up the Control Centre: pull the bar down
F167 0057 02
488 MBUX multimedia system▌Setting acoustic operational feedback for all7 ß Calls up favouritescontrol elements8 £ Starts the MBUX Voice AssistantMultimedia system:% To operate Touch Control 2 in the most4 © 5 Settings 5 Systemeffective way, use the tip of your thumb if pos-5 Control elements 5 Acoustic function is supported by the selection in aYou can navigate through menus and lists via -sensitive surface of Touch Control 2 using# Set Off, Unleaded or Loud.a single-finger swipe, for example:If the function is activated you will hear a click-# To enter a character: select a character usinging sound when selecting control elements orMercedes-AMG vehiclesthe keyboard and press on Touch Control 2.when scrolling in a list. When the beginning or1 © Shows the home screen# To select a menu option: scroll in a list andend of the list is reached you will hear another2 Touch Controlpress Touch Control 2.clicking sound.=9Ì: Swipe in the direction# To move the digital map: swipe in any direc-of the arrow (navigate) Press (confirm)▌Setting the sensitivity for Touch Control3 G Returns to the previous display▌Operating the touchscreenMultimedia system:4 6 Makes or accepts a callTapping4 © 5 Settings 5 System5 ~ Rejects or ends a call5 Control elements# To select a menu item or entry: tap on a sym-6 To increase volume: swipe upwards5 Touch Control sensitivitybol or an reduce volume: swipe down# To increase the map scale: tap twice quickly# Select Fast, Medium or Slow.8 To switch off the sound: presswith one finger.F167 0057 02
488 MBUX multimedia system
▌Setting acoustic operational feedback for all
7 ß Calls up favourites
control elements
8 £ Starts the MBUX Voice Assistant
Multimedia system:
% To operate Touch Control 2 in the most
4 © 5 Settings 5 System
effective way, use the tip of your thumb if pos-
5 Control elements 5 Acoustic feedback
sible.
The function is supported by the selection in a
You can navigate through menus and lists via the
list.
touch-sensitive surface of Touch Control 2 using
# Set Off, Unleaded or Loud.
a single-finger swipe, for example:
If the function is activated you will hear a click-
# To enter a character: select a character using
ing sound when selecting control elements or
Mercedes-AMG vehicles
the keyboard and press on Touch Control 2.
when scrolling in a list. When the beginning or
1 © Shows the home screen
# To select a menu option: scroll in a list and
end of the list is reached you will hear another
2 Touch Control
press Touch Control 2.
clicking sound.
=9Ì: Swipe in the direction
# To move the digital map: swipe in any direc-
of the arrow (navigate)
tion.
Touchscreen
a Press (confirm)
▌Setting the sensitivity for Touch Control
3 G Returns to the previous display
▌Operating the touchscreen
Multimedia system:
4 6 Makes or accepts a call
Tapping
4 © 5 Settings 5 System
5 ~ Rejects or ends a call
5 Control elements
# To select a menu item or entry: tap on a sym-
6 To increase volume: swipe upwards
5 Touch Control sensitivity
bol or an entry.
To reduce volume: swipe down
# To increase the map scale: tap twice quickly
# Select Fast, Medium or Slow.
8 To switch off the sound: press
with one finger.
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 489To reduce the map scale: tap with two , holding and movingTouchpad#To enter characters with the keypad: tap on a# To move the map: touch the touchscreen and▌Operating the touchpad# your finger in any direction.# To set the volume on a scale: touch theSingle-finger swipetouchscreen and move the finger to the left or# To navigate in menus: swipe up, down, left and holding# To move the digital map: swipe in any direc-tion.# To save the destination in the map: touch thetouchscreen and hold until a message is# To use handwriting to enter characters: character with one finger on thetouchscreen.# To call up a global menu in the applications:touch the touchscreen and hold until theTwo-finger swipeOptions menu appears.# To zoom in and out of the map: move two fin-gers together or apart.# To enlarge or reduce the size of a section of awebsite: move two fingers together or apart.# To turn the map: turn anti-clockwise or clock-1 G buttonwise using two to the previous display2 ~ buttonThree-finger swipeCalls up the control menu of the last active# To call up the home screen: swipe up withaudio sourcethree fingers in an application.F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 489
To reduce the map scale: tap with two fingers.
Touching, holding and moving
Touchpad
#
To enter characters with the keypad: tap on a
# To move the map: touch the touchscreen and
▌Operating the touchpad
#
button.
move your finger in any direction.
# To set the volume on a scale: touch the
Single-finger swipe
touchscreen and move the finger to the left or
# To navigate in menus: swipe up, down, left or
right.
right.
Touching and holding
# To move the digital map: swipe in any direc-
tion.
# To save the destination in the map: touch the
touchscreen and hold until a message is
# To use handwriting to enter characters: write
shown.
the character with one finger on the
touchscreen.
# To call up a global menu in the applications:
touch the touchscreen and hold until the
Two-finger swipe
Options menu appears.
# To zoom in and out of the map: move two fin-
gers together or apart.
# To enlarge or reduce the size of a section of a
website: move two fingers together or apart.
# To turn the map: turn anti-clockwise or clock-
1 G button
wise using two fingers.
Returns to the previous display
2 ~ button
Three-finger swipe
Calls up the control menu of the last active
# To call up the home screen: swipe up with
audio source
three fingers in an application.
F167 0057 02
490 MBUX multimedia systemPress the Fast, Medium or Slow.3 © button##To set the pressure sensitivity: switch Touch-Shows the home screen and calls up applica-Moving the digital map#tionspad tap on or off.# Swipe in all the function is switched on, a tap on the4 Turn: adjusts the volumetouchpad is enough to select a menu the following functions with a two-fingerPress briefly: switches the mute functionon/offswipe:▌Activating or deactivating haptic operatingPress and hold: switches the MBUX multime-# To call up the Notifications Centre: swipefeedback for the touchpaddia system or media display on or offdown with two system:5 Calls up navigation or the map# To close the Notifications Centre: swipe up4 © 5 Settings 5 System6 Calls up radio or mediawith two fingers.5 Control elements7 Calls up the telephone# To call up the control menu of the last activeThe function supports you when making entries8 Calls up favouritesaudio source: swipe up with two the touchpad and when selecting menus.9 Calls up vehicle functions# To zoom in and out of the map: move two fin-# Switch Haptic feedback on or together or enter a character: enter a character usingWhen the function is activated, a tactile feed-#the keyboard.# To enlarge or reduce the size of a section of aback in the form of a vibration is effectedwebsite: move two fingers together or the touchpad is a character on the touch-sensitive sur-▌Setting the sensitivity for the touchpad▌Selecting a station and track using the touch-#face of the system:pad# Press the ~ button on the touchpad.4 © 5 Settings 5 SystemSelecting a menu item or entry with one-fingerThe control menu appears for the audio5 Control elementsswipessource that was last selected.# Select Sensitivity.# Swipe up, down, left or right.F167 0057 02
490 MBUX multimedia system
Press the touchpad.
Select Fast, Medium or Slow.
3 © button
#
#
To set the pressure sensitivity: switch Touch-
Shows the home screen and calls up applica-
Moving the digital map
#
tions
pad tap on or off.
# Swipe in all directions.
If the function is switched on, a tap on the
4 Turn: adjusts the volume
touchpad is enough to select a menu item.
Use the following functions with a two-finger
Press briefly: switches the mute function
on/off
swipe:
▌Activating or deactivating haptic operating
Press and hold: switches the MBUX multime-
# To call up the Notifications Centre: swipe
feedback for the touchpad
dia system or media display on or off
down with two fingers.
Multimedia system:
5 Calls up navigation or the map
# To close the Notifications Centre: swipe up
4 © 5 Settings 5 System
6 Calls up radio or media
with two fingers.
5 Control elements
7 Calls up the telephone
# To call up the control menu of the last active
The function supports you when making entries
8 Calls up favourites
audio source: swipe up with two fingers.
on the touchpad and when selecting menus.
9 Calls up vehicle functions
# To zoom in and out of the map: move two fin-
# Switch Haptic feedback on or off.
gers together or apart.
To enter a character: enter a character using
When the function is activated, a tactile feed-
#
the keyboard.
# To enlarge or reduce the size of a section of a
back in the form of a vibration is effected
website: move two fingers together or apart.
when the touchpad is operated.
or
Write a character on the touch-sensitive sur-
▌Setting the sensitivity for the touchpad
▌Selecting a station and track using the touch-
#
face of the touchpad.
Multimedia system:
pad
# Press the ~ button on the touchpad.
4 © 5 Settings 5 System
Selecting a menu item or entry with one-finger
The control menu appears for the audio
5 Control elements
swipes
source that was last selected.
# Select Sensitivity.
# Swipe up, down, left or right.
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 491Swipe left or right using one reading light or search light can be switched#& WARNING Risk of distraction from infor-Radio: the previous or next station is or off systems and communicationsMedia source: the previous or next track isThe MBUX Interior Assistant can driver and front passenger you operate information systems and com-# To hide the control menu: press the ~ but-The MBUX Interior Assistant recognises specificmunication devices integrated in the vehicleton on the movements and a driving, you could be distracted from thetrafoc situation. This could also cause you tolose control of the Interior Assistant# Only operate this equipment when the▌Notes on lasers and laser classificationtrafoc situation permits.# If you cannot be sure of this, stop the& WARNING Risk of injury from the cam-vehicle whilst paying attention to roadera's laser radiationand trafoc conditions and operate theThis product uses a classification 1 laser sys-equipment with the vehicle . If the housing is opened or damaged,laser radiation may damage your must observe the legal requirements for thecountry in which you are currently driving whenExample of camera installation location# Do not open the the multimedia system.# Always have maintenance work andCamera 1 is located in the overhead controlrepairs carried out by a qualified special-▌Overview of the MBUX Interior the vehicle is fitted with the MBUX InteriorAssistant, selected functions of the multimediaThis device is a class 1 laser product in accord-system can be operated contact-free. In addition,ance with IEC 60825-1:2014 and DIN EN60825-1:2014.F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 491
Swipe left or right using one finger.
the reading light or search light can be switched
#
& WARNING Risk of distraction from infor-
Radio: the previous or next station is set.
on or off contact-free.
mation systems and communications
Media source: the previous or next track is
The MBUX Interior Assistant can differentiate
equipment
selected.
between driver and front passenger interactions.
If you operate information systems and com-
# To hide the control menu: press the ~ but-
The MBUX Interior Assistant recognises specific
munication devices integrated in the vehicle
ton on the touchpad.
hand movements and a pose.
when driving, you could be distracted from the
trafoc situation. This could also cause you to
lose control of the vehicle.
MBUX Interior Assistant
# Only operate this equipment when the
▌Notes on lasers and laser classification
trafoc situation permits.
# If you cannot be sure of this, stop the
& WARNING Risk of injury from the cam-
vehicle whilst paying attention to road
era's laser radiation
and trafoc conditions and operate the
This product uses a classification 1 laser sys-
equipment with the vehicle stationary.
tem. If the housing is opened or damaged,
laser radiation may damage your retina.
You must observe the legal requirements for the
country in which you are currently driving when
Example of camera installation location
# Do not open the housing.
operating the multimedia system.
# Always have maintenance work and
Camera 1 is located in the overhead control
repairs carried out by a qualified special-
▌Overview of the MBUX Interior Assistant
panel.
ist workshop.
If the vehicle is fitted with the MBUX Interior
Assistant, selected functions of the multimedia
This device is a class 1 laser product in accord-
system can be operated contact-free. In addition,
ance with IEC 60825-1:2014 and DIN EN
60825-1:2014.
F167 0057 02
492 MBUX multimedia systemSystem limits, display messages and notes forR The camera is covered, dirty, misted up orR Clothing being worn (hat, shawl, scarf) may the detection range of the until the camera has cooled down beforeKeep the camera's field of vision system may be impaired or may not functioncleaning the camera the following situations:R The camera is not the outside of the camera lens with aConsult a Mercedes-Benz service centre.R The camera in the overhead control panel maydry or damp cotton cloth. Do not use microfi-heat up due to operating conditions. As abre cloths. Do not remove the cover whenresult the camera may switch off temporarily, during longer periods of operationR Recognition can be impaired by reflectiveand at high outside , an adverse colour of clothing or byDo not touch or cover the camera and waitaccessories, for the camera has cooled down and is avail-able again.F167 0057 02
492 MBUX multimedia system
System limits, display messages and notes for
R The camera is covered, dirty, misted up or
R Clothing being worn (hat, shawl, scarf) may be
scratched.
limiting the detection range of the camera.
rectification
Wait until the camera has cooled down before
Keep the camera's field of vision clear.
The system may be impaired or may not function
cleaning the camera lens.
in the following situations:
R The camera is not operational.
Clean the outside of the camera lens with a
Consult a Mercedes-Benz service centre.
R The camera in the overhead control panel may
dry or damp cotton cloth. Do not use microfi-
heat up due to operating conditions. As a
bre cloths. Do not remove the cover when
result the camera may switch off temporarily,
cleaning.
particularly during longer periods of operation
R Recognition can be impaired by reflective
and at high outside temperatures.
clothing, an adverse colour of clothing or by
Do not touch or cover the camera and wait
accessories, for example.
until the camera has cooled down and is avail-
able again.
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 493Supported interactionsInteraction areaInteractionDescriptionIn front of the media display or above the touch-Proximity to the control elementThe MBUX Interior Assistant recognises a hand approaching apadcontrol on the active application, the display will be adjus-ted in the media display. Some functions differentiate betweendriver and front specific hand position is the centre consoleDefined poseA favourite is called up with a defined the inside rearview mirrorBrief up and down movementsWith brief up and down movements below the inside rearviewmirror the reading light for the driver or the front passenger isswitched on and the front passenger seatStretching out a hand above the frontBy stretching out a hand above the front passenger seat thepassenger seatsearch light is switched on. If you withdraw a hand from thisarea, the search light is switched off can watch an animation on this topic via the▌Operating functions by bringing your handR One of the following applications appears infollowing link:the media display:closer to the multimedia systemSeat settings with displays for the driver-Requirements:and front passenger seat, e.g. SeatF167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 493
Supported interactions
Interaction area
Interaction
Description
In front of the media display or above the touch-
Proximity to the control element
The MBUX Interior Assistant recognises a hand approaching a
pad
control element.
Depending on the active application, the display will be adjus-
ted in the media display. Some functions differentiate between
driver and front passenger.
No specific hand position is required.
Above the centre console
Defined pose
A favourite is called up with a defined pose.
Below the inside rearview mirror
Brief up and down movements
With brief up and down movements below the inside rearview
mirror the reading light for the driver or the front passenger is
switched on and off.
Above the front passenger seat
Stretching out a hand above the front
By stretching out a hand above the front passenger seat the
passenger seat
search light is switched on. If you withdraw a hand from this
area, the search light is switched off again.
You can watch an animation on this topic via the
▌Operating functions by bringing your hand
R One of the following applications appears in
following link:
the media display:
closer to the multimedia system
Seat settings with displays for the driver
-
Requirements:
and front passenger seat, e.g. Seat
F167 0057 02
494 MBUX multimedia systemHome screenHighlighting an application on the home screenTo show current information again: move your-#hand away from the touchscreen or MBUX Interior Assistant detects in which areaRadio menu or media menu-your hand is in front of the touchscreen. The dis-% More information on the radio menuMap in the navigation-play of objects shown is adjusted to improve ori-( / page 624) and the media menuActive Parking Assist-entation.( / page 619).R Recognition occurs as your hand approaches# Move your hand towards the the navigation menu on the mapto approximately 10 cm from the touchscreenThe symbol for the application is enlarged. TheThe MBUX Interior Assistant shows the navigationor the -access applications will be .# Continue operation and select a quick-accessSeat adjustments by the driver or front passenger# Move your hand towards the touchscreen orapplication, for the seat settings menu, the MBUX detects proximity to various control ele-% Further information about the home screenThe navigation menu is of the multimedia system. In addition, the( / page 487).# Continue operation and select a Interior Assistant detects from which seatActivating cover change in the radio menu andthe action emanates.# To hide the navigation menu again: move yourmedia menuhand away from the touchscreen or touchpad.# When the seat settings are shown, move yourThe MBUX Interior Assistant reduces the numberhand towards the touchscreen or touchpad.% Further information on the navigation menuof operating seat of the person operating, driver's seat( / page 530).# Move your hand towards the touchscreen oror front passenger seat, is enlarged in theShowing operating symbols in the Active camera image (only from driver's seat)The current information, e.g. about the radioThe appropriate control elements are
494 MBUX multimedia system
Home screen
Highlighting an application on the home screen
To show current information again: move your
-
#
hand away from the touchscreen or touchpad.
The MBUX Interior Assistant detects in which area
Radio menu or media menu
-
your hand is in front of the touchscreen. The dis-
% More information on the radio menu
Map in the navigation
-
play of objects shown is adjusted to improve ori-
( / page 624) and the media menu
Active Parking Assist
-
entation.
( / page 619).
R Recognition occurs as your hand approaches
# Move your hand towards the touchscreen.
Showing the navigation menu on the map
to approximately 10 cm from the touchscreen
The symbol for the application is enlarged. The
The MBUX Interior Assistant shows the navigation
or the touchpad.
quick-access applications will be highlighted.
menu.
# Continue operation and select a quick-access
Seat adjustments by the driver or front passenger
# Move your hand towards the touchscreen or
application, for example.
In the seat settings menu, the MBUX Interior
touchpad.
Assistant detects proximity to various control ele-
% Further information about the home screen
The navigation menu is shown.
ments of the multimedia system. In addition, the
( / page 487).
# Continue operation and select a symbol.
MBUX Interior Assistant detects from which seat
Activating cover change in the radio menu and
the action emanates.
# To hide the navigation menu again: move your
media menu
hand away from the touchscreen or touchpad.
# When the seat settings are shown, move your
The MBUX Interior Assistant reduces the number
hand towards the touchscreen or touchpad.
% Further information on the navigation menu
of operating steps.
The seat of the person operating, driver's seat
( / page 530).
# Move your hand towards the touchscreen or
or front passenger seat, is enlarged in the
Showing operating symbols in the Active Parking
touchpad.
media display.
Assist camera image (only from driver's seat)
The current information, e.g. about the radio
The appropriate control elements are pre-
The MBUX Interior Assistant facilitates quick-
station, track and artist is hidden. Cover
selected automatically.
access for the driver to various camera views.
change is activated.
# Either switch the function on and off directly
# Continue operation and select a cover.
or make further settings (depending on func-
tion).
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 495When Active Parking Assist is shown, move% If a favourite has not yet been saved and con-▌Switching the search light for the driver on or#your hand towards the with the MBUX Interior Assistant, theoff with a hand movementThe camera operation symbols are system will assist :# Continue operation and display the desired# Position a hand above the centre console inR The function is available when it is , rear, left and right camera direction of the media display. The back ofR The hand movement takes place in the inter-your hand is facing upwards. In doing so the% Further information on the Active Parkingaction area above the front passenger and middle finger are spread to form a VAssist function ( / page 436).with the other fingers bent inwards. BrieflyR The seat belt on the front passenger seat must▌Calling up favourites with the V posehold the V be inserted in the seat belt favourite is called :Stretching out a hand over the front passenger▌Contactless switching on or off of the readingR There is at least one switches a search light on for the driver whenit is dark. Pulling the hand back switches thelight for driver and front passengerR The favourite has been connected with thesearch light off Interior Assistant ( / page 500).Requirements:# To switch on: reach across the frontR The area for recognition of the favourite'sR The function is available when it is seat with a (V pose) is above the centre console atR The hand movement takes place in the inter-The search light is switched on for the height of the climate control vents and theaction area below the inside rearview display. Your hand should be at least# To switch off: take a hand back away from the10 cm from the media moving a hand up and down under thefront passenger
MBUX multimedia system 495
When Active Parking Assist is shown, move
% If a favourite has not yet been saved and con-
▌Switching the search light for the driver on or
#
your hand towards the touchscreen.
nected with the MBUX Interior Assistant, the
off with a hand movement
The camera operation symbols are displayed.
multimedia system will assist you.
Requirements:
# Continue operation and display the desired
# Position a hand above the centre console in
R The function is available when it is dark.
front, rear, left and right camera views.
the direction of the media display. The back of
R The hand movement takes place in the inter-
your hand is facing upwards. In doing so the
% Further information on the Active Parking
action area above the front passenger seat.
index and middle finger are spread to form a V
Assist function ( / page 436).
with the other fingers bent inwards. Briefly
R The seat belt on the front passenger seat must
▌Calling up favourites with the V pose
hold the V pose.
not be inserted in the seat belt buckle.
The favourite is called up.
Requirements:
Stretching out a hand over the front passenger
▌Contactless switching on or off of the reading
R There is at least one favourite.
seat switches a search light on for the driver when
it is dark. Pulling the hand back switches the
light for driver and front passenger
R The favourite has been connected with the
search light off again.
MBUX Interior Assistant ( / page 500).
Requirements:
# To switch on: reach across the front
R The area for recognition of the favourite's
R The function is available when it is dark.
passenger seat with a hand.
pose (V pose) is above the centre console at
R The hand movement takes place in the inter-
The search light is switched on for the driver.
the height of the climate control vents and the
action area below the inside rearview mirror.
media display. Your hand should be at least
# To switch off: take a hand back away from the
10 cm from the media display.
Briefly moving a hand up and down under the
front passenger seat.
inside rearview mirror switches the reading light
The search light is switched off again.
R The V pose is held for a brief time.
specifically for the driver or front passenger on or
Calling up favourites
off.
The driver and front passenger can connect two
# Move your hand up and down under the inside
different favourites with the V pose.
rearview mirror.
The reading light is switched on or off.
F167 0057 02
496 MBUX multimedia system▌Selecting settings for the MBUX Interior Assis-Userb) Pressing a position button of the#tantmemory function or a seat adjustment▌Notes on user profilesMultimedia system:switch in the driver's adjustment process is stopped.4 © 5 Settings 5 System& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped dur-5 Interior assistanting adjustment of the driver's seat afterThe driver's seat is equipped with an anti-entrap-calling up a driver profile# To switch on full functionality of the MBUXment Assistant: select a user profile may trigger an adjust-If the driver's door is open, the driver's seat willThe option is activated #.ment of the driver's seat to the position savednot be set after calling up the driver's profile.# To activate additional functions for readingunder the user profile. You or other vehicleand search lights: select Including search▌Overview of user profilesoccupants could be injured in the reading light.# Make sure that when the position of driv-Requirements for useWhen the option is switched on, the displayer's seat is being adjusted using the mul-button is activated.R You have a Mercedes me user system, no people or body partsThe functions for the reading and search lightsR You have a Mercedes me in the seat's range of activated in addition to the proximity func-R You have agreed to the terms of there is a risk of someone becoming trap-tions.R The vehicle is linked to a Mercedes me userped, immediately stop the adjustment process# To switch off the MBUX Interior Assistant::select option is activated #.# a) Pressing the warning message on the% If one of the pre-requisites listed is missing orcentral no user profile has been selected, the datadescribed in the following section will beorsaved in the vehicle as the standard settings can be changed by all vehi-cle users.F167 0057 02
496 MBUX multimedia system
▌Selecting settings for the MBUX Interior Assis-
User
b) Pressing a position button of the
#
tant
memory function or a seat adjustment
▌Notes on user profiles
Multimedia system:
switch in the driver's door.
The adjustment process is stopped.
4 © 5 Settings 5 System
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped dur-
5 Interior assistant
ing adjustment of the driver's seat after
The driver's seat is equipped with an anti-entrap-
calling up a driver profile
# To switch on full functionality of the MBUX
ment feature.
Interior Assistant: select On.
Selecting a user profile may trigger an adjust-
If the driver's door is open, the driver's seat will
The option is activated #.
ment of the driver's seat to the position saved
not be set after calling up the driver's profile.
# To activate additional functions for reading
under the user profile. You or other vehicle
and search lights: select Including search
▌Overview of user profiles
occupants could be injured in the process.
and reading light.
# Make sure that when the position of driv-
Requirements for use
When the option is switched on, the display
er's seat is being adjusted using the mul-
button is activated.
R You have a Mercedes me user account.
timedia system, no people or body parts
The functions for the reading and search lights
R You have a Mercedes me PIN.
are in the seat's range of movement.
are activated in addition to the proximity func-
R You have agreed to the terms of use.
If there is a risk of someone becoming trap-
tions.
R The vehicle is linked to a Mercedes me user
ped, immediately stop the adjustment process
# To switch off the MBUX Interior Assistant:
account.
by:
select Off.
The option is activated #.
# a) Pressing the warning message on the
% If one of the pre-requisites listed is missing or
central display.
if no user profile has been selected, the data
described in the following section will be
or
saved in the vehicle as the standard setting.
Standard settings can be changed by all vehi-
cle users.
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 497User profiles save personal settings. If the vehicle% When a user profile is activated, the followingYou can watch an animation on this topic via theis used by several people, a person can changefollowing link:personalised comfort systems, for example,their profile settings without changing the settingscan be adjusted or their settings loaded:▌Adding a userof other users.R SeatYou can individualise a user profile in the vehicleRequirementsR Ambient lightusing the set-up assistant or using the settings inR The vehicle is stationary.R Outside mirrorsyour user profile. Some settings, e.g. theMultimedia system:Mercedes me PIN and a profile photo are made inR Climate control settings4 © 5 f 5 Select userthe Mercedes me App or in the Mercedes me Por-If the user profile is activated when drivingtal.# Select f Add the driver's seat position will not be% If the user profile is downloaded while travel-A QR code is , user profiles are not set up using the set-# Scan the displayed QR code with theup -specific contentMercedes me App or any QR code scanner onUser-specific content and applications with per-a mobile device. If the Mercedes me App isDepending on the vehicle equipment you can, assonal data are protected by different levels ofnot yet installed on your mobile device, youa user, save the following settings, for example:security ( / page 498).will be directed to the store of your mobileR Driver's seat, steering wheel and mirror access protected content, the Mercedes metingsPIN and, depending on the vehicle equipment,# Follow the steps in the Mercedes me App.R Climate controlbiometric sensors are vehicle is connected with your MercedesR Ambient lightme user account. This automatically creates% The security level is set by the multimedia sys-your user profile in the vehicle.R Radio (including station list)tem and calculated from the combination ofall sensor inputs. Some security le
MBUX multimedia system 497
User profiles save personal settings. If the vehicle
% When a user profile is activated, the following
You can watch an animation on this topic via the
is used by several people, a person can change
following link:
personalised comfort systems, for example,
their profile settings without changing the settings
can be adjusted or their settings loaded:
▌Adding a user
of other users.
R Seat
You can individualise a user profile in the vehicle
Requirements
R Ambient light
using the set-up assistant or using the settings in
R The vehicle is stationary.
R Outside mirrors
your user profile. Some settings, e.g. the
Multimedia system:
Mercedes me PIN and a profile photo are made in
R Climate control settings
4 © 5 f 5 Select user
the Mercedes me App or in the Mercedes me Por-
If the user profile is activated when driving
tal.
# Select f Add user.
then the driver's seat position will not be
% If the user profile is downloaded while travel-
A QR code is loaded.
adjusted.
ling, user profiles are not set up using the set-
# Scan the displayed QR code with the
up assistant.
User-specific content
Mercedes me App or any QR code scanner on
User-specific content and applications with per-
a mobile device. If the Mercedes me App is
Depending on the vehicle equipment you can, as
sonal data are protected by different levels of
not yet installed on your mobile device, you
a user, save the following settings, for example:
security ( / page 498).
will be directed to the store of your mobile
R Driver's seat, steering wheel and mirror set-
device.
To access protected content, the Mercedes me
tings
PIN and, depending on the vehicle equipment,
# Follow the steps in the Mercedes me App.
R Climate control
biometric sensors are used.
The vehicle is connected with your Mercedes
R Ambient light
me user account. This automatically creates
% The security level is set by the multimedia sys-
your user profile in the vehicle.
R Radio (including station list)
tem and calculated from the combination of
all sensor inputs. Some security levels cannot
You will be informed when your user profile is
R Suggestions and favourites
be turned off.
available.
F167 0057 02
498 MBUX multimedia systemWhen the vehicle is stationary, the set-upFor teaching in and editing biometric recogni-R If biometric sensors provide insufocient orassistant starts automatically after user selec-tion see the following informationtion.R SuggestionsR If the multimedia system no longer trusts a% When the user has been added, they can besensorThe data and determination of the most prob-selected ( / page 499).able navigation destinations, media sources,R If the seat belt buckle and the door areradio stations, contacts and at the same seat and a function▌Selecting user optionsrequiring special protection is called upR ENERGIZING COACHMultimedia system:R When the vehicle is locked from outsideThe recorded health data and its evaluation.4 © 5 f 5 SettingsR In-Car OfoceSelect Protect content.#Protecting user-specific content and applicationsThe calendar, the tasks and the Access protection on or you add a new user, access protection is#already activated for the user profile. TheR Parking service% When access protection is switched off, yourMercedes me PIN and, depending on the vehicleuser profile can be viewed from any seat andThe payment , biometric sensors are available forchanges can be made.R Mercedes me Storeaccess. Biometric sensors in the vehicle must be% Access protection is switched on or off on aThe purchase of in. The authentication process then takesvehicle-specific taught-in and available sensors into account.R System activations of paid vehicle functions% Please note that authentication is necessaryThe following user-specific content and applica-for several functions such as In-Car Ofoce andIn the following cases you will be prompted fortions are protected, for example:cannot therefore be completely switched or re-authentication using a sensorR User selection and user profile settingsor the Mercedes me PIN:Setting up and edi
498 MBUX multimedia system
When the vehicle is stationary, the set-up
For teaching in and editing biometric recogni-
R If biometric sensors provide insufocient or
assistant starts automatically after user selec-
tion see the following section.
contradictory information
tion.
R Suggestions
R If the multimedia system no longer trusts a
% When the user has been added, they can be
sensor
The data and determination of the most prob-
selected ( / page 499).
able navigation destinations, media sources,
R If the seat belt buckle and the door are
radio stations, contacts and messages.
opened at the same seat and a function
▌Selecting user options
requiring special protection is called up
R ENERGIZING COACH
Multimedia system:
R When the vehicle is locked from outside
The recorded health data and its evaluation.
4 © 5 f 5 Settings
R In-Car Ofoce
Select Protect content.
#
Protecting user-specific content and applications
The calendar, the tasks and the e-mails.
Switch Access protection on or off.
If you add a new user, access protection is
#
already activated for the user profile. The
R Parking service
% When access protection is switched off, your
Mercedes me PIN and, depending on the vehicle
user profile can be viewed from any seat and
The payment transactions.
equipment, biometric sensors are available for
changes can be made.
R Mercedes me Store
access. Biometric sensors in the vehicle must be
% Access protection is switched on or off on a
The purchase of services.
taught in. The authentication process then takes
vehicle-specific basis.
all taught-in and available sensors into account.
R System activations of paid vehicle functions
% Please note that authentication is necessary
The following user-specific content and applica-
for several functions such as In-Car Ofoce and
In the following cases you will be prompted for
tions are protected, for example:
cannot therefore be completely switched off.
authentication or re-authentication using a sensor
R User selection and user profile settings
or the Mercedes me PIN:
Setting up and editing biometric recognition
R Biometric sensors
R When selecting a protected user profile
The biometric data models are saved in the sen-
The teaching-in of biometric sensors
sors in the vehicle. If recognition has been set up,
R When calling up a function requiring special
protection
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 499this sensor serves as a contributory factor forSelect Set-up assistant.% Your Mercedes me user account and your per-#authentication on the multimedia data will remain within the MercedesFollow the directions from the set-up assis-#me ecosystem.# Select Protect .# Select Voice the user profile to factory settingsChanging a user name or profile photo% If necessary, authenticate yourself on the mul-# Select Profile.# Select system.# Select Reset.# Select Change user up voice recognition# Select Speak the sentence shown on the media dis-% This resets the contents of the user profile to# Select Profile and follow the voice assistant's instruc-factory settings, but not the vehicle.# Enter the user name or select a user can watch an animation on this topic via the# Select voice recognition was successful, a messagefollowing link:appears on the media display. You can unlock% You can store your photo in the Mercedes me▌Selecting a useryour user account using the app or in the photo will then be shown in the vehicle. InMultimedia system:% Avoid background or disturbing noises duringthe vehicle itself, you can select other samplevoice recognition.4 © 5 fimages instead of the photo.% When you call up your driver profile, the driv-Deleting biometric dataDeleting a user profileer's seat and the steering wheel can be set.# Tap on E behind Voice recognition.# Select can cancel the setting process with the# Select actions:# Select up the set-up assistantR Tap on the Tap here to cancel. message# Select Remove user the media display.# Select Profile.F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 499
this sensor serves as a contributory factor for
Select Set-up assistant.
% Your Mercedes me user account and your per-
#
authentication on the multimedia system.
sonal data will remain within the Mercedes
Follow the directions from the set-up assis-
#
me ecosystem.
# Select Protect content.
tant.
# Select Voice recognition.
Resetting the user profile to factory settings
Changing a user name or profile photo
% If necessary, authenticate yourself on the mul-
# Select Profile.
# Select Profile.
timedia system.
# Select Reset.
# Select Change user name.
Setting up voice recognition
# Select Yes.
or
# Speak the sentence shown on the media dis-
% This resets the contents of the user profile to
# Select Profile picture.
play and follow the voice assistant's instruc-
factory settings, but not the vehicle.
# Enter the user name or select a user image.
tions.
You can watch an animation on this topic via the
# Select Finished.
If voice recognition was successful, a message
following link:
appears on the media display. You can unlock
% You can store your photo in the Mercedes me
▌Selecting a user
your user profile.
user account using the app or in the portal.
The photo will then be shown in the vehicle. In
Multimedia system:
% Avoid background or disturbing noises during
the vehicle itself, you can select other sample
voice recognition.
4 © 5 f
images instead of the photo.
% When you call up your driver profile, the driv-
Deleting biometric data
Deleting a user profile
er's seat and the steering wheel can be set.
# Tap on E behind Voice recognition.
# Select Profile.
You can cancel the setting process with the
# Select Yes.
following actions:
# Select Remove.
Calling up the set-up assistant
R Tap on the Tap here to cancel. message
# Select Remove user profile.
on the media display.
# Select Profile.
F167 0057 02
500 MBUX multimedia systemR Press one of the seat operating buttons inMultimedia system:Favouritesthe driver's door.4 © 5 f 5 Settings▌Overview of favourites# Select Select user.5 SynchronisationFavourites offer you quick access to frequently# Select a user.# Synchronise automatically .used applications. 100 favourites are available inWhen the vehicle is switched on or off, thetotal.# When requested to do so, authenticate withdata stored in the vehicle is automaticallythe Mercedes me PIN or a taught-in biometricYou can select favourites from categories or yousynchronised with the Mercedes me favourites directly from an . This synchronization is done for allThe user profile is loaded and activated.▌Calling up favouritesuser profiles and is not profile-specific.% If you select Continue without selecting user,Multimedia system:orno specific settings for the user profile areloaded.# Select Synchronise now.4 © 5 ßAfter selecting this option, the data stored in# Alternatively, in the home screen pull down▌Synchronising user profilesthe vehicle is synchronised with the Mercedesbar 4 in the centre of the status lineme user accounts.( / page 487).RequirementsR You have a Mercedes me user account.% Not all user profile functions are available dur-# Select ß in the Control synchronization.R The vehicle is connected with your Mercedes▌Adding favouritesme user account.% If the personalisation service in the vehicle isMultimedia system:deactivated, only the following user profile4 © 5 ßmaster data is synchronised:R Profile nameSelecting favourites from categoriesR Profile image# Select r.R Mercedes me PIN# Select W Create new favourite.F167 0057 02
500 MBUX multimedia system
R Press one of the seat operating buttons in
Multimedia system:
Favourites
the driver's door.
4 © 5 f 5 Settings
▌Overview of favourites
# Select Select user.
5 Synchronisation
Favourites offer you quick access to frequently
# Select a user.
# Synchronise automatically .
used applications. 100 favourites are available in
When the vehicle is switched on or off, the
total.
# When requested to do so, authenticate with
data stored in the vehicle is automatically
the Mercedes me PIN or a taught-in biometric
You can select favourites from categories or you
synchronised with the Mercedes me user
characteristic.
add favourites directly from an application.
accounts. This synchronization is done for all
The user profile is loaded and activated.
▌Calling up favourites
user profiles and is not profile-specific.
% If you select Continue without selecting user,
Multimedia system:
or
no specific settings for the user profile are
loaded.
# Select Synchronise now.
4 © 5 ß
After selecting this option, the data stored in
# Alternatively, in the home screen pull down
▌Synchronising user profiles
the vehicle is synchronised with the Mercedes
bar 4 in the centre of the status line
me user accounts.
( / page 487).
Requirements
R You have a Mercedes me user account.
% Not all user profile functions are available dur-
# Select ß in the Control Center.
ing synchronization.
R The vehicle is connected with your Mercedes
▌Adding favourites
me user account.
% If the personalisation service in the vehicle is
Multimedia system:
deactivated, only the following user profile
4 © 5 ß
master data is synchronised:
R Profile name
Selecting favourites from categories
R Profile image
# Select r.
R Mercedes me PIN
# Select W Create new favourite.
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 501Select the the favourite to the new position.###Select a Driver or on ø.###The favourite is stored at the next available# Select the category.▌Deleting favouritesposition.# Select a system:# All positions in the favourites are taken: con-If the favourite is linked with the V pose, afirm the message shown.4 © 5 ßnotification appears.A list shows all the favourites.# Press on a favourite until a menu is shown.% The linked favourite pose can be activated or# Select a favourite to be overwritten.# Select for the driver or front passenger.# Select a favourite from an application▌Renaming favouritesYou can, for example, save a contact (example), orMultimedia system:Resetting favouritesadd an ENERGIZING COMFORT programme.# In the menu, select Reset all favourites .4 © 5 ß# To save a contact as a global favourite: select# Press on a favourite until a menu is shown.# Select Yes.a contact ( / page 580).# Select Rename.# Press on a telephone number until a menu isshown.# Enter the Centre# Select Save as favourite.# Save the names.▌Overview of the Notifications CentreThe contact is added as a favourite.▌Moving favouritesThe following communications are collected in theLinking favourites with the MBUX Interior Assis-Multimedia system:Notifications Centre:tant V pose4 © 5 ßR Communications which are generated by the% If a favourite is linked to the V pose, you canvehicle or from the multimedia system.# Press on a favourite until a menu is it up ( / page 495).R Communications which are received through# Select use of services.F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 501
Select the category.
Select r.
Move the favourite to the new position.
#
#
#
Select a favourite.
Select Driver or Passenger.
Tap on ø.
#
#
#
The favourite is stored at the next available
# Select the category.
▌Deleting favourites
position.
# Select a favourite.
Multimedia system:
# All positions in the favourites are taken: con-
If the favourite is linked with the V pose, a
firm the message shown.
4 © 5 ß
notification appears.
A list shows all the favourites.
# Press on a favourite until a menu is shown.
% The linked favourite pose can be activated or
# Select a favourite to be overwritten.
# Select Delete.
deactivated for the driver or front passenger.
# Select Yes.
Adding a favourite from an application
▌Renaming favourites
You can, for example, save a contact (example), or
Multimedia system:
Resetting favourites
add an ENERGIZING COMFORT programme.
# In the menu, select Reset all favourites .
4 © 5 ß
# To save a contact as a global favourite: select
# Press on a favourite until a menu is shown.
# Select Yes.
a contact ( / page 580).
# Select Rename.
# Press on a telephone number until a menu is
shown.
# Enter the name.
Notifications Centre
# Select Save as favourite.
# Save the names.
▌Overview of the Notifications Centre
The contact is added as a favourite.
▌Moving favourites
The following communications are collected in the
Linking favourites with the MBUX Interior Assis-
Multimedia system:
Notifications Centre:
tant V pose
4 © 5 ß
R Communications which are generated by the
% If a favourite is linked to the V pose, you can
vehicle or from the multimedia system.
# Press on a favourite until a menu is shown.
call it up ( / page 495).
R Communications which are received through
# Select Move.
the use of services.
F167 0057 02
502 MBUX multimedia systemThe following notification types are available forR Placing a callyou:R ReplyingR Navigable destinations and routesR Calling up a web pageR Messages (text messages)R NavigationR Calendar entries and reminders, e.g. from In-Some notifications, e.g. a navigation destination,Car Ofoceare stored longer. Therefore, it is not necessary toThis function is not available in all out available actions directly upon receipt ofthe notifications. A route guidance can be startedR System information, e.g. Important softwareat a later available. Confirm to start theExample of a can pin a notification so that this is not1 Calls up the Notifications Centredeleted automatically after a certain timeR Other notifications, e.g. from additional online2 Time message received( / page 503).services that can be subscribed to or emer-gency reports (e.g. tornado)3 Calls up the settings▌Calling up notifications4 Display for available actionsThe Notifications Centre is in the Control the Notifications Centre5 Description of the notification and the issuingDepending on the style set, newly received notifi-service# In the home screen pull down bar 4 in thecations are shown using a coloured dot.6 Symbol for notificationscentre of the status line ( / page 487).Notifications are normally briefly shown as they7 Date of the received notificationsThe Control Centre received. If you take no action, these are# Select 3 in the Control for future access in the NotificationsDepending on the type of notification, up to actions are notifications are sorted chronologically. TheExamples of actions include:most recent notifications are at the top.R Reading aloudF167 0057 02
502 MBUX multimedia system
The following notification types are available for
R Placing a call
you:
R Replying
R Navigable destinations and routes
R Calling up a web page
R Messages (text messages)
R Navigation
R Calendar entries and reminders, e.g. from In-
Some notifications, e.g. a navigation destination,
Car Ofoce
are stored longer. Therefore, it is not necessary to
This function is not available in all countries.
carry out available actions directly upon receipt of
the notifications. A route guidance can be started
R System information, e.g. Important software
at a later time.
update available. Confirm to start the
Example of a message
update.
You can pin a notification so that this is not
1 Calls up the Notifications Centre
deleted automatically after a certain time
R Other notifications, e.g. from additional online
2 Time message received
( / page 503).
services that can be subscribed to or emer-
gency reports (e.g. tornado)
3 Calls up the settings
▌Calling up notifications
4 Display for available actions
The Notifications Centre is in the Control Centre.
Opening the Notifications Centre
5 Description of the notification and the issuing
Depending on the style set, newly received notifi-
service
# In the home screen pull down bar 4 in the
cations are shown using a coloured dot.
6 Symbol for notifications
centre of the status line ( / page 487).
Notifications are normally briefly shown as they
7 Date of the received notifications
The Control Centre opens.
are received. If you take no action, these are
# Select 3 in the Control Center.
stored for future access in the Notifications
Depending on the type of notification, up to four
Centre.
different actions are available.
The notifications are sorted chronologically. The
Examples of actions include:
most recent notifications are at the top.
R Reading aloud
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 503Selecting a notificationConfiguring settingsPinning a notification# If several messages are available swipe up orSelect Z Settings .# Drag a notification to the right on the#.# Select the service.A pin appears.# Select an action.# Switch the options on or off.# Tap on the the Notifications CentreThe following options are available dependingThe notification is marked with a the service:# Select notificationsR Allow notifications▌Selecting actions for a notification# Drag a notification to the left on theR Display in notification following options are available:R Show notificationsorR Select the action directly after a notification isR Switching Acoustic signals on or off# Select and shown.R External access# Select Yes.R Select the action later after calling up in theAll messages are option allows an external serviceNotifications to specific data, e.g. the currentUp to two actions available: select the position. The detailed, approved#Global searchMore than two actions available: select is shown with Õ.#▌Global search overview# Select the Allow notifications is switched off, theYou can call up the global search on the homeThe notification is still cannot be selected with the exceptionscreen. You can input characters using the key-# Close the actions with External or the handwriting recognition. Alterna-tively, the MBUX voice assistant allows voice▌Editing notificationsinput.# Call up the Notifications Centre( / page 502).F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 503
Selecting a notification
Configuring settings
Pinning a notification
# If several messages are available swipe up or
Select Z Settings .
# Drag a notification to the right on the
#
down.
touchscreen.
# Select the service.
A pin appears.
# Select an action.
# Switch the options on or off.
# Tap on the pin.
Closing the Notifications Centre
The following options are available depending
The notification is marked with a pin.
on the service:
# Select G.
Deleting notifications
R Allow notifications
▌Selecting actions for a notification
# Drag a notification to the left on the
R Display in notification centre
touchscreen.
The following options are available:
R Show notifications
or
R Select the action directly after a notification is
R Switching Acoustic signals on or off
# Select E.
received and shown.
R External access
# Select Yes.
R Select the action later after calling up in the
All messages are deleted.
The option allows an external service
Notifications Centre.
access to specific data, e.g. the current
Up to two actions available: select the action.
vehicle position. The detailed, approved
#
Global search
More than two actions available: select q.
information is shown with Õ.
#
▌Global search overview
# Select the action.
If Allow notifications is switched off, the
You can call up the global search on the home
The notification is still available.
options cannot be selected with the exception
screen. You can input characters using the key-
# Close the actions with r.
of External access.
board or the handwriting recognition. Alterna-
tively, the MBUX voice assistant allows voice
▌Editing notifications
input.
# Call up the Notifications Centre
( / page 502).
F167 0057 02
504 MBUX multimedia systemThe global search provides search results for theselect a search result, a detailed view is openedTo accept the search result: select the search#depending on the categories:An action starts, e.g. a radio station is set or aR Navigation▌Using the global searchdetailed view is displayed, e.g. for a contact.R EntertainmentMultimedia system:4 © 5 ª SearchR Phone, In-Car OfoceEntering charactersIn-Car Ofoce is not available in all the Suggestions category up to six smart sug-▌Using the character input functiongestions are displayed, even if no search entryR Digital Owner's Manualhas been entered :R Internet# Enter the search term into the search field.R For the handwriting recognition read-aloudThe global search enables you to search forAs soon as a character is entered the All cate-function: the MBUX multimedia system istowns, roads and tourist attractions in the naviga-gory is marked. Up to ten search results perequipped with the MBUX voice category, for are displayed there.R The read-aloud function is available for theThe global search makes it possible to enter aIn the other categories suitable search resultsselected system -word address ( / page 535).for the entered search item are displayed.R The handwriting recognition read-aloud func-If the search field is empty, you will first see smarttion is activated.% Alternatively, the MBUX Voice Assistant allowssuggestions in the Suggestions input using p or you switch to theEnter the characters on the Touch Control or onAs soon as a letter is entered, you will be shownhandwriting recognition v ( / page 505).the touchscreen. Character input can be startedthe best hits in the All category. You will find fur-# To end the search: select a control element and resumed with search results in the individual categories.# To show search results for a category: select a# Wh
504 MBUX multimedia system
The global search provides search results for the
select a search result, a detailed view is opened
To accept the search result: select the search
#
depending on the category.
result.
following categories:
An action starts, e.g. a radio station is set or a
R Navigation
▌Using the global search
detailed view is displayed, e.g. for a contact.
R Entertainment
Multimedia system:
4 © 5 ª Search
R Phone, In-Car Ofoce
Entering characters
In-Car Ofoce is not available in all countries.
In the Suggestions category up to six smart sug-
▌Using the character input function
gestions are displayed, even if no search entry
R Digital Owner's Manual
has been entered yet.
Requirements:
R Internet
# Enter the search term into the search field.
R For the handwriting recognition read-aloud
The global search enables you to search for
As soon as a character is entered the All cate-
function: the MBUX multimedia system is
towns, roads and tourist attractions in the naviga-
gory is marked. Up to ten search results per
equipped with the MBUX voice assistant.
tion category, for example.
category are displayed there.
R The read-aloud function is available for the
The global search makes it possible to enter a
In the other categories suitable search results
selected system language.
three-word address ( / page 535).
for the entered search item are displayed.
R The handwriting recognition read-aloud func-
If the search field is empty, you will first see smart
tion is activated.
% Alternatively, the MBUX Voice Assistant allows
suggestions in the Suggestions category.
voice input using p or you switch to the
Enter the characters on the Touch Control or on
As soon as a letter is entered, you will be shown
handwriting recognition v ( / page 505).
the touchscreen. Character input can be started
the best hits in the All category. You will find fur-
# To end the search: select a.
with a control element and resumed with another.
ther search results in the individual categories.
# To show search results for a category: select a
# When the keypad is shown, enter the charac-
Next to the category is the number of results.
category.
ters by swiping and pressing on the Touch
After selecting a category you can select the
Control or by tapping on the touchscreen.
search results within the category. When you
or
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 505If handwriting recognition has been selected,6 Search result#write the characters on the touchscreen.7 Deletes the last character enteredExamples for character input include the global8 Hides the keypadsearch, entering a navigation destination or the9 Switches to handwriting recognitionrenaming of a favourite, for example.A Sets the written languageThe touchscreen supports character input withB Switches to digits and special charactersthe following functions:C Switches to upper-case or lower-case lettersR Handwriting recognition offers character sug-If available, selecting the p symbol starts Voice Assistant.R If the read aloud function is activated forhandwriting recognition then the entered char-# Example: call up the navigation and enter aacters are read address ( / page 37).# Briefly press on a character.▌Entering characters on the touchscreenThe character is entered in input line 1.Requirements:# Resume character input with the keypad (destinationR If you wish to have the character input read% The available editing functions depend on theentry)aloud: the read aloud function of the handwrit-editing task, the language set and the charac-1 Input line with current entrying recognition is switched on ( / page 506).ter level.2 Deletes an entryR An online connection is required for some3 Selects previous destinationsEntering alternative charactersfunctions.4 Displays and selects additional destination# Press and hold on a Select the character.5 Adopts the search result in the input line andcontinues the searchF167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 505
If handwriting recognition has been selected,
6 Search result
#
write the characters on the touchscreen.
7 Deletes the last character entered
Examples for character input include the global
8 Hides the keypad
search, entering a navigation destination or the
9 Switches to handwriting recognition
renaming of a favourite, for example.
A Sets the written language
The touchscreen supports character input with
B Switches to digits and special characters
the following functions:
C Switches to upper-case or lower-case letters
R Handwriting recognition offers character sug-
If available, selecting the p symbol starts the
gestions.
MBUX Voice Assistant.
R If the read aloud function is activated for
handwriting recognition then the entered char-
# Example: call up the navigation and enter a
acters are read aloud.
destination address ( / page 37).
# Briefly press on a character.
▌Entering characters on the touchscreen
The character is entered in input line 1.
Requirements:
# Resume character input.
Character input with the keypad (destination
R If you wish to have the character input read
% The available editing functions depend on the
entry)
aloud: the read aloud function of the handwrit-
editing task, the language set and the charac-
1 Input line with current entry
ing recognition is switched on ( / page 506).
ter level.
2 Deletes an entry
R An online connection is required for some
3 Selects previous destinations
Entering alternative characters
functions.
4 Displays and selects additional destination
# Press and hold on a character.
searches
# Select the character.
5 Adopts the search result in the input line and
continues the search
F167 0057 02
506 MBUX multimedia system▌Setting the keyboard and handwriting recogni-Ending character input5 Displays additional suggestionstion for character entry6 Deletes the last characters entered# Hide keypad 8 .Pressing and holding deletes the entryRequirements:7 Enters a spaceR The read-aloud function is available for the8 Switches to keypad entryselected system language.9 Accepts an entryMultimedia system:A Shows suggestions during input4 © 5 Settings 5 SystemB Writing area5 Keyboards and handwritingIf available, the p symbol allows you to changeSetting the keyboard languageto voice input.# Select Keyboard languages.# When the keyboard is displayed, select v.# Select one or more keyboard languages.# Write the character with one finger on thetouchscreen. The letters can be written nextSetting the writing speedto each other or above each other.# Select Handwriting character is entered in input line 1. Sug-# Select an option, e.g. are shown in A.# Select one of the the read-aloud functionExample: entering characters with handwrit-ing recognition# If available, display additional suggestions with# Select Handwriting recognition.q or r.1 Input line# Activate D Read out.2 Shows suggestions during input# To end character entry: press briefly on letter that your write on the touchscreen3 Accepts search resultis read aloud.4 Search resultF167 0057 02
506 MBUX multimedia system
▌Setting the keyboard and handwriting recogni-
Ending character input
5 Displays additional suggestions
tion for character entry
6 Deletes the last characters entered
# Hide keypad 8 .
Pressing and holding deletes the entry
Requirements:
7 Enters a space
R The read-aloud function is available for the
8 Switches to keypad entry
selected system language.
9 Accepts an entry
Multimedia system:
A Shows suggestions during input
4 © 5 Settings 5 System
B Writing area
5 Keyboards and handwriting
If available, the p symbol allows you to change
Setting the keyboard language
to voice input.
# Select Keyboard languages.
# When the keyboard is displayed, select v.
# Select one or more keyboard languages.
# Write the character with one finger on the
touchscreen. The letters can be written next
Setting the writing speed
to each other or above each other.
# Select Handwriting recognition.
The character is entered in input line 1. Sug-
# Select an option, e.g. Medium.
gestions are shown in A.
# Select one of the suggestions.
Activating the read-aloud function
Example: entering characters with handwrit-
ing recognition
# If available, display additional suggestions with
# Select Handwriting recognition.
q or r.
1 Input line
# Activate D Read out.
2 Shows suggestions during input
# To end character entry: press briefly on G.
The letter that your write on the touchscreen
3 Accepts search result
is read aloud.
4 Search result
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 507% The Automatic time zone option is availableActivating handwriting recognition on the key-Vehicles with a driver display and media dis-#play: adjust the display brightness of the driverfor vehicles with satellite or media display.# Select Handwriting recognition.▌Setting the time and date format# Activate D Handwriting system:Time and dateYou can write characters directly on the key-4 © 5 Settings 5 Systemboard.▌Setting the time zone5 Time and date 5 Set formatMultimedia system:Deleting the user dictionary# Select a time and date format.4 © 5 Settings 5 SystemThe user dictionary learns from your inputs and▌Setting the time and date manuallyoffers suggestions during character input. You can5 Time and datereset the user :# Select Time zone.# Select Reset my dictionary.R The vehicle does not have satellite list of countries is displayed.# Select Yes.% If there are several time zones available in aMultimedia system:country, these will be shown after the country4 © 5 Settings 5 Systemis selected.5 Time and dateSystem settings# Select a country and, if required, a time time zone set is displayed after TimeSetting the timezone.▌Configuring display settings# Select Set system:# Set a time.4 © 5 Settings 5 System 5 Display# Select the Automatic time zone entry from# Press OK to country the brightnessSetting the dateThe time zone will be set automatically# Select Display to the vehicle location.# Select Set date.F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 507
% The Automatic time zone option is available
Activating handwriting recognition on the key-
Vehicles with a driver display and media dis-
#
play: adjust the display brightness of the driver
for vehicles with satellite reception.
board
display or media display.
# Select Handwriting recognition.
▌Setting the time and date format
# Activate D Handwriting recognition.
Multimedia system:
Time and date
You can write characters directly on the key-
4 © 5 Settings 5 System
board.
▌Setting the time zone
5 Time and date 5 Set format
Multimedia system:
Deleting the user dictionary
# Select a time and date format.
4 © 5 Settings 5 System
The user dictionary learns from your inputs and
▌Setting the time and date manually
offers suggestions during character input. You can
5 Time and date
reset the user dictionary.
Requirements:
# Select Time zone.
# Select Reset my dictionary.
R The vehicle does not have satellite reception.
The list of countries is displayed.
# Select Yes.
% If there are several time zones available in a
Multimedia system:
country, these will be shown after the country
4 © 5 Settings 5 System
is selected.
5 Time and date
System settings
# Select a country and, if required, a time zone.
Display
The time zone set is displayed after Time
Setting the time
zone.
▌Configuring display settings
# Select Set time.
or
Multimedia system:
# Set a time.
4 © 5 Settings 5 System 5 Display
# Select the Automatic time zone entry from
# Press OK to confirm.
the country list.
Adjusting the brightness
Setting the date
The time zone will be set automatically
# Select Display brightness.
according to the vehicle location.
# Select Set date.
F167 0057 02
508 MBUX multimedia systemSelect a date.R The doors, side windows and the panoramicVehicle position#sliding sunroof are OK to confirm.▌Switching transmission of the vehicle position#R At least one seat belt is fastened on the rear% On vehicles with satellite reception, the timeon or offbench date settings are determined automati-Requirements:cally based on the vehicle location and cannotMultimedia system:R A Mercedes me user account is set manually.4 © 5 Settings 5 System 5 AudioR At least one service is activated in theAdjusting the time5 Voice amplification volumeMercedes me user account which has access# Select Adjust amplification supports communicationto the transmitted position the driver/front passenger with vehicle# Set a value.% The function is country-dependent. For moreoccupants in the rear passenger compartment.# Press OK to , consult a Mercedes-Benz serviceWhen voice amplification is activated, the signalscentre.% The function is only available in vehicles withpicked up by the microphone are amplifiedsatellite upon vehicle noise levels and playedMultimedia system:back over the speakers in the rear area of the4 © 5 Settings 5 Systemvehicle. In order to improve speech intelligibility5 Data protectionSwitching voice amplification on/off (vehiclesand maintain the naturalness of speech an auto-with long wheelbase)# Activate or deactivate theTransmit veh. posi-matic adjustment occurs based on speaker vol-tion and ambient :% Alternatively, you can also switch the functionR Your vehicle is equipped with the Burmester ®# Switch voice amplification on or or off in the status line via Ô.3D surround sound system or the Burmester ®Setting the intensity of the voice amplificationhigh-end 4D surround sound system.# Set the desired intensity on the control.R The ignition is switched on the intensity set, voice amplifi-cati
508 MBUX multimedia system
Select a date.
R The doors, side windows and the panoramic
Vehicle position
#
sliding sunroof are closed.
Press OK to confirm.
▌Switching transmission of the vehicle position
#
R At least one seat belt is fastened on the rear
% On vehicles with satellite reception, the time
on or off
bench seat.
and date settings are determined automati-
Requirements:
cally based on the vehicle location and cannot
Multimedia system:
R A Mercedes me user account is available.
be set manually.
4 © 5 Settings 5 System 5 Audio
R At least one service is activated in the
Adjusting the time
5 Voice amplification volume
Mercedes me user account which has access
# Select Adjust time.
Voice amplification supports communication
to the transmitted position data.
between the driver/front passenger with vehicle
# Set a value.
% The function is country-dependent. For more
occupants in the rear passenger compartment.
# Press OK to confirm.
information, consult a Mercedes-Benz service
When voice amplification is activated, the signals
centre.
% The function is only available in vehicles with
picked up by the microphone are amplified
satellite reception.
depending upon vehicle noise levels and played
Multimedia system:
back over the speakers in the rear area of the
4 © 5 Settings 5 System
vehicle. In order to improve speech intelligibility
5 Data protection
Switching voice amplification on/off (vehicles
and maintain the naturalness of speech an auto-
with long wheelbase)
# Activate or deactivate theTransmit veh. posi-
matic adjustment occurs based on speaker vol-
tion function.
ume and ambient noise.
Requirements:
% Alternatively, you can also switch the function
R Your vehicle is equipped with the Burmester ®
# Switch voice amplification on or off.
on or off in the status line via Ô.
3D surround sound system or the Burmester ®
Setting the intensity of the voice amplification
high-end 4D surround sound system.
# Set the desired intensity on the control.
R The ignition is switched on.
Depending on the intensity set, voice amplifi-
cation is increased or reduced.
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 509Setting permissionsNear Field Communication (NFC)You can use Bluetooth ® to connect your mobilephone to the multimedia system and use the fol-Multimedia system:▌Information on Near Field Communicationlowing functions, for example:4 © 5 Settings 5 System(NFC)R Hands-free system with access to the follow-NFC enables short-range wireless data transfer or5 Data protection 5 Permissionsing options:connection of a mobile phone with the multimediaIn the Permissions menu, you can set ( / page 580)-authorisations for various data points (such asFurther information can be found at: lists ( / page 581)microphone, camera) used in an application. change permissions that have already beenText messages ( / page 582)-granted here. You can set permissions either for▌Switching near-field communication on or offR Internet connection ( / page 608)individual data points or for certain applications orMultimedia system: ® is a registered trademark of Bluetooth4 © 5 Settings 5 System# Select Requests or Apps/ Interest Group (SIG) Inc.5 Internet and Bluetooth# Make the required settings for the permis-% Internet connection via Bluetooth ® is not# Activate or deactivate in all countries.% Further information on connecting a mobile▌Activating/deactivating Bluetooth ®phone via the NFC interface ( / page 576)Bluetooth ®Multimedia system:4 © 5 Settings 5 System▌Information about Bluetooth ®Wi-Fi5 Internet and BluetoothBluetooth ® technology is a standard for short-▌Wi-Fi connection overviewrange wireless data transfer up to approximately# Activate or deactivate can use Wi-Fi to set up a connection to the10 or to external network devices.F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 509
Setting permissions
Near Field Communication (NFC)
You can use Bluetooth ® to connect your mobile
phone to the multimedia system and use the fol-
Multimedia system:
▌Information on Near Field Communication
lowing functions, for example:
4 © 5 Settings 5 System
(NFC)
R Hands-free system with access to the follow-
NFC enables short-range wireless data transfer or
5 Data protection 5 Permissions
ing options:
connection of a mobile phone with the multimedia
In the Permissions menu, you can set access
system.
Contacts ( / page 580)
-
authorisations for various data points (such as
Further information can be found at:
Call lists ( / page 581)
microphone, camera) used in an application. You
-
can change permissions that have already been
Text messages ( / page 582)
-
granted here. You can set permissions either for
▌Switching near-field communication on or off
R Internet connection ( / page 608)
individual data points or for certain applications or
Multimedia system:
websites.
Bluetooth ® is a registered trademark of Bluetooth
4 © 5 Settings 5 System
# Select Requests or Apps/websites.
Special Interest Group (SIG) Inc.
5 Internet and Bluetooth
# Make the required settings for the permis-
% Internet connection via Bluetooth ® is not
# Activate or deactivate NFC.
sions.
available in all countries.
% Further information on connecting a mobile
▌Activating/deactivating Bluetooth ®
phone via the NFC interface ( / page 576)
Bluetooth ®
Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Settings 5 System
▌Information about Bluetooth ®
Wi-Fi
5 Internet and Bluetooth
Bluetooth ® technology is a standard for short-
▌Wi-Fi connection overview
range wireless data transfer up to approximately
# Activate or deactivate Bluetooth.
You can use Wi-Fi to set up a connection to the
10 m.
Internet or to external network devices.
F167 0057 02
510 MBUX multimedia system% The availability of the function is dependentWhen Wi-Fi is switched on, you can connect theVehicle data volumes: depending on the vehi-on the system with external hotspots or makecle equipment, you can purchase a data pack-it available as a hotspot for external directly from a mobile phone network pro-Generally, two types of Wi-Fi connection are avail-vider via the Mercedes me Store. To be ableWhen Wi-Fi is switched off, it is not possible toable:to use the data package, you conclude a sep-establish a hotspot connection.R Using the multimedia system as a Wi-Fi hot-arate contract with a mobile phone networkWhen Wi-Fi is switched off, no connection can bespot ( / page 510)provider via the Mercedes me Store, whichestablished with the MBUX rear be terminated at any time and for whichThe vehicle's multimedia system serves as a% The availability of the function is dependentthere are no costs. This contract is a prereq-Wi-Fi hotspot for mobile communication devi-on the for using the services from the previ-ces, such as smartphones or tablet PCs, forously purchased package. The availability ofexample.▌Using the multimedia system as a Wi-Fi hotspotthis option is dependent on the country.R Using a mobile communication device as a Wi-If the data package option is not available orRequirements:Fi hotspot (tethering) ( / page 610)can be upgraded, you can purchase data vol-R The device to be connected supports at leastAn external Wi-Fi hotspot is accessed for theume directly from the mobile phone networkone of the types of connection connection of the vehicle's multime-provider for a connection types shown depend on thedia system.% Some functions may first need to be activateddevice to be connected. The function must beon the device being connected. More detailed▌Switching Wi-Fi on or offsupported by the multimedia system and byinformation can be found in the manufactur-
510 MBUX multimedia system
% The availability of the function is dependent
When Wi-Fi is switched on, you can connect the
Vehicle data volumes: depending on the vehi-
on the country.
multimedia system with external hotspots or make
cle equipment, you can purchase a data pack-
it available as a hotspot for external devices.
age directly from a mobile phone network pro-
Generally, two types of Wi-Fi connection are avail-
vider via the Mercedes me Store. To be able
When Wi-Fi is switched off, it is not possible to
able:
to use the data package, you conclude a sep-
establish a hotspot connection.
R Using the multimedia system as a Wi-Fi hot-
arate contract with a mobile phone network
When Wi-Fi is switched off, no connection can be
spot ( / page 510)
provider via the Mercedes me Store, which
established with the MBUX rear tablet.
can be terminated at any time and for which
The vehicle's multimedia system serves as a
% The availability of the function is dependent
there are no costs. This contract is a prereq-
Wi-Fi hotspot for mobile communication devi-
on the country.
uisite for using the services from the previ-
ces, such as smartphones or tablet PCs, for
ously purchased package. The availability of
example.
▌Using the multimedia system as a Wi-Fi hotspot
this option is dependent on the country.
R Using a mobile communication device as a Wi-
If the data package option is not available or
Requirements:
Fi hotspot (tethering) ( / page 610)
can be upgraded, you can purchase data vol-
R The device to be connected supports at least
An external Wi-Fi hotspot is accessed for the
ume directly from the mobile phone network
one of the types of connection described.
Internet connection of the vehicle's multime-
provider for a fee.
The connection types shown depend on the
dia system.
% Some functions may first need to be activated
device to be connected. The function must be
on the device being connected. More detailed
▌Switching Wi-Fi on or off
supported by the multimedia system and by
information can be found in the manufactur-
the device to be connected. The type of con-
Multimedia system:
er's operating instructions.
nection must be selected on the multimedia
4 © 5 Settings 5 System
system and on the device to be connected.
% The use of the vehicle data tariff by external
5 Internet and Bluetooth
devices is not available in all countries.
% The data volume of the vehicle or an already
# Select Wi-Fi.
connected tethering device is used for the
The controller is to the right: Wi-Fi is switched
data connection.
on.
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 511Multimedia system:Connecting using a security keySwitching the child safety lock for the MBUX rear4 © 5 Settings 5 Systemtablet on/off# Select the vehicle from the device to be con-5 Internet and Bluetoothnected. The vehicle is displayed with theMultimedia system:MBUX XXXXX network name.# Select MBUX hotspot.4 © 5 Settings 5 System# Enter the security key which is shown in the# Select one of the following connection5 Displays & display messagesmedia display on the device to be .# Select MBUX rear tablet.# Confirm the using a QR code# Select a new security keyRequirement: an app for scanning the QR code isr: the lock is active. The MBUX rear tabletinstalled on the device being locked and cannot be operated.# Select the Generate new security key optionAlternatively: the device being connected has anin the MBUX hotspot menu.s: the lock is deactivated. The MBUX rearintegrated QR code scanner (see the manufactur-tablet is unlocked and can be operated.# Confirm the prompt with 's operating instructions).A new security key is generated.# Scan the QR code languageA connection will be established with the newlyThe WLAN connection is security key.▌Notes on the system languageConnecting using NFC% When a new security key is generated, allThis function allows you to determine the lan-# Activate NFC on the device to be WLAN connections are then discon-guage for the menu displays and the navigationnected. If the WLAN connections are re-announcements. The selected language affects# When the NFC symbol is displayed in theestablished, the new security key must bethe characters available for entry. The navigationMBUX hotspot menu, hold the device to are not available in all to the NFC a language is not available, the navigation# Follow the instructions on the wil
MBUX multimedia system 511
Multimedia system:
Connecting using a security key
Switching the child safety lock for the MBUX rear
4 © 5 Settings 5 System
tablet on/off
# Select the vehicle from the device to be con-
5 Internet and Bluetooth
nected. The vehicle is displayed with the
Multimedia system:
MBUX XXXXX network name.
# Select MBUX hotspot.
4 © 5 Settings 5 System
# Enter the security key which is shown in the
# Select one of the following connection
5 Displays & display messages
media display on the device to be connected.
options.
# Select MBUX rear tablet.
# Confirm the entry.
Connecting using a QR code
# Select Lock.
Generating a new security key
Requirement: an app for scanning the QR code is
r: the lock is active. The MBUX rear tablet
installed on the device being connected.
is locked and cannot be operated.
# Select the Generate new security key option
Alternatively: the device being connected has an
in the MBUX hotspot menu.
s: the lock is deactivated. The MBUX rear
integrated QR code scanner (see the manufactur-
tablet is unlocked and can be operated.
# Confirm the prompt with Yes.
er's operating instructions).
A new security key is generated.
# Scan the QR code shown.
System language
A connection will be established with the newly
The WLAN connection is established.
created security key.
▌Notes on the system language
Connecting using NFC
% When a new security key is generated, all
This function allows you to determine the lan-
# Activate NFC on the device to be connected.
existing WLAN connections are then discon-
guage for the menu displays and the navigation
nected. If the WLAN connections are re-
announcements. The selected language affects
# When the NFC symbol is displayed in the
established, the new security key must be
the characters available for entry. The navigation
MBUX hotspot menu, hold the device to be
entered.
announcements are not available in all languages.
connected to the NFC interface.
If a language is not available, the navigation
# Follow the instructions on the device.
announcements will be in English.
The WLAN connection is established.
F167 0057 02
512 MBUX multimedia system▌Setting the languageActivating/deactivating system PIN protectionConfiguring suggestionsMultimedia system:Multimedia system:Multimedia system:4 © 5 Settings 5 System4 © 5 Settings 5 System4 © 5 Settings 5 System5 Language5 Data protection 5 PIN protection5 SuggestionsSetting the system language# Select the system PINA list of the available system languages is shown.# Switch the options on or off Set PIN.## Select a an option is switched on and sufocient data# Enter a four-digit system system language is switched to the selec-has been gathered, personalised suggestionsted language.# Enter the four-digit system PIN on your user behaviour will be offeredIf both system PINs match, then the systemto you. These are, for example, navigation des-PIN protection is visited, phone numbers dialled asSetting the distance unitwell as suggestions based on your music pref-Changing the system PINMultimedia system:erences.# Select Change settings.4 © 5 Settings 5 System 5 DisplayNavigation# Enter the current system PIN.% This function is not available in all Allow destination suggestions is# Select Change on, the vehicle makes suggestions# Select a unit for the on your visited navigation destinations.# Set a new system PIN.# Activate Additional speedometer for an addi-If Commuter route is switched on, the naviga-tional display in the driver's system PIN protection for softwaretion automatically detects that the vehicle isupdateson a commuter route.# Select Protect software & messages# Activate or deactivate the function.F167 0057 02
512 MBUX multimedia system
▌Setting the language
Activating/deactivating system PIN protection
Configuring suggestions
Multimedia system:
Multimedia system:
Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Settings 5 System
4 © 5 Settings 5 System
4 © 5 Settings 5 System
5 Language
5 Data protection 5 PIN protection
5 Suggestions
Setting the system language
# Select Z.
Setting the system PIN
A list of the available system languages is shown.
# Switch the options on or off individually.
Select Set PIN.
#
# Select a language.
If an option is switched on and sufocient data
# Enter a four-digit system PIN.
The system language is switched to the selec-
has been gathered, personalised suggestions
ted language.
# Enter the four-digit system PIN again.
based on your user behaviour will be offered
If both system PINs match, then the system
to you. These are, for example, navigation des-
PIN protection is active.
tinations visited, phone numbers dialled as
Setting the distance unit
well as suggestions based on your music pref-
Changing the system PIN
Multimedia system:
erences.
# Select Change settings.
4 © 5 Settings 5 System 5 Display
Navigation
# Enter the current system PIN.
% This function is not available in all countries.
When Allow destination suggestions is
# Select Change PIN.
switched on, the vehicle makes suggestions
# Select a unit for the distance.
based on your visited navigation destinations.
# Set a new system PIN.
# Activate Additional speedometer for an addi-
If Commuter route is switched on, the naviga-
tional display in the driver's display.
Activating system PIN protection for software
tion automatically detects that the vehicle is
updates
on a commuter route.
# Select Protect software updates.
Calls & messages
# Activate or deactivate the function.
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 513Suggestions are offered for numbers dialledDeleting collected suggestionsInstall available software updates regularly. Other-and messages the security of your MBUX multimedia sys-Multimedia system:tem and individual vehicle components cannot beComfort4 © 5 Settings 5 vehicle makes suggestions based on the5 Suggestions% Software updates can be protected with a sys-use of your comfort functions, e.g. which mas-# Select Î.tem PIN. Further information about the sys-sage programme should be started at whattem PIN ( / page 512).time.# Select information about software updates canThe suggestions are found at are offered for the media source. Suggestions are alsoSoftware updatemade for online digital services, e.g. Spotify,▌Carrying out software updates▌Information on software updatesTuneIn Radio and streaming services, and forSoftware updates keep your vehicle and the rela-Requirementscategories, e.g. genre, artist and systems up-to-date and prevent security software updates via the communication mod-VehicleSoftware updates are available online for vehicleule and Wi-Fi:The suggestions for vehicle functions are dis-components such as control units, convenienceplayed, e.g. for Parking Assist PARKTRONIC.R Your vehicle is linked to a Mercedes me usersystems, locking and safety systems, driver assis-account ( / page 599).Online voice servicestance systems, suspension and drive systems asR Software updates without Mercedes me userwell as for the MBUX multimedia system. Soft-The suggestions are made available onlineaccount: the Allow software updates option isware updates are available via the communicationbased on your voice input and are offered onactivated in the Software update or a Wi-Fi connection to an external hot-the zero .R For software updates via the communication% The suggestio
MBUX multimedia system 513
Suggestions are offered for numbers dialled
Deleting collected suggestions
Install available software updates regularly. Other-
and messages sent.
wise the security of your MBUX multimedia sys-
Multimedia system:
tem and individual vehicle components cannot be
Comfort
4 © 5 Settings 5 System
ensured.
The vehicle makes suggestions based on the
5 Suggestions
% Software updates can be protected with a sys-
use of your comfort functions, e.g. which mas-
# Select Î.
tem PIN. Further information about the sys-
sage programme should be started at what
tem PIN ( / page 512).
time.
# Select Yes.
Further information about software updates can
The suggestions are reset.
Entertainment
be found at
Suggestions are offered for the currently
.
played media source. Suggestions are also
Software update
made for online digital services, e.g. Spotify,
▌Carrying out software updates
▌Information on software updates
TuneIn Radio and streaming services, and for
Software updates keep your vehicle and the rela-
Requirements
categories, e.g. genre, artist and mood.
ted systems up-to-date and prevent security flaws.
For software updates via the communication mod-
Vehicle
Software updates are available online for vehicle
ule and Wi-Fi:
The suggestions for vehicle functions are dis-
components such as control units, convenience
played, e.g. for Parking Assist PARKTRONIC.
R Your vehicle is linked to a Mercedes me user
systems, locking and safety systems, driver assis-
account ( / page 599).
Online voice services
tance systems, suspension and drive systems as
R Software updates without Mercedes me user
well as for the MBUX multimedia system. Soft-
The suggestions are made available online
account: the Allow software updates option is
ware updates are available via the communication
based on your voice input and are offered on
activated in the Software update menu.
module or a Wi-Fi connection to an external hot-
the zero layer.
spot.
R For software updates via the communication
% The suggestions offered depend on the equip-
module: an Internet connection exists via the
The navigation maps are also updated via updates
ment.
communication module ( / page 609).
from external storage media (e.g. USB flash drive).
F167 0057 02
514 MBUX multimedia systemR For software updates via Wi-Fi: a connectionMultimedia system:If the option is deactivated, you will be informedto an external Wi-Fi hotspot existsof new software updates once. The updates are4 © 5 Settings 5 System( / page 610).available for downloading for a limited period of5 Software update 5 Ztime.% Depending on the software update, this isStarting a map update from an external storage# Select an update from the list of availablestarted via the z communication module,mediumupdates.ö Wi-Fi or an 4 external storage# Connect the storage medium with the vehicle# Start the a media software update is downloaded and instal-% Online software updates cannot be performedA message about an available map updateled external Wi-Fi hotspots that are encryptedappears on the media a software update via Wi-Fi# Select the message.% If the Wi-Fi hotspot requires logging in via theSome software updates require an additional con-# Select , once the connection is successfullynection to a Wi-Fi hotspot. The connection to anThe map update is the browser will open in order toexternal hotspot can be established when thestart the update. To start the download followsoftware update is the software update via the communica-the instructions in the browser.# Select an update from the list of availabletion the Automatic online update option is active,# Start the software updates are downloaded andinstalled automatically. Activate the option in# Establish the connection to a Wi-Fi to always keep your vehicle up-to-date andThe update is downloaded and installed auto-avoid security .# Select Automatic online software updates requiring a safe vehicle sta-The software update is downloaded and instal-tus: when the last installation step is reached, aled
514 MBUX multimedia system
R For software updates via Wi-Fi: a connection
Multimedia system:
If the option is deactivated, you will be informed
to an external Wi-Fi hotspot exists
of new software updates once. The updates are
4 © 5 Settings 5 System
( / page 610).
available for downloading for a limited period of
5 Software update 5 Z
time.
% Depending on the software update, this is
Starting a map update from an external storage
# Select an update from the list of available
started via the z communication module,
medium
updates.
ö Wi-Fi or an 4 external storage
# Connect the storage medium with the vehicle
# Start the update.
medium.
via a media interface.
The software update is downloaded and instal-
% Online software updates cannot be performed
A message about an available map update
led automatically.
via external Wi-Fi hotspots that are encrypted
appears on the media display.
via TKIP.
Starting a software update via Wi-Fi
# Select the message.
% If the Wi-Fi hotspot requires logging in via the
Some software updates require an additional con-
# Select Start.
browser, once the connection is successfully
nection to a Wi-Fi hotspot. The connection to an
The map update is started.
established the browser will open in order to
external hotspot can be established when the
start the update. To start the download follow
software update is started.
Starting the software update via the communica-
the instructions in the browser.
# Select an update from the list of available
tion module
updates.
If the Automatic online update option is active,
# Start the update.
available software updates are downloaded and
installed automatically. Activate the option in
# Establish the connection to a Wi-Fi hotspot.
order to always keep your vehicle up-to-date and
The update is downloaded and installed auto-
avoid security flaws.
matically.
# Select Automatic online update.
For software updates requiring a safe vehicle sta-
The software update is downloaded and instal-
tus: when the last installation step is reached, a
led automatically.
message appears on the media display after the
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 515vehicle is switched off. Follow the step-by-stepto be in the vehicle during installation. Note thatinstructions on the media display to complete thethe planned installation is cancelled as soon vehicle door is are software updates that can only beIf an installation is available where you can set theinstalled when the vehicle is safely parked, theretime, a message appears on the media displayare no more people in the vehicle and the vehicleafter the vehicle is switched locked.# Follow the instructions on the media software updatesThe vehicle cannot be used while these softwareSoftware updates are installed automatically afterupdates are being installed. Make sure that nothey are downloaded. As soon as the softwarepersons or animals are in the vehicle. Events% The display message does not appear everyupdate has been completed, a message appearsstored in the vehicle's control units can be over-time a software update is the media display. It may be necessary rare cases, an error can occur during the instal-restart the MBUX multimedia . The multimedia system automatically▌Availability of the driver and media displaySome software updates require a safe vehicle sta-attempts to restore the previous the installation of software updates, it istus for the installation to be completed. They cannot possible to use the vehicle, driver display andIf it is not possible to restore the previous version,only be carried out in a safely parked vehicle withmedia display. You may receive the following dis-the display message shown above appears everythe vehicle switched off. If this is necessary, aplay message when an installation is running:time the vehicle is appears on the media display after thevehicle is switched of the driver display:# Follow the instructions on the media the driver display fails or there is
MBUX multimedia system 515
vehicle is switched off. Follow the step-by-step
to be in the vehicle during installation. Note that
instructions on the media display to complete the
the planned installation is cancelled as soon as
installation.
the vehicle door is opened.
There are software updates that can only be
If an installation is available where you can set the
installed when the vehicle is safely parked, there
time, a message appears on the media display
are no more people in the vehicle and the vehicle
after the vehicle is switched off.
is locked.
# Follow the instructions on the media display.
Installing software updates
The vehicle cannot be used while these software
Software updates are installed automatically after
updates are being installed. Make sure that no
they are downloaded. As soon as the software
persons or animals are in the vehicle. Events
% The display message does not appear every
update has been completed, a message appears
stored in the vehicle's control units can be over-
time a software update is installed.
in the media display. It may be necessary to
written.
In rare cases, an error can occur during the instal-
restart the MBUX multimedia system.
lation. The multimedia system automatically
▌Availability of the driver and media display
Some software updates require a safe vehicle sta-
attempts to restore the previous version.
During the installation of software updates, it is
tus for the installation to be completed. They can
not possible to use the vehicle, driver display and
If it is not possible to restore the previous version,
only be carried out in a safely parked vehicle with
media display. You may receive the following dis-
the display message shown above appears every
the vehicle switched off. If this is necessary, a
play message when an installation is running:
time the vehicle is started.
message appears on the media display after the
vehicle is switched off.
Failure of the driver display:
# Follow the instructions on the media display.
If the driver display fails or there is a malfunction,
you may not recognise limitations in the functions
For some software updates, you can set a time for
of systems relevant to safety or the speed display,
installation. The installation is carried out auto-
for example. This may impair the operating safety
matically at the scheduled time. You do not need
of the vehicle. Park the vehicle safely as soon as
F167 0057 02
516 MBUX multimedia systempossible and notify a qualified specialist work-Requirements:% Due to data protection, as well as the functionshop. ( / page 892)R The vehicle is switched individual driving systems and driving safetysystems, it is a requirement to carry out aFurther information about software updates canR The vehicle is system reset before selling the vehi-be found at system:cle or transferring it to a third party, or as a hire car.4 © 5 Settings 5 System 5 ResetFailure of the media display:When resetting the system, personal data and set-If the media display fails or the display messagetings are deleted, for example:AMG TRACK PACEshown above is shown continuously, several sys-tems such as the reversing camera, Parking AssistR Connected devicesFunction of AMG TRACK PACEPARKTRONIC or climate control are no longerR Individual user profiles% This function is an on-demand featureavailable. Drive on carefully and consult a special-R Biometric data( / page 91).ist workshop as soon as AMG TRACK PACE, the driving characteris-% The data used and saved in the multimediatics on race tracks can be analysed and opti-system by the driver assistance systems isResetting the multimedia system (reset function)mised. You can drive previously saved race tracksdeleted.(e.g. Hockenheimring), or record and save new# Select Reset.& WARNING Risk of accident due to failuretracks. The driven lap times are stored for everyA query appears asking if the system shouldof central display functionstrack. These can be analysed and compared toreally be lap times to achieve the best possible raceWhile the multimedia system is reset, its func-# Select . Additionally, acceleration and braking pro-tions, such as the reversing camera, are notThe multimedia system is reset to the factorycedures can be measured and . The multimedia system is restartedNote: U
516 MBUX multimedia system
possible and notify a qualified specialist work-
Requirements:
% Due to data protection, as well as the function
shop. ( / page 892)
R The vehicle is switched on.
of individual driving systems and driving safety
systems, it is a requirement to carry out a
Further information about software updates can
R The vehicle is stationary.
complete system reset before selling the vehi-
be found at
Multimedia system:
cle or transferring it to a third party, or after
use as a hire car.
4 © 5 Settings 5 System 5 Reset
Failure of the media display:
When resetting the system, personal data and set-
If the media display fails or the display message
tings are deleted, for example:
AMG TRACK PACE
shown above is shown continuously, several sys-
tems such as the reversing camera, Parking Assist
R Connected devices
Function of AMG TRACK PACE
PARKTRONIC or climate control are no longer
R Individual user profiles
% This function is an on-demand feature
available. Drive on carefully and consult a special-
R Biometric data
( / page 91).
ist workshop as soon as possible.
With AMG TRACK PACE, the driving characteris-
% The data used and saved in the multimedia
tics on race tracks can be analysed and opti-
system by the driver assistance systems is
Resetting the multimedia system (reset function)
mised. You can drive previously saved race tracks
deleted.
(e.g. Hockenheimring), or record and save new
# Select Reset.
& WARNING Risk of accident due to failure
tracks. The driven lap times are stored for every
A query appears asking if the system should
of central display functions
track. These can be analysed and compared to
really be reset.
other lap times to achieve the best possible race
While the multimedia system is reset, its func-
# Select Yes.
results. Additionally, acceleration and braking pro-
tions, such as the reversing camera, are not
The multimedia system is reset to the factory
cedures can be measured and stored.
available.
settings. The multimedia system is restarted
Note: Use AMG TRACK PACE only on closed-off
# Only reset the multimedia system when
after the system reset.
routes outside the public trafoc area. Adapt your
the vehicle is stationary.
driving style to your personal performance and
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 517environmental conditions. As the driver, you are% The temperature is determined automatically.% Selecting ¨ enables you to switch to thesolely responsible for driving your vehicle. ParkAR view of the track. Selecting ò also# Enter a vehicle safely before operating the applica-allows you to switch to the telemetrics dis-# Press a to track is saved under the name you# To end the timekeeping, select ð Track RaceSearching by track name# Confirm the prompt with system:# Select ª Search .# Select the weather.4 TRACK PACE 5 Track Race# Enter the track name.# Select Yes to save the times recorded for thisTracks with the searched name are a new tracktrack.# Select Ü New track .Measuring the time on the saved trackFade in displays during Track Race# At the desired starting point, select Ì# Select ß All following displays can be superimposed:Start recording.# Select the desired track recording starts at this point.R Tyre temperature# Select u.R Miniature mapDuring track recording, sectors can be set to sub-# If you are already at the starting line, selectR Sector overviewdivide the timing.R Engine data# Select ö Set G-force display# To finish track recording, select É Stop# Select Navigate to to be navigated to therecording or cross the starting line again.R Lap overviewstarting begins automatically when the start-# Confirm the prompt with ï Start timing .#ing line has been crossed.# Select the à.#F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 517
environmental conditions. As the driver, you are
% The temperature is determined automatically.
% Selecting ¨ enables you to switch to the
solely responsible for driving your vehicle. Park
AR view of the track. Selecting ò also
# Enter a name.
your vehicle safely before operating the applica-
allows you to switch to the telemetrics dis-
# Press a to confirm.
tion.
play.
The track is saved under the name you
# To end the timekeeping, select ð End
entered.
timekeeping.
Setting Track Race
Searching by track name
# Confirm the prompt with OK.
Multimedia system:
# Select ª Search .
# Select the weather.
4 TRACK PACE 5 Track Race
# Enter the track name.
# Select Yes to save the times recorded for this
Tracks with the searched name are displayed.
Recording a new track
track.
# Select Ü New track .
Measuring the time on the saved track
Fade in displays during Track Race
# At the desired starting point, select Ì
# Select ß All tracks.
The following displays can be superimposed:
Start recording.
# Select the desired track.
The track recording starts at this point.
R Tyre temperature
# Select u.
R Miniature map
During track recording, sectors can be set to sub-
# If you are already at the starting line, select
R Sector overview
divide the track.
Start timing.
R Engine data
# Select ö Set sector.
or
R G-force display
# To finish track recording, select É Stop
# Select Navigate to to be navigated to the
recording or cross the starting line again.
R Lap overview
starting line.
Timekeeping begins automatically when the start-
# Confirm the prompt with Yes.
Select ï Start timing .
#
ing line has been crossed.
# Select the weather.
Select à.
#
F167 0057 02
518 MBUX multimedia systemPull the desired display from the grid on theSelect Diagram.R steering angle##left or right edge of the media the desired parameters.R engine speed#The displays are shown during Track analysis is displayed.R engine oil/tyre temperatureSelecting ¨ on the active display deactivatesBased on the analysis, you can check and driving characteristics for any position onthe the analysis# Select ß All tracks (USB)An overview of all the driven tracks appears.# Select ß Tracks .# Select a overview of all saved tracks appears.# Select a session.# Select the desired track.# Select options u of the desired following data is displayed:# Select Export track to….R lap and sector times1 Lap overviewThe selected track can be exported to a USBR average and maximum permissible speed2 Parameter overviewstorage device connected to the vehicle.R driver3 Editing parametersEditing tracks and recordingsR vehicle4 Adding a new parameter# Select ß Tracks .5 Deleting parametersR date# Select the desired track.R weather% The following values can be set for parame-# Select options u of the desired track.# Select Add recording to use a different ses-ters, for example:sion as a reference value.# Select Rename or Delete.R speed# Select % in order to return to the longitudinal/lateral accelerationF167 0057 02
518 MBUX multimedia system
Pull the desired display from the grid on the
Select Diagram.
R steering angle
#
#
left or right edge of the media display.
Set the desired parameters.
R engine speed
#
The displays are shown during Track Race.
The analysis is displayed.
R engine oil/tyre temperature
Selecting ¨ on the active display deactivates
Based on the analysis, you can check and opti-
it.
mise driving characteristics for any position on
the track.
Displaying the analysis
# Select ß All tracks.
Exporting tracks (USB)
An overview of all the driven tracks appears.
# Select ß Tracks .
# Select a track.
An overview of all saved tracks appears.
# Select a session.
# Select the desired track.
# Select options u of the desired track.
The following data is displayed:
# Select Export track to….
R lap and sector times
1 Lap overview
The selected track can be exported to a USB
R average and maximum permissible speed
2 Parameter overview
storage device connected to the vehicle.
R driver
3 Editing parameters
Editing tracks and recordings
R vehicle
4 Adding a new parameter
# Select ß Tracks .
5 Deleting parameters
R date
# Select the desired track.
R weather
% The following values can be set for parame-
# Select options u of the desired track.
# Select Add recording to use a different ses-
ters, for example:
sion as a reference value.
# Select Rename or Delete.
R speed
# Select % in order to return to the overview.
or
R longitudinal/lateral acceleration
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 519Select a can be stopped early by interrupt-Brake to a stop.##ing the acceleration is incremental, in steps ofHighlight the desired recording.#10 km/h to a stop. If the braking procedure is# Select u mile racestarted e.g. at a speed of 157 km/h, meas-# Select Exporting to… or Delete.# Select Z Drag race starts as soon as 150 km/h hasbeen reached# Select Drag Race# Set a target and calling up measured valuesMeasurement stops as soon as the specifiedIf measurement is completed or cancelled, aMultimedia system:target distance has been appears asking whether the measurement4 TRACK PACE 5 Drag Raceshould be saved.# Start off and begin the accelerationMeasurement begins when the vehicle accel-# Confirm the prompt with OK to . Timing runs until the target distance or# Select Z Drag race up saved measurementsa maximum of one mile has been travelled.# Select Acceleration.# ± Select can be stopped early by interrupt-# Set a starting speed or select Automatic.# Select Acceleration, Quarter-mile or the acceleration begins as soon as the specified# Select a speed has been brakingThe desired measurement is displayed in# Set a target .# Z Drag Race optionsMeasurement stops as soon as the specifiedor# Select speed has been reached.# Delete a measurement.# Set a starting speed or select Automatic.# Start off and begin the measurement.# Start off and begin the begins when the vehicle accel-erates.F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 519
Select a track.
Measurement can be stopped early by interrupt-
Brake to a stop.
#
#
ing the acceleration procedure.
Measurement is incremental, in steps of
Highlight the desired recording.
#
10 km/h to a stop. If the braking procedure is
# Select u options.
Quarter mile race
started e.g. at a speed of 157 km/h, meas-
# Select Exporting to… or Delete.
# Select Z Drag race options.
urement starts as soon as 150 km/h has
been reached
# Select Quarter-mile.
Setting Drag Race
# Set a target distance.
Storing and calling up measured values
Measurement stops as soon as the specified
If measurement is completed or cancelled, a
Multimedia system:
target distance has been reached.
prompt appears asking whether the measurement
4 TRACK PACE 5 Drag Race
should be saved.
# Start off and begin the measurement.
Measuring acceleration
Measurement begins when the vehicle accel-
# Confirm the prompt with OK to save.
erates. Timing runs until the target distance or
# Select Z Drag race options.
Calling up saved measurements
a maximum of one mile has been travelled.
# Select Acceleration.
# ± Select History.
Measurement can be stopped early by interrupt-
# Set a starting speed or select Automatic.
# Select Acceleration, Quarter-mile or Braking.
ing the acceleration procedure.
Measurement begins as soon as the specified
# Select a measurement.
starting speed has been reached.
Measuring braking
The desired measurement is displayed in
# Set a target speed.
detail.
# Z Drag Race options
Measurement stops as soon as the specified
or
# Select Braking.
target speed has been reached.
# Delete a measurement.
# Set a starting speed or select Automatic.
# Start off and begin the measurement.
# Start off and begin the measurement.
Measurement begins when the vehicle accel-
erates.
F167 0057 02
520 MBUX multimedia systemCalling up the telemetry displayR the TRACK PACE app is installed on the mobileDe-authorising the mobile devicedevice.# Select TRACK PACE system:R The mobile device is connected to the multi-# Select a device.4 TRACK PACE 5 Telemetrymedia system via Wi-Fi ( / page 510).# Confirm the prompt with telemetry display shows current vehicle dataMultimedia system:The device is a digital value and as a diagram. Up to four4 TRACK PACE 5 Zparameters can be selected that are to be shownSetting the TRACK PACE display in the head-upin the and driver displayConnecting a mobile device via the TRACK PACEFor example:app# Select IC and HUD contents.R engine speedThe TRACK PACE app makes it possible to record# Activate or deactivate the desired and to synchronise them with storedR wheel angleThe content in the head-up display and is adjusted.R speed# Select TRACK PACE App.% For further information on the Head-up Dis-R steering angle# Select Authorise new ( / page 468).Set the desired parameters.## Start the TRACK PACE app on the device to be% Further information about the driver displaySet the .#( / page 457).The set parameters are evaluated in the dia-# Select Continue and confirm the authorisationgram for the time acoustic feedbackprompt.# Select Acoustic feedback.A four-digit code is shown on the media dis-A scale with values from 0 to 10 is AMG TRACK PACEplay.# Select a setting.# Enter the code in the device is connect a mobile device to the TRACK PACEapp:F167 0057 02
520 MBUX multimedia system
Calling up the telemetry display
R the TRACK PACE app is installed on the mobile
De-authorising the mobile device
device.
# Select TRACK PACE App.
Multimedia system:
R The mobile device is connected to the multi-
# Select a device.
4 TRACK PACE 5 Telemetry
media system via Wi-Fi ( / page 510).
# Confirm the prompt with Yes.
The telemetry display shows current vehicle data
Multimedia system:
The device is de-authorised.
as a digital value and as a diagram. Up to four
4 TRACK PACE 5 Z
parameters can be selected that are to be shown
Setting the TRACK PACE display in the head-up
in the display.
display and driver display
Connecting a mobile device via the TRACK PACE
For example:
app
# Select IC and HUD contents.
R engine speed
The TRACK PACE app makes it possible to record
# Activate or deactivate the desired contents.
videos and to synchronise them with stored
R wheel angle
The content in the head-up display and driver
tracks.
display is adjusted.
R speed
# Select TRACK PACE App.
% For further information on the Head-up Dis-
R steering angle
# Select Authorise new device.
play ( / page 468).
Set the desired parameters.
#
# Start the TRACK PACE app on the device to be
% Further information about the driver display
Set the time.
connected.
#
( / page 457).
The set parameters are evaluated in the dia-
# Select Continue and confirm the authorisation
gram for the time set.
Setting acoustic feedback
prompt.
# Select Acoustic feedback.
A four-digit code is shown on the media dis-
A scale with values from 0 to 10 is shown.
Configuring AMG TRACK PACE
play.
# Select a setting.
# Enter the code in the smartphone.
Requirements
The device is authorised.
To connect a mobile device to the TRACK PACE
app:
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 521Select or deactivate Unlock charging statistics##Select Track Race or Drag Race and activate# Select TRACK PACE statistics.#Activating or deactivating location-based chargingActivate on the current user profile are dis-# Select Charging program, home or Chargingplayed.# You can set which overlay is to be used in theprogram, video under Video overlay following data is displayed:# Activate or deactivate Select based on loca-R driving timetion.R track drivenPlug-in hybrid settingsWhen the function is activated, the vehicle's cur-R tracks recordedConfigures the charging settingsrent position is saved as one of the selectedR track races recordedoptions. When the address is reached again, aMultimedia system:brief query appears as to whether the respectiveR laps recorded4 © 5 Hybrid 5 Chargingcharging program should be selected.R drag races recordedSetting the charging programActivating or deactivating rapid chargingR top speed# Select Home, Work or Standard.# Activate or deactivate the Quick charge func-Activating the ambient light% The standard charging program is this function is active, the vehicle interior is lit incally activated when the vehicle is switchedred or green depending on delta Quick charge function increases the maxi-on or possible charging capacity at charging sta-# Select Ambient the charging cable (mode 3 or 4)tions up to 60 kW in order to charge the vehicle's# Activate or deactivate the -voltage battery faster. After the chargingWhen the function is active, the charging cable isprocess is complete, the charging capacity in theunlocked when the maximum charge level isSetting a dashcam"Standard" charging program is again limited the vehicle is equipped with a dashcam, it can20 kW in order to protect the high-voltage used in AMG TRACK PACE.# Select Home or Work.F167 00
MBUX multimedia system 521
Select Dashcam.
Activate or deactivate Unlock charging cable.
Show statistics
#
#
Select Track Race or Drag Race and activate
# Select TRACK PACE statistics.
#
Activating or deactivating location-based charging
Activate recording.
Statistics on the current user profile are dis-
# Select Charging program, home or Charging
played.
# You can set which overlay is to be used in the
program, work.
recorded video under Video overlay contents.
The following data is displayed:
# Activate or deactivate Select based on loca-
R driving time
tion.
R track driven
Plug-in hybrid settings
When the function is activated, the vehicle's cur-
R tracks recorded
Configures the charging settings
rent position is saved as one of the selected
R track races recorded
options. When the address is reached again, a
Multimedia system:
brief query appears as to whether the respective
R laps recorded
4 © 5 Hybrid 5 Charging
charging program should be selected.
R drag races recorded
Setting the charging program
Activating or deactivating rapid charging
R top speed
# Select Home, Work or Standard.
# Activate or deactivate the Quick charge func-
Activating the ambient light
% The standard charging program is automati-
tion.
If this function is active, the vehicle interior is lit in
cally activated when the vehicle is switched
red or green depending on delta time.
The Quick charge function increases the maxi-
on or off.
mum possible charging capacity at charging sta-
# Select Ambient light.
Unlocking the charging cable (mode 3 or 4)
tions up to 60 kW in order to charge the vehicle's
# Activate or deactivate the function.
high-voltage battery faster. After the charging
When the function is active, the charging cable is
process is complete, the charging capacity in the
unlocked when the maximum charge level is
Setting a dashcam
"Standard" charging program is again limited to
reached.
If the vehicle is equipped with a dashcam, it can
20 kW in order to protect the high-voltage battery.
be used in AMG TRACK PACE.
# Select Home or Work.
F167 0057 02
522 MBUX multimedia systemMercedes-AMG vehicles: the Quick charge func-Mark the relevant weekdays for which theflow between the individual components is shown#tion is not available for Mercedes-AMG time will apply and confirm within colour.a.% The availability of this function is equipment-The components displayed are: State of charge of the high-voltage batterySelect ´ and edit existing repeat the departure time#R Combustion engineThe set departure times are used for the pre-entrySetting the maximum charge levelR Energy flowclimate control of the vehicle.# Select Maximum charge state.R High-voltage battery# Select Next departure time.# Set the desired energy flow is shown in different coloursThe following charging times can be selected:The high-voltage battery is charged up to thedepending on the operating status:R individual charging timesset percentage as a maximum.R White: constant energy flowR a Week profile% The percentage can be set in increments ofR Red: high energy flow (boost effect)10 %.Setting an individual departure timeR Green: low-emission energy flow in the case of% As soon as the full charge level is reached, aSelect Add new time and set the desiredrecuperation, electric mode and charging the#notification is shown in the media display thatdeparture -voltage batterythe charging process is completed and theorjourney may be continued.# Select ´ and adapt an existing departureCalling up the energy flow of the energy flow display in the multi-Multimedia system:media systemSetting repeat days4 © 5 Info# Select Add new time and set the desiredThe active components of the hybrid system are# Select Energy on the energy flow display. The energyThe energy flow in the vehicle will be dis-played.F167 0057 02
522 MBUX multimedia system
Mercedes-AMG vehicles: the Quick charge func-
Mark the relevant weekdays for which the
flow between the individual components is shown
#
tion is not available for Mercedes-AMG vehicles.
departure time will apply and confirm with
in colour.
a.
% The availability of this function is equipment-
The components displayed are:
dependent.
or
R State of charge of the high-voltage battery
Select ´ and edit existing repeat days.
Sets the departure time
#
R Combustion engine
The set departure times are used for the pre-entry
Setting the maximum charge level
R Energy flow
climate control of the vehicle.
# Select Maximum charge state.
R High-voltage battery
# Select Next departure time.
# Set the desired percentage.
The energy flow is shown in different colours
The following charging times can be selected:
The high-voltage battery is charged up to the
depending on the operating status:
R individual charging times
set percentage as a maximum.
R White: constant energy flow
R a Week profile
% The percentage can be set in increments of
R Red: high energy flow (boost effect)
10 %.
Setting an individual departure time
R Green: low-emission energy flow in the case of
% As soon as the full charge level is reached, a
Select Add new time and set the desired
recuperation, electric mode and charging the
#
notification is shown in the media display that
departure time.
high-voltage battery
the charging process is completed and the
or
journey may be continued.
# Select ´ and adapt an existing departure
Calling up the energy flow display
time.
Overview of the energy flow display in the multi-
Multimedia system:
media system
Setting repeat days
4 © 5 Info
# Select Add new time and set the desired
The active components of the hybrid system are
# Select Energy flow.
departure time.
highlighted on the energy flow display. The energy
The energy flow in the vehicle will be dis-
played.
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 523Information on the status of the hybrid systemR CompassSetting the off-road menu in the multimedia sys-and the current state of charge of the high-voltagetemR Altitudebattery will be displayed in addition to the energyR Steering angle of the front and rear wheelsMultimedia system:flow.R Torque and power4 © 5 Offroad 5 CockpitR Tyre pressure and temperatureSetting displays in the central displayOff-road menuR Transparent bonnetPress ,, . or on the display itself toOverview of the Offroad menu in the MBUX multi-#jump to the next information on the Cockpit tabmedia system( / page 523).Quick-access: activating or deactivating ParkingThe Offroad menu provides an overview of theAssistantAssist PARKTRONICmost important, relevant data for off-road driving,as well as functions to assist driving off-road andThis tab provides access to settings for the recov-# Press = to switch the function on or possibility to record tracks for subsequent re-ery mode and individual wheel control.% Further information on Parking Assistuse or for sharing with other information on the Offroad Assistant tabPARKTRONIC ( / page 433).( / page 524)CockpitQuick-access: activating or deactivating ESP ®This tab provides an overview of the most impor-Score(Electronic Stability Program)tant data. Content is displayed in different tilesIn the Score tab, a journey can be analysed andthat can be changed using directional arrows or# Press å to switch the function on or with a numerical score in order toswipes. In addition, this menu contains buttonsdetermine how good the off-road driving was car-% Further information on ESP ( / page 359).for quick-access to certain vehicle functions rele-ried to off-road -access: activating or deactivating manualFurther information on the Score tabshiftingDisplayed data are, for example:( / page 525).# Press p to switch the function on or off.R Artificial horizonF167 0057 0
MBUX multimedia system 523
Information on the status of the hybrid system
R Compass
Setting the off-road menu in the multimedia sys-
and the current state of charge of the high-voltage
tem
R Altitude
battery will be displayed in addition to the energy
R Steering angle of the front and rear wheels
Multimedia system:
flow.
R Torque and power
4 © 5 Offroad 5 Cockpit
R Tyre pressure and temperature
Setting displays in the central display
Off-road menu
R Transparent bonnet
Press ,, . or on the display itself to
Overview of the Offroad menu in the MBUX multi-
#
jump to the next display.
Further information on the Cockpit tab
media system
( / page 523).
Quick-access: activating or deactivating Parking
The Offroad menu provides an overview of the
Assistant
Assist PARKTRONIC
most important, relevant data for off-road driving,
as well as functions to assist driving off-road and
This tab provides access to settings for the recov-
# Press = to switch the function on or off.
the possibility to record tracks for subsequent re-
ery mode and individual wheel control.
% Further information on Parking Assist
use or for sharing with other drivers.
Further information on the Offroad Assistant tab
PARKTRONIC ( / page 433).
( / page 524)
Cockpit
Quick-access: activating or deactivating ESP ®
This tab provides an overview of the most impor-
Score
(Electronic Stability Program)
tant data. Content is displayed in different tiles
In the Score tab, a journey can be analysed and
that can be changed using directional arrows or
# Press å to switch the function on or off.
evaluated with a numerical score in order to
swipes. In addition, this menu contains buttons
determine how good the off-road driving was car-
% Further information on ESP ( / page 359).
for quick-access to certain vehicle functions rele-
ried out.
vant to off-road operation.
Quick-access: activating or deactivating manual
Further information on the Score tab
shifting
Displayed data are, for example:
( / page 525).
# Press p to switch the function on or off.
R Artificial horizon
F167 0057 02
524 MBUX multimedia system% Additional information on manual gearshiftingR the on-board voltage is sufociently highIndividual wheel control( / page 311).Individual wheel control enables the vehicle levelMultimedia system:to be set separately for each -access: activating or deactivating DSR4 © 5 Offroad 5 Assistance# Select Individual wheel control.(Downhill Speed Regulation)Recovery mode# Set the vehicle level for the desired wheel.# Press î to switch the function on or mode assists the driver when pulling% You can also use the touchscreen to set the% Further information on DSR ( / page 381).away on rough terrain, such as sand or for two or more wheels at the same# Select Free driving Off-road Assist# Select Start.# Select Reset to set all wheels to the defaultRecovery mode is Select Stop to stop recovery mode.R the vehicle is stationaryIndividual wheel control is automatically deactiva-Recovery mode is automatically deactivated in theR off-road level is setted in the following situations:following situations:R off-road drive program F is selectedR you are travelling faster than 15 km/hR you are actually travelling faster than 15 km/hR the vehicle is switched onR it is detected that an object has hit the under-R after a running time of 30 secondsbody of the vehicle hardR all doors and the bonnet are closedR it is detected that an object has hit the under-R not all conditions are metR the transmission is not engaged in position jbody of the vehicle hardR there is no trailer coupled% Further information on individual wheel con-R not all conditions are mettrol ( / page 416).R the vehicle is outdoors% Further information on recovery modeR the detected lateral inclination of the vehicle( / page 416).must not exceed approx. 15°R the system is within its operating temperatureF167 0057 02
524 MBUX multimedia system
% Additional information on manual gearshifting
R the on-board voltage is sufociently high
Individual wheel control
( / page 311).
Individual wheel control enables the vehicle level
Multimedia system:
to be set separately for each wheel.
Quick-access: activating or deactivating DSR
4 © 5 Offroad 5 Assistance
# Select Individual wheel control.
(Downhill Speed Regulation)
Recovery mode
# Set the vehicle level for the desired wheel.
# Press î to switch the function on or off.
Recovery mode assists the driver when pulling
% You can also use the touchscreen to set the
% Further information on DSR ( / page 381).
away on rough terrain, such as sand or snow.
level for two or more wheels at the same
# Select Free driving mode.
time.
Setting Off-road Assist
# Select Start.
# Select Reset to set all wheels to the default
Recovery mode is activated.
setting.
Requirements
# Select Stop to stop recovery mode.
R the vehicle is stationary
Individual wheel control is automatically deactiva-
Recovery mode is automatically deactivated in the
R off-road level is set
ted in the following situations:
following situations:
R off-road drive program F is selected
R you are travelling faster than 15 km/h
R you are actually travelling faster than 15 km/h
R the vehicle is switched on
R it is detected that an object has hit the under-
R after a running time of 30 seconds
body of the vehicle hard
R all doors and the bonnet are closed
R it is detected that an object has hit the under-
R not all conditions are met
R the transmission is not engaged in position j
body of the vehicle hard
R there is no trailer coupled
% Further information on individual wheel con-
R not all conditions are met
trol ( / page 416).
R the vehicle is outdoors
% Further information on recovery mode
R the detected lateral inclination of the vehicle
( / page 416).
must not exceed approx. 15°
R the system is within its operating temperature
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 525The ranking list shows the following informa-To stop the display: select End the Offroad Score#tion:An evaluation of the trip is displayed. It showsMultimedia system:the achieved score and a message, for exam-Profile name and profile picture (if availa--4 © 5 Offroad 5 Scoreple Great job!.ble)Use the Offroad Score only for off-road drivingThe number of points obtained-and not on public roads. When choosing theFit & HealthyDate and time of the completed trip-route, take into account the vehicle characteris-tics, the ground conditions and your driving places for gold, silver and bronzeSetting ENERGIZING seat kinetics-Do not let the system distract you from what isStarting or ending a new tripRequirementshappening on the "Start new trip" function is available when the% These functions are available only for fully# Select Offroad is stationary and the engine is seats with a memory function.A menu appears. You can start a new trip.# Select Start new system:Further functions are available in the lower menuThe display "Trip and tips" appears.4 © 5 Comfort 5 Seatbar:The following information is displayed:# Select Seat kinetics.R Display the current trip via the route symbol.R the vehicle inclination in longitudinal direc-R Display a list of all notes for the current tripENERGIZING seat kinetics can support backtion in percent (%)using the list by changing the seat position during a jour-R the lateral inclination of the vehicle inney. This involves repeatedly stressing and reliev-In the list, a note is displayed with a timedegrees (°)ing the muscles and joints by means of minorstamp, the number of points currently ach-R the currently achieved score for the ongo-movements of the cushion and and the note tripR Display the ranking by clicking on the symbolStarting seat kineticsR a tip for the upcoming driving manoeuvrefor the winner's
MBUX multimedia system 525
The ranking list shows the following informa-
To stop the display: select End trip.
Displaying the Offroad Score
#
tion:
An evaluation of the trip is displayed. It shows
Multimedia system:
the achieved score and a message, for exam-
Profile name and profile picture (if availa-
-
4 © 5 Offroad 5 Score
ple Great job!.
ble)
Use the Offroad Score only for off-road driving
The number of points obtained
-
and not on public roads. When choosing the
Fit & Healthy
Date and time of the completed trip
-
route, take into account the vehicle characteris-
tics, the ground conditions and your driving skills.
The places for gold, silver and bronze
Setting ENERGIZING seat kinetics
-
Do not let the system distract you from what is
Starting or ending a new trip
Requirements
happening on the route.
The "Start new trip" function is available when the
% These functions are available only for fully
# Select Offroad score.
vehicle is stationary and the engine is running.
electric seats with a memory function.
A menu appears. You can start a new trip.
# Select Start new trip.
Multimedia system:
Further functions are available in the lower menu
The display "Trip and tips" appears.
4 © 5 Comfort 5 Seat
bar:
The following information is displayed:
# Select Seat kinetics.
R Display the current trip via the route symbol.
R the vehicle inclination in longitudinal direc-
R Display a list of all notes for the current trip
ENERGIZING seat kinetics can support back
tion in percent (%)
using the list icon.
health by changing the seat position during a jour-
R the lateral inclination of the vehicle in
ney. This involves repeatedly stressing and reliev-
In the list, a note is displayed with a time
degrees (°)
ing the muscles and joints by means of minor
stamp, the number of points currently ach-
R the currently achieved score for the ongo-
movements of the cushion and backrest.
ieved and the note text.
ing trip
R Display the ranking by clicking on the symbol
Starting seat kinetics
R a tip for the upcoming driving manoeuvre
for the winner's podium.
# Select ; for the desired seat.
The programme will run for the set duration.
F167 0057 02
526 MBUX multimedia systemConfiguring seat kineticsProgramme overviewsage programme, friendly light and calmingsound.# Select Z for the desired seat.R Refresh: Can have a refreshing effect withR Forest Glade: Can have a calming and sooth-short, cool puffs of air. The seat is ventilated,# Select Backrest, Backrest & seat surface oring effect on the vehicle occupants thanks tothe vehicle interior is illuminated with cool col-Seat acoustics of the forest. The ambience isours and the programme is completed with# Select the desired duration for the selectedsupported by a suitable animation, coloursappropriate sound.R Warmth: Can increase the comfort level of theR Sounds of the Sea: Can contribute to calmingvehicle occupants. Seat, surface and steeringVehicles with a multicontour seat:the vehicle occupants. The acoustics of wavewheel heater provide soothing warmth. TheIn addition to the seat backrest and seat cushion,sounds and seagulls in combination with otherprogramme is completed with unobtrusivethe lumbar support can be activated for the func-vehicle functions create a relaxing seashoresound and warm .R Vitality: Can counteract diminishing attentive-# Activate or deactivate Including lumbar.R Summer Rain: Can help relax the vehicle occu-ness in monotonous driving situations. Thepants. The relaxing effect of a rain shower canactivating stimulation of the vehicle occupantsbe experienced via acoustics and other vehicleis carried out with invigorating sound, activat-ENERGIZING COMFORTfunctions inside the light and a vitalising massage.▌Overview of ENERGIZING COMFORT pro-R Power Nap: The programme consists of threeR Joy: Can promote a positive mood in the occupants as well as mental can watch an animation on this topic via theThis results from the activation of a massageFalling asleep phase: here relaxing music-following link:programme, friendly sound and illuminationis p
526 MBUX multimedia system
Configuring seat kinetics
Programme overview
sage programme, friendly light and calming
sound.
# Select Z for the desired seat.
R Refresh: Can have a refreshing effect with
R Forest Glade: Can have a calming and sooth-
short, cool puffs of air. The seat is ventilated,
# Select Backrest, Backrest & seat surface or
ing effect on the vehicle occupants thanks to
the vehicle interior is illuminated with cool col-
Seat surface.
the acoustics of the forest. The ambience is
ours and the programme is completed with
# Select the desired duration for the selected
supported by a suitable animation, colours
appropriate sound.
seat.
and sound.
R Warmth: Can increase the comfort level of the
R Sounds of the Sea: Can contribute to calming
vehicle occupants. Seat, surface and steering
Vehicles with a multicontour seat:
the vehicle occupants. The acoustics of wave
wheel heater provide soothing warmth. The
In addition to the seat backrest and seat cushion,
sounds and seagulls in combination with other
programme is completed with unobtrusive
the lumbar support can be activated for the func-
vehicle functions create a relaxing seashore
sound and warm colours.
tion.
atmosphere.
R Vitality: Can counteract diminishing attentive-
# Activate or deactivate Including lumbar.
R Summer Rain: Can help relax the vehicle occu-
ness in monotonous driving situations. The
pants. The relaxing effect of a rain shower can
activating stimulation of the vehicle occupants
be experienced via acoustics and other vehicle
is carried out with invigorating sound, activat-
ENERGIZING COMFORT
functions inside the vehicle.
ing light and a vitalising massage.
▌Overview of ENERGIZING COMFORT pro-
R Power Nap: The programme consists of three
R Joy: Can promote a positive mood in the vehi-
grammes
phases.
cle occupants as well as mental regeneration.
You can watch an animation on this topic via the
This results from the activation of a massage
Falling asleep phase: here relaxing music
-
following link:
programme, friendly sound and illumination
is played and the air is purified by ionisa-
% Note that the available programmes and the
with suitable colours.
tion.
associated functions depend on your vehicle
R Well-being: Can help relax the vehicle occu-
Sleeping phase: the active functions are
-
equipment. Depending on your equipment,
pants. This is achieved through a relaxing mas-
deactivated or restricted as much as possi-
fewer functions may be available.
ble.
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 527Waking phase: slightly stimulating music isMost programmes that have been started for one-& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped whenplayed and the air is purified by can also be transferred simultaneously tousing the ENERGIZING COMFORT pro-Additionally, functions such as fragrancing,another Power Napseat ventilation and a massage programme▌Starting the ENERGIZING COMFORT pro-The following systems may be automaticallyare when using the ENERGIZING COM-R Training: Can counteract the onset of muscleFORT programme Power Nap:tension, limbs falling asleep or stress with tar-& WARNING Increased risk of accidentsR Side windowsgeted relaxation or stimulation exercises. Thewhen using the ENERGIZING COMFORTexercises are demonstrated in short videos.R Sliding sunroofprogrammes Tips and TrainingThe training consists of audio content and aR Roller sunblindsThe Tips and Training ENERGIZING COMFORTbrief animation. The audio content is con-programmes can distract you when a result you or other vehicle occupantsceived so that it can also be played back whenmay become are driving. Animations are only shown# Only carry out exercises if the trafoc sit-when the vehicle is stationary. Always observeuation permits.# Make sure that there is sufocient spacethe trafoc conditions if you are training whenbehind the front seats.# When listening to the tips, make sure aware of the trafoc around you at all# Make sure that no body parts are in theR Tips: The system gives auditory tips for of exercises or measures for improving thecomfort level of the vehicle occupants. ByRequirementsselecting the desired area of the body you canR The vehicle is switched targeted tips for the comfort level ofFor the start of Power Nap:this area.R Only the power supply is on.R The doors are closed.F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 527
Waking phase: slightly stimulating music is
Most programmes that have been started for one
-
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped when
played and the air is purified by ionisation.
seat can also be transferred simultaneously to
using the ENERGIZING COMFORT pro-
Additionally, functions such as fragrancing,
another seat.
gramme Power Nap
seat ventilation and a massage programme
▌Starting the ENERGIZING COMFORT pro-
The following systems may be automatically
are activated.
gramme
moved when using the ENERGIZING COM-
R Training: Can counteract the onset of muscle
FORT programme Power Nap:
tension, limbs falling asleep or stress with tar-
& WARNING Increased risk of accidents
R Side windows
geted relaxation or stimulation exercises. The
when using the ENERGIZING COMFORT
exercises are demonstrated in short videos.
R Sliding sunroof
programmes Tips and Training
The training consists of audio content and a
R Roller sunblinds
The Tips and Training ENERGIZING COMFORT
brief animation. The audio content is con-
programmes can distract you when driving.
As a result you or other vehicle occupants
ceived so that it can also be played back when
may become entrapped.
you are driving. Animations are only shown
# Only carry out exercises if the trafoc sit-
when the vehicle is stationary. Always observe
uation permits.
# Make sure that there is sufocient space
the trafoc conditions if you are training when
behind the front seats.
# When listening to the tips, make sure you
driving.
are aware of the trafoc around you at all
# Make sure that no body parts are in the
R Tips: The system gives auditory tips for possi-
times.
area of movement.
ble exercises or measures for improving the
comfort level of the vehicle occupants. By
Requirements
selecting the desired area of the body you can
R The vehicle is switched on.
receive targeted tips for the comfort level of
For the start of Power Nap:
this area.
R Only the power supply is on.
R The doors are closed.
F167 0057 02
528 MBUX multimedia systemR The vehicle is secured against rolling the durationENERGIZING COACHR The state of charge of the high-voltage battery# Select a programme.▌Function of the ENERGIZING COACHis sufocient for the use of the auxiliary climate# Select .# Select the desired duration.R The ENERGIZING COACH service is activatedMultimedia system:in the Mercedes me portal or the MercedesStarting a Power Nap4 © 5 Comfortme App.# Select Power Nap.5 ENERGIZING COMFORTR The Mercedes me ENERGIZING app is instal-# Select ; for the desired on the mobile phone to use the and stopping a programmeWhen the vehicle is stationary, the following# Select a ENERGIZING COACH you can evaluate theactions are carried out when Power Nap is star-driving and driver situation. Depending on the sit-# Select ; for the desired :uation, it offers recommendations for the start of# Select É to stop the appropriate ENERGIZING COMFORT pro-R The roller sunblinds are extended.% If, during an active programme, a functiongramme.R The doors are is no longer met, a correspond-The following programs could be suggested:R The windows and sliding sunroof are message appears. The active programmeR Vitalityis cancelled.R The parking brake is an activating programme in monotonousConfiguring a programmeSelect É to stop the programme.#driving situations or for long journey times, for# Select a programme.% The programme is available for the rear seatsexamplewhile the vehicle is in motion. The above-men-# Select on the vitality program seetioned functions may only have limited availa-( / page 526).# Switch the functions included in the on or off.R JoyF167 0057 02
528 MBUX multimedia system
R The vehicle is secured against rolling away.
Setting the duration
ENERGIZING COACH
R The state of charge of the high-voltage battery
# Select a programme.
▌Function of the ENERGIZING COACH
is sufocient for the use of the auxiliary climate
# Select Settings.
Requirements
control.
# Select the desired duration.
R The ENERGIZING COACH service is activated
Multimedia system:
in the Mercedes me portal or the Mercedes
Starting a Power Nap
4 © 5 Comfort
me App.
# Select Power Nap.
5 ENERGIZING COMFORT
R The Mercedes me ENERGIZING app is instal-
# Select ; for the desired seat.
led on the mobile phone to use the service.
Starting and stopping a programme
When the vehicle is stationary, the following
# Select a programme.
With ENERGIZING COACH you can evaluate the
actions are carried out when Power Nap is star-
driving and driver situation. Depending on the sit-
# Select ; for the desired seat.
ted:
uation, it offers recommendations for the start of
# Select É to stop the programme.
an appropriate ENERGIZING COMFORT pro-
R The roller sunblinds are extended.
% If, during an active programme, a function
gramme.
R The doors are locked.
requirement is no longer met, a correspond-
The following programs could be suggested:
R The windows and sliding sunroof are closed.
ing message appears. The active programme
R Vitality
is cancelled.
R The parking brake is applied.
As an activating programme in monotonous
Configuring a programme
Select É to stop the programme.
#
driving situations or for long journey times, for
# Select a programme.
% The programme is available for the rear seats
example
while the vehicle is in motion. The above-men-
# Select Settings.
Information on the vitality program see
tioned functions may only have limited availa-
( / page 526).
# Switch the functions included in the pro-
bility.
gramme on or off.
R Joy
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 529As a balancing programme in demanding driv-Requirements for the integration of additionalR You are logged in with your Mercedes me pro-ing situationsfile both in the vehicle and in the Mercedesinformation via a Garmin fitness tracker:me ENERGIZING on the Enjoyment program seeR Your fitness tracker is connected with your( / page 526).Garmin system:R RefreshR Your Garmin account is connected with your4 © 5 Apps 5 ENERGIZING COACHMercedes me user a refreshing programme when tempera-# Your current pulse as well as an evaluation oftures riseyour pulse for the last 30 minutes driving timeIf you wear your Garmin fitness tracker at nightInformation on the Refresh programme; seeare , the sleep data is included in the evaluation( / page 526).A corresponding fault message is shown ifof the ENERGIZING is no mobile phone connected or noR WarmthRequirement for the integration of the sleep data:pulse can be sent to the system for an exten-As a warming programme when temperaturesR The Garmin fitness tracker is synchronisedded the Garmin account before the beginning% Only pulse values which fall into the rangeof the on the Warmth programme; seefrom 30 ‑ 140 (possibly also 150) bpm will be( / page 526).shown on the media display. The pulse values▌Calling up the ENERGIZING COACH displayhave no medical validity but are only informa-By connecting a Garmin fitness tracker, for exam-Requirements:tive in nature and are therefore also notple the Garmin vívoactive ® 3, additional informa-R The fitness tracker is connected with your Gar-required to be can be entered into the evaluation for themin of an ENERGIZING COMFORTR Your Garmin account is connected with yourprogramme. The additional information includesMercedes me user account in the Mercedesthe stress level, that is calculated by the fitnessme ENERGIZING . The
MBUX multimedia system 529
As a balancing programme in demanding driv-
Requirements for the integration of additional
R You are logged in with your Mercedes me pro-
ing situations
file both in the vehicle and in the Mercedes
information via a Garmin fitness tracker:
me ENERGIZING app.
Information on the Enjoyment program see
R Your fitness tracker is connected with your
( / page 526).
Garmin account.
Multimedia system:
R Refresh
R Your Garmin account is connected with your
4 © 5 Apps 5 ENERGIZING COACH
Mercedes me user account.
As a refreshing programme when tempera-
# Your current pulse as well as an evaluation of
tures rise
your pulse for the last 30 minutes driving time
If you wear your Garmin fitness tracker at night
Information on the Refresh programme; see
are shown.
also, the sleep data is included in the evaluation
( / page 526).
A corresponding fault message is shown if
of the ENERGIZING COACH.
there is no mobile phone connected or no
R Warmth
Requirement for the integration of the sleep data:
pulse can be sent to the system for an exten-
As a warming programme when temperatures
R The Garmin fitness tracker is synchronised
ded period.
drop
with the Garmin account before the beginning
% Only pulse values which fall into the range
of the journey.
Information on the Warmth programme; see
from 30 ‑ 140 (possibly also 150) bpm will be
( / page 526).
shown on the media display. The pulse values
▌Calling up the ENERGIZING COACH display
have no medical validity but are only informa-
By connecting a Garmin fitness tracker, for exam-
Requirements:
tive in nature and are therefore also not
ple the Garmin vívoactive ® 3, additional informa-
R The fitness tracker is connected with your Gar-
required to be accurate.
tion can be entered into the evaluation for the
min account.
recommendation of an ENERGIZING COMFORT
R Your Garmin account is connected with your
programme. The additional information includes
Mercedes me user account in the Mercedes
the stress level, that is calculated by the fitness
me ENERGIZING app.
tracker. The stress level is based primarily on the
pulse rate.
R The mobile phone is connected to the multi-
media system ( / page 574).
F167 0057 02
530 MBUX multimedia systemNavigation overview£ Ends the current route guidanceNavigation and trafocTapping opens the navigation module and dis-Switching navigation onDigital mapplays the route overview ( / page 544)Multimedia system:2 Sets map orientation Ä and map type4 © 5 Navigation3 Calls up the telephone menu# Alternatively, switch on the MBUX voice assis-4 Current vehicle position (vehicle symbol ortant ( / page 475).arrow)5 Calls up entertainment applications# Switch to map appears.6 Elevation and map scale ( / page 561)7 Navigation window shows the next manoeuvre(zoomed out view) or the route monitor(zoomed in view)Route guidance active: route monitor shows,e.g. route sections, upcoming drivingmanoeuvres with lane recommendations, des-tination, trafoc delays, 3D images at motor-way exits, online contentPressing 2 several times changes the map orien-1 Navigation module (reduced view)tation in this order:Route guidance active:R 2D and to the northThe navigation module shows the informationrelevant to the route in the zoomed-out view,R 2D and in the direction of travele.g. the destination or a trafoc delayR 3D and in the direction of travelF167 0057 02
530 MBUX multimedia system
Navigation overview
£ Ends the current route guidance
Navigation and trafoc
Tapping opens the navigation module and dis-
Switching navigation on
Digital map
plays the route overview ( / page 544)
Multimedia system:
2 Sets map orientation Ä and map type
4 © 5 Navigation
3 Calls up the telephone menu
# Alternatively, switch on the MBUX voice assis-
4 Current vehicle position (vehicle symbol or
tant ( / page 475).
arrow)
5 Calls up entertainment applications
# Switch to navigation.
The map appears.
6 Elevation and map scale ( / page 561)
7 Navigation window shows the next manoeuvre
(zoomed out view) or the route monitor
(zoomed in view)
Route guidance active: route monitor shows,
e.g. route sections, upcoming driving
manoeuvres with lane recommendations, des-
tination, trafoc delays, 3D images at motor-
way exits, online content
Pressing 2 several times changes the map orien-
1 Navigation module (reduced view)
tation in this order:
Route guidance active:
R 2D and to the north
The navigation module shows the information
relevant to the route in the zoomed-out view,
R 2D and in the direction of travel
e.g. the destination or a trafoc delay
R 3D and in the direction of travel
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 531R Map with complete routeFurther information can be found at:-could also cause you to lose control of the If the map is moved, the map switchesThe service is available and has been acti--between 3D direction of travel and 2D north# Only operate this equipment when situation following map types 2 are available:# If you cannot be sure of this, stop the% If Online Search is not available, the search isvehicle whilst paying attention to roadperformed using the data of the digital map.R Daytime displayand trafoc conditions and operate theR Night-time displayequipment with the vehicle stationary.R Satellite mapYou must observe the legal requirements for the% If you notice a problem with the digital mapcountry in which you are currently driving whenyou can report this under the multimedia a POI or addressDestination entryRequirements:R For the online search:▌Notes on destination entryThere is an Internet connection.-& WARNING Risk of distraction from operat-Mercedes me connect is available.-ing integrated communication equipmentYou have set up a user account in the-while the vehicle is in motionMercedes me you operate communication equipment inte-The vehicle is connected with the user-grated in the vehicle when driving, you couldaccount and you have accepted the termsbe distracted from the trafoc situation. Thisof use.F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 531
R Map with complete route
Further information can be found at:
-
could also cause you to lose control of the
vehicle.
% If the map is moved, the map switches
The service is available and has been acti-
-
between 3D direction of travel and 2D north
# Only operate this equipment when the
vated.
orientation.
trafoc situation permits.
The following map types 2 are available:
# If you cannot be sure of this, stop the
% If Online Search is not available, the search is
vehicle whilst paying attention to road
performed using the data of the digital map.
R Daytime display
and trafoc conditions and operate the
R Night-time display
equipment with the vehicle stationary.
R Satellite map
You must observe the legal requirements for the
% If you notice a problem with the digital map
country in which you are currently driving when
you can report this under
operating the multimedia system.
▌Entering a POI or address
Destination entry
Requirements:
R For the online search:
▌Notes on destination entry
There is an Internet connection.
-
& WARNING Risk of distraction from operat-
Mercedes me connect is available.
-
ing integrated communication equipment
You have set up a user account in the
-
while the vehicle is in motion
Mercedes me Portal.
If you operate communication equipment inte-
The vehicle is connected with the user
-
grated in the vehicle when driving, you could
account and you have accepted the terms
be distracted from the trafoc situation. This
of use.
F167 0057 02
532 MBUX multimedia systemMultimedia system:The following entries can be made, for example in5 Adopts the search result in the input line and4 © 5 Navigation 5 ªcontinues the search1:6 Search resultR Town, street, house number or street, town7 Deletes the last character enteredR Postcode8 Hides the keypadR POI name or POI category, e.g. Restaurants9 Switches to handwriting recognitionR Town, POI name( / page 505)R Contact nameA Sets the written languageR Geo-coordinates ( / page 535)B Switches to digits and special charactersC Switches to upper-case or lower-case lettersR Three-word addresses from what3words( / page 535)If available, selecting the p symbol starts theEntering three-word addresses is possible inMBUX Voice online search.# Enter a destination. The entries can be madein any the keyboard with a.#The search results are displayed in a the destination in the list.#The following menu shows the selected desti-% Online search results for POIs may containnation with the address information and a cor-additional information, for example openingExample: entering a POI or addressresponding map and ratings. The information is provided1 Input line with current entryby an online map menu enables the route to be calculated.2 Deletes an entryThis online function is not available in all3 Selects previous destinationscountries.4 Displays and selects additional destinationsearchesF167 0057 02
532 MBUX multimedia system
Multimedia system:
The following entries can be made, for example in
5 Adopts the search result in the input line and
4 © 5 Navigation 5 ª
continues the search
1:
6 Search result
R Town, street, house number or street, town
7 Deletes the last character entered
R Postcode
8 Hides the keypad
R POI name or POI category, e.g. Restaurants
9 Switches to handwriting recognition
R Town, POI name
( / page 505)
R Contact name
A Sets the written language
R Geo-coordinates ( / page 535)
B Switches to digits and special characters
C Switches to upper-case or lower-case letters
R Three-word addresses from what3words
( / page 535)
If available, selecting the p symbol starts the
Entering three-word addresses is possible in
MBUX Voice Assistant.
the online search.
# Enter a destination. The entries can be made
in any order.
Hide the keyboard with a.
#
The search results are displayed in a list.
Select the destination in the list.
#
The following menu shows the selected desti-
% Online search results for POIs may contain
nation with the address information and a cor-
additional information, for example opening
Example: entering a POI or address
responding map section.
times and ratings. The information is provided
1 Input line with current entry
by an online map service.
The menu enables the route to be calculated.
2 Deletes an entry
This online function is not available in all
3 Selects previous destinations
countries.
4 Displays and selects additional destination
searches
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 533▌Selecting a destination suggestionSelect the All categories or Personal POIs (see##The following menu enables the route to berequirements).Requirements:calculated.# Select the category.R The Allow destination suggestions option is% You can save a destination as a favourite# Select the on ( / page 512).( / page 553).The following menu enables the route to beR The multimedia system has gathered sufocientcalculated.▌Selecting a POIdata in order to show destination a search filter after selecting a POI cate-Multimedia system:Requirements:goryR For use of personal POIs: a USB device is con-4 © 5 Navigation 5 ªnected with the multimedia preset search position depends on the status# Select the route guidance:R Personal POIs with the GPS Exchange formatThe route is calculated in the following menu.(.gpx) have been saved in the PersonalPOIR If route guidance is not active, In the vicinity% If Suggestions has been selected, a menu isfolder on the USB via Ä. The menu offers settingsR If route guidance is active, Along the route isMultimedia system:for the suggestions and memory .4 © 5 Navigation 5 ª% Managing destination suggestions( / page 554).# Select the search results are displayed, select#Filter.# Select one of the displayed quick-access cate-▌Selecting previous destinations# Select the search position, e.g. In the , e.g. j .Multimedia system:# If a route with intermediate destinations# Select the POI.4 © 5 Navigation 5 ªalready exists and Near destination has beenThe following menu enables the route to be# Select Previous in the search filters, the destinationis selected for the 167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 533
▌Selecting a destination suggestion
Select the destination.
Select All categories or Personal POIs (see
#
#
The following menu enables the route to be
requirements).
Requirements:
calculated.
# Select the category.
R The Allow destination suggestions option is
% You can save a destination as a favourite
# Select the POI.
switched on ( / page 512).
( / page 553).
The following menu enables the route to be
R The multimedia system has gathered sufocient
calculated.
▌Selecting a POI
data in order to show destination suggestions.
Setting a search filter after selecting a POI cate-
Multimedia system:
Requirements:
gory
R For use of personal POIs: a USB device is con-
4 © 5 Navigation 5 ª
nected with the multimedia system.
The preset search position depends on the status
# Select Suggestions.
of the route guidance:
R Personal POIs with the GPS Exchange format
The route is calculated in the following menu.
(.gpx) have been saved in the PersonalPOI
R If route guidance is not active, In the vicinity
% If Suggestions has been selected, a menu is
folder on the USB device.
is searched.
available via Ä. The menu offers settings
R If route guidance is active, Along the route is
Multimedia system:
for the suggestions and memory functions.
searched.
4 © 5 Navigation 5 ª
% Managing destination suggestions
( / page 554).
# Select POIs.
When the search results are displayed, select
#
Filter.
# Select one of the displayed quick-access cate-
▌Selecting previous destinations
# Select the search position, e.g. In the vicinity.
gories, e.g. j .
Multimedia system:
# If a route with intermediate destinations
# Select the POI.
4 © 5 Navigation 5 ª
already exists and Near destination has been
The following menu enables the route to be
# Select Previous destinations.
calculated.
selected in the search filters, the destination
is selected for the search.
or
or
F167 0057 02
534 MBUX multimedia systemSelect the desired travelling time to the pointTap on the arrows next to the selected cate-▌Selecting a contact for destination entry##of :# Select Search arrows for the other categories are greyedR A mobile phone is connected to the categories for quick accessdia system ( / page 574).# Drag the category up or categories are displayed:R The contacts from the mobile phone have# Select ø.been downloaded .R As symbols after calling up the destinationDeleting quick-access categoriesentry via ªR The contact has a navigable address.# In the POI menu, press and hold a category forR As a list after calling up All categoriesR The address data can be located on the digitalquick the POI menu, select All categories.## Select ß for the chosen system:Select f or ß for a category.## Select Delete.4 © 5 Navigation 5 ªTapping on f adds the category.# Select ø.# Enter a contact in the entry on ß removes the category.# Select the categories for personal POIs# Use G to change following menu enables the route to beThe new categories are shown after the desti-# Select Personal entry is called up the next time.# Press on a category as long as is necessary% Alternatively, after calling up the destination% If all available quick-access positions are full,until a menu , you can enter the name of a contact inselect the category to be replaced.# Select Change name and enter a search the order of quick-access categories# Select Change icon and select a symbol.# In the POI menu, press and hold a category for# Select Delete and confirm the prompt withquick .F167 0057 02
534 MBUX multimedia system
Select the desired travelling time to the point
Tap on the arrows next to the selected cate-
▌Selecting a contact for destination entry
#
#
of interest.
gory.
Requirements:
# Select Search results.
The arrows for the other categories are greyed
R A mobile phone is connected to the multime-
out.
Configuring categories for quick access
dia system ( / page 574).
# Drag the category up or down.
The categories are displayed:
R The contacts from the mobile phone have
# Select ø.
been downloaded .
R As symbols after calling up the destination
Deleting quick-access categories
entry via ª
R The contact has a navigable address.
# In the POI menu, press and hold a category for
R As a list after calling up All categories
R The address data can be located on the digital
quick access.
map.
In the POI menu, select All categories.
#
# Select ß for the chosen category.
Multimedia system:
Select f or ß for a category.
#
# Select Delete.
4 © 5 Navigation 5 ª
Tapping on f adds the category.
# Select ø.
# Enter a contact in the entry line.
Tapping on ß removes the category.
# Select the address.
Changing categories for personal POIs
# Use G to change back.
The following menu enables the route to be
The new categories are shown after the desti-
# Select Personal POIs.
calculated.
nation entry is called up the next time.
# Press on a category as long as is necessary
% Alternatively, after calling up the destination
% If all available quick-access positions are full,
until a menu appears.
entry, you can enter the name of a contact in
select the category to be replaced.
# Select Change name and enter a name.
the search field.
Changing the order of quick-access categories
# Select Change icon and select a symbol.
# In the POI menu, press and hold a category for
# Select Delete and confirm the prompt with
quick access.
Yes.
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 535▌Entering geo-coordinatesMultimedia system:Example: during a telephone call you are givena 3-word address. After activating the MBUXMultimedia system:4 © 5 Navigation 5 ªvoice assistant, say one of the following two4 © 5 Navigation 5 ª# Enter the destination as a three-word addressvoice commands:from what3words. The entry can be made with# Enter the geo-coordinates as latitude and lon-Navigate to tapfer gebäude verliehen-spaces between the words instead of search results are to tapfer Punkt gebäude Punkt-Examples of input formats:verliehen# Select the destination in the list.R 47°58'11"N 7°57'25"E (degrees, minutes andThe following menu enables the route to beseconds)calculated.R 47.969722 7.956944 (decimal degrees)The Brandenburg Gate has this language depend-ent three-word address:Confirm the entry.#The following menu enables the route to beR German: äude.verliehencalculated.R English: ▌Entering the destination as a three-wordR French: % Searching for a destination using three-wordaddresses is not possible in all countries andRequirements:Three-word addresses from what3words are anin all languages.R An active Internet connection is indicated inalternative addressing system for multilingualthe status line on the media display with theAlternatively, use the following entry options:georeferencing of global locations with a resolu-Q symbol.R Entry in the global search ( / page 504)tion of three metres. Using this grid, locations onR The online search is Earth's surface are included which do notR Voice navigation ( / page 475)have a building address such as a street andhouse number, for example.F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 535
▌Entering geo-coordinates
Multimedia system:
Example: during a telephone call you are given
a 3-word address. After activating the MBUX
Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Navigation 5 ª
voice assistant, say one of the following two
4 © 5 Navigation 5 ª
# Enter the destination as a three-word address
voice commands:
from what3words. The entry can be made with
# Enter the geo-coordinates as latitude and lon-
Navigate to tapfer gebäude verliehen
-
spaces between the words instead of dots.
gitude.
The search results are displayed.
Navigate to tapfer Punkt gebäude Punkt
-
Examples of input formats:
verliehen
# Select the destination in the list.
R 47°58'11"N 7°57'25"E (degrees, minutes and
The following menu enables the route to be
seconds)
calculated.
R 47.969722 7.956944 (decimal degrees)
The Brandenburg Gate has this language depend-
ent three-word address:
Confirm the entry.
#
The following menu enables the route to be
R German: äude.verliehen
calculated.
R English:
▌Entering the destination as a three-word
R French:
address
% Searching for a destination using three-word
addresses is not possible in all countries and
Requirements:
Three-word addresses from what3words are an
in all languages.
R An active Internet connection is indicated in
alternative addressing system for multilingual
the status line on the media display with the
Alternatively, use the following entry options:
georeferencing of global locations with a resolu-
Q symbol.
R Entry in the global search ( / page 504)
tion of three metres. Using this grid, locations on
R The online search is active.
the Earth's surface are included which do not
R Voice navigation ( / page 475)
have a building address such as a street and
house number, for example.
F167 0057 02
536 MBUX multimedia system% Three-word addresses are unique, easy to▌Selecting a destination from favouritesSelect Save.#remember and sufoce for most routine appli-Deleting favouritesRequirements:cations.R Destinations are saved as favourites.# Select Ä for a can convert addresses to three-wordSave a previous destination or a destination# Select and back again:suggestion as a favourite ( / page 553).orR At the website system:# Select Delete all.R In the what3words apps4 © 5 Navigation 5 ª# Confirm the prompt.▌Selecting a destination on the mapWhen all the favourites have been deleted,# Select system:Add favourite is available, for example.# Select a favourite.4 © 5 Navigation▌Selecting received destinationsThe route is calculated in the following menu.# If necessary, move the map ( / page 560).Addresses for home and work are already setRequirements:# Press and hold on the map.R There is an Internet connection for receiving# Select Home or destinations are following menu enables the route to beorcalculated.R A destination has been sent to the vehicle.# Briefly press on a POI symbol.R Destinations have been shared from anotherAddresses for home and work are not yet setThe POI is selected. If there are several POIsseat in the this map position, a list appears.# Select Home or Work.# Select the destination in the Selected objectsThe prompt No "Home" address address now? appears, for following menu enables the route to be# Select .# Search for or select the address.F167 0057 02
536 MBUX multimedia system
% Three-word addresses are unique, easy to
▌Selecting a destination from favourites
Select Save.
#
remember and sufoce for most routine appli-
Deleting favourites
Requirements:
cations.
R Destinations are saved as favourites.
# Select Ä for a favourite.
You can convert addresses to three-word
Save a previous destination or a destination
# Select Delete.
addresses and back again:
suggestion as a favourite ( / page 553).
or
R At the website
Multimedia system:
# Select Delete all.
R In the what3words apps
4 © 5 Navigation 5 ª
# Confirm the prompt.
▌Selecting a destination on the map
When all the favourites have been deleted,
# Select Favourites.
Multimedia system:
Add favourite is available, for example.
# Select a favourite.
4 © 5 Navigation
▌Selecting received destinations
The route is calculated in the following menu.
# If necessary, move the map ( / page 560).
Addresses for home and work are already set
Requirements:
# Press and hold on the map.
R There is an Internet connection for receiving
# Select Home or Work.
Available destinations are displayed.
external destinations.
The following menu enables the route to be
or
calculated.
R A destination has been sent to the vehicle.
# Briefly press on a POI symbol.
R Destinations have been shared from another
Addresses for home and work are not yet set
The POI is selected. If there are several POIs
seat in the vehicle.
at this map position, a list appears.
# Select Home or Work.
# Select the destination in the Selected objects
The prompt No "Home" address available.
list.
Set address now? appears, for example.
The following menu enables the route to be
# Select Yes.
calculated.
# Search for or select the address.
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 537Multimedia system:Route% If the destination is located in a multi-storeycar park, for example, and corresponding data4 © 5 Navigation 5 ª▌Calculating a routeis available, the parking levels are vehicle can receive destinations from servicesAfter selection of a destination the route is be cal-or apps. You will be informed when a received.# Select one of the options.# Select Received destinations.# Select a up alternative routesThe route is calculated in the following menu.# Select Routes.% You can save a received destination in the# Select an alternative route ( / page 545).favourites ( / page 553).Starting route guidanceDeleting received destinations# Select ¥ Let's go!.# Delete a destination with : detailed displayorCalling up the detailed display with destination1 Calls up alternative routesaddress# Select Delete all.2 Calculates the route and starts route guid-ance# Pull the bar above 2 on the destination selection and3 Selects a point of interest in the vicinity of theavailability, online content, for example ratingsdestinationand weather information, is shown.4 Destination addressIf the destination is in a different time zone, aThe detailed display can contain additionalmessage is , such as a three-word address fromwhat3words, online contentF167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 537
Multimedia system:
Route
% If the destination is located in a multi-storey
car park, for example, and corresponding data
4 © 5 Navigation 5 ª
▌Calculating a route
is available, the parking levels are displayed.
The vehicle can receive destinations from services
After selection of a destination the route is be cal-
or apps. You will be informed when a destination
culated.
is received.
# Select one of the options.
# Select Received destinations.
# Select a destination.
Calling up alternative routes
The route is calculated in the following menu.
# Select Routes.
% You can save a received destination in the
# Select an alternative route ( / page 545).
favourites ( / page 553).
Starting route guidance
Deleting received destinations
# Select ¥ Let's go!.
# Delete a destination with E.
Example: detailed display
or
Calling up the detailed display with destination
1 Calls up alternative routes
address
# Select Delete all.
2 Calculates the route and starts route guid-
ance
# Pull the bar above 2 upwards.
Depending on the destination selection and
3 Selects a point of interest in the vicinity of the
availability, online content, for example ratings
destination
and weather information, is shown.
4 Destination address
If the destination is in a different time zone, a
The detailed display can contain additional
message is displayed.
entries, such as a three-word address from
what3words, online content
F167 0057 02
538 MBUX multimedia systemTo share a destination: select Ç intermediate destinations in the route over-R The services "Navigation with Electric Intelli-#This option allows you to scan the displayedview ( / page 544), that should be overwrit-gence", "Display of charging stations" andQR with the new intermediate destination."Mercedes me Charge" are activated.# To save a destination as a favourite: selectorR To select a charging station: the Scheduleß Favourite and then an stops option is switched on in theSelect Í Replace.#multimedia system.# To call up an Internet address: if a webThe selected destination address is set as aaddress is available, select destination. Route guidance begins.R For authentication at the charging station:after activation in the Mercedes me Portal,# To call the destination: if a telephone number% If you call up the menu during route guidance,you have concluded a charging contract withis available, select options are available:your payment details with the respective con-R To change the order of destinations, selectSearching for POIs in the vicinity of the destina-tractual ( / page 544).tion shownR For authentication using the app: theR To delete the destination, select DeleteMercedes me App is installed on the external# Select In the vicinity.( / page 544).device, e.g. tablet or smartphone.# Search using categories, enter a search entryR To cancel route guidance, select CancelR For charging stations without remote access,or search for a personal POI ( / page 533).route have purchased an RFID card for the con-Adding an intermediate destination to the existingtracting partner.▌Paying for the charging process on a route withroute or starting a new route guidance% This function is not available in all me Charge (plug-in hybrid)# Select ¦ selected destination address is set as theRequirements:next intermediate destination. Route guidanceR The
538 MBUX multimedia system
To share a destination: select Ç Share.
an intermediate destinations in the route over-
R The services "Navigation with Electric Intelli-
#
This option allows you to scan the displayed
view ( / page 544), that should be overwrit-
gence", "Display of charging stations" and
QR code.
ten with the new intermediate destination.
"Mercedes me Charge" are activated.
# To save a destination as a favourite: select
or
R To select a charging station: the Schedule
ß Favourite and then an option.
charging stops option is switched on in the
Select Í Replace.
#
multimedia system.
# To call up an Internet address: if a web
The selected destination address is set as a
address is available, select
new destination. Route guidance begins.
R For authentication at the charging station:
after activation in the Mercedes me Portal,
# To call the destination: if a telephone number
% If you call up the menu during route guidance,
you have concluded a charging contract with
is available, select Call.
more options are available:
your payment details with the respective con-
R To change the order of destinations, select
Searching for POIs in the vicinity of the destina-
tractual partners.
Move ( / page 544).
tion shown
R For authentication using the app: the
R To delete the destination, select Delete
Mercedes me App is installed on the external
# Select In the vicinity.
( / page 544).
device, e.g. tablet or smartphone.
# Search using categories, enter a search entry
R To cancel route guidance, select Cancel
R For charging stations without remote access,
or search for a personal POI ( / page 533).
route guidance.
you have purchased an RFID card for the con-
Adding an intermediate destination to the existing
tracting partner.
▌Paying for the charging process on a route with
route or starting a new route guidance
% This function is not available in all countries.
Mercedes me Charge (plug-in hybrid)
# Select ¦ Add.
The selected destination address is set as the
Requirements:
next intermediate destination. Route guidance
R The Mercedes me Charge service is available
begins.
and subscribed to in the Mercedes me Portal.
# There are already four intermediate destina-
tions: confirm the prompt with Yes and select
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 539Multimedia system:This charging function is not available in allR Estimated charging costs and your volumes, if available4 © 5 Navigation# To select a charging station: tap on a symbolR Display of available reviews and the ability to% Observe the following information:on the map for a charging station or on areview with up to five starsR Read the notes on charging the high-volt-group of symbols for several charging stations.R Availability prognosisage battery ( / page 322).# If a group of symbols is selected, select theR Information on green chargingR Read the notes on charging the high-volt-charging station from the -Benz provides high-quality certifi-age battery at the charging stationThe following information is displayed (if availa-cates of origin to ensure that an equivalent( / page 327) and ( / page 328).amount of electricity from renewable sourcesble):R Before selection of a charging station: theis fed into the grid for charging processes car-data for the charging stations is based onR Name of the charging station operatorried out via Mercedes me online content available from theR Address of the charging stationrespective third-party the route ( / page 537).#R Plug with availability and information aboutR Observe the local information and condi-charging power% If the function is available, the start/stop charging process can be selected.R Opening times% With the Plug & Charge charging function of# To access a charging station remotely (start/R Name of the charging stationMercedes me Charge, you can charge thestop): select a charging station in the mapR Travel time and distance of the charging sta-vehicle at public Plug & Charge-enabledmenu of the app or the MBUX multimedia sys-tion from the vehiclecharging stations. The charging process when the charging cable is plug-R Authentication method# Show the details using the widget (progr
MBUX multimedia system 539
Multimedia system:
This charging function is not available in all
R Estimated charging costs and your available
countries.
energy volumes, if available
4 © 5 Navigation
# To select a charging station: tap on a symbol
R Display of available reviews and the ability to
% Observe the following information:
on the map for a charging station or on a
review with up to five stars
R Read the notes on charging the high-volt-
group of symbols for several charging stations.
R Availability prognosis
age battery ( / page 322).
# If a group of symbols is selected, select the
R Information on green charging
R Read the notes on charging the high-volt-
charging station from the list.
Mercedes-Benz provides high-quality certifi-
age battery at the charging station
The following information is displayed (if availa-
cates of origin to ensure that an equivalent
( / page 327) and ( / page 328).
amount of electricity from renewable sources
ble):
R Before selection of a charging station: the
is fed into the grid for charging processes car-
data for the charging stations is based on
R Name of the charging station operator
ried out via Mercedes me Charge.
the online content available from the
R Address of the charging station
respective third-party provider.
Calculate the route ( / page 537).
#
R Plug with availability and information about
R Observe the local information and condi-
charging power
% If the function is available, the start/stop of
tions.
the charging process can be selected.
R Opening times
% With the Plug & Charge charging function of
# To access a charging station remotely (start/
R Name of the charging station
Mercedes me Charge, you can charge the
stop): select a charging station in the map
R Travel time and distance of the charging sta-
vehicle at public Plug & Charge-enabled
menu of the app or the MBUX multimedia sys-
tion from the vehicle
charging stations. The charging process starts
tem.
immediately when the charging cable is plug-
R Authentication method
# Show the details using the widget (programme
ged into the charging station. No further
R Contact information of the charging station
symbol).
authentication is required. Communication
operator
between the vehicle and the charging station
R General costs and charging costs
takes place directly via the charging cable.
F167 0057 02
540 MBUX multimedia systemSelect Start charging data for third-party providers is available,Multimedia system:#The charging process starts. In addition, theyou will receive this information:4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z 5 Viewpayment agreement saved with the third-partyR Overview of the charging process# Activate Traffic is low emission zones along the route areR Estimated cost% Remote access is not available for someshown on the digital map and in the route% There may be differences between the costscharging stations. In this case use your and the costs to activate the charging process (if avail-Before you enter a low emission zone, you willYou can watch an animation on this topic via theable).be shown a notification in the central link:# If required, enter the PIN for -in hybrid: the vehicle takes zones with▌Switching low emission zones for the route on# Confirm the restrictions into account and drivesor offelectrically in these zones. These are low# If required, select the connector ID from theemission zones and in future also zero emis-list selected charging cable connector isR Mercedes me connect is guidance is active:R You have a Mercedes me connect user# Start the charging process.R When the vehicle enters a low emissionaccount and the vehicle is connected with theThe start of the charging process is , it switches to the Electric drive . Electrical energy is reserved for low# Select the Stop charging process display but-R The "Trafoc Restriction Zones" service is avail-emission zones ahead. Thus the vehicleton in the and activated in the Mercedes me switch to the Hybrid drive programThe charging process is service is free of charge for three yearswhen it exits a is processed registration.F167 0
540 MBUX multimedia system
Select Start charging process.
If data for third-party providers is available,
Multimedia system:
#
The charging process starts. In addition, the
you will receive this information:
4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z 5 View
payment agreement saved with the third-party
R Overview of the charging process
# Activate Traffic restrictions.
provider is authorised.
The low emission zones along the route are
R Estimated cost
% Remote access is not available for some
shown on the digital map and in the route
% There may be differences between the costs
charging stations. In this case use your RFID
overview.
listed and the costs billed.
card to activate the charging process (if avail-
Before you enter a low emission zone, you will
You can watch an animation on this topic via the
able).
be shown a notification in the central display.
following link:
# If required, enter the PIN for personalisation.
Plug-in hybrid: the vehicle takes zones with
▌Switching low emission zones for the route on
# Confirm the action.
trafoc restrictions into account and drives
or off
electrically in these zones. These are low
# If required, select the connector ID from the
emission zones and in future also zero emis-
list shown.
Requirements
sion zones.
The selected charging cable connector is
R Mercedes me connect is available.
unlocked.
Route guidance is active:
R You have a Mercedes me connect user
# Start the charging process.
R When the vehicle enters a low emission
account and the vehicle is connected with the
The start of the charging process is shown.
zone, it switches to the Electric drive pro-
account.
gram. Electrical energy is reserved for low
# Select the Stop charging process display but-
R The "Trafoc Restriction Zones" service is avail-
emission zones ahead. Thus the vehicle
ton in the app.
able and activated in the Mercedes me Portal.
can switch to the Hybrid drive program
The charging process is ended.
The service is free of charge for three years
when it exits a zone.
Payment is processed automatically.
after registration.
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 541Select Trailer guidance is not active:The fuel range (purple) and the electric range#(white) are shown on the map as a closed lineA prompt is shown in the multimedia system.R When the vehicle enters a low emissionaround the current vehicle , it switches to the Electric drive pro-# Confirm the the following cases, there is no display on theThe arrival time at the destination takes a reduced driving speed with :% The Traffic restrictions function is switched# To use online routes: switch on the option.R The overall range is very :R If the fuel level is less than 10 %.R No low emission zones are shown on theTaking trafoc information for the route intomap.R If the electric range of the vehicle is less thanaccount6 km.R Plug-in hybrid: when the vehicle enters a# Select Dynamic route guidance emission zone, there is no switch to▌Selecting a route type# Select one of the drive system:Explanation of the options:▌Overview of the Range on Map service (plug-in4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z 5 RouteR Automatichybrid)Trafoc reports via Live Trafoc Information areUsing trailer mode and online routesThe function is available under the following con-taken into account ( / page 554).The route is calculated as a fast route with a shortditions:journey Trafoc Information and FM home screenR The "Range on Map" service, which is subjectare not available in all mode is available if a trailer has been cou-to a charge, is available and activated in thepled with the vehicle. If available, you can selectR After askingMercedes me routes.A prompt appears when a new route is detec-R The Range option is switched on% Trailer mode and online routes are not availa-ted with a shorter journey time based on traf-( / page 565).ble in all countries and for all reports. You can continue to use the cur-rent route or use the dyn
MBUX multimedia system 541
Select Trailer mode.
Route guidance is not active:
The fuel range (purple) and the electric range
#
(white) are shown on the map as a closed line
A prompt is shown in the multimedia system.
R When the vehicle enters a low emission
around the current vehicle position.
zone, it switches to the Electric drive pro-
# Confirm the prompt.
In the following cases, there is no display on the
The arrival time at the destination takes into
gram.
account a reduced driving speed with trailer.
map:
% The Traffic restrictions function is switched
# To use online routes: switch on the option.
R The overall range is very large.
off:
R If the fuel level is less than 10 %.
R No low emission zones are shown on the
Taking trafoc information for the route into
map.
R If the electric range of the vehicle is less than
account
6 km.
R Plug-in hybrid: when the vehicle enters a
# Select Dynamic route guidance r.
low emission zone, there is no switch to
▌Selecting a route type
# Select one of the options.
another drive program.
Multimedia system:
Explanation of the options:
▌Overview of the Range on Map service (plug-in
4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z 5 Route
R Automatic
hybrid)
Trafoc reports via Live Trafoc Information are
Using trailer mode and online routes
The function is available under the following con-
taken into account ( / page 554).
The route is calculated as a fast route with a short
ditions:
journey time.
Live Trafoc Information and FM home screen
R The "Range on Map" service, which is subject
are not available in all countries.
Trailer mode is available if a trailer has been cou-
to a charge, is available and activated in the
pled with the vehicle. If available, you can select
R After asking
Mercedes me Portal.
online routes.
A prompt appears when a new route is detec-
R The Range option is switched on
% Trailer mode and online routes are not availa-
ted with a shorter journey time based on traf-
( / page 565).
ble in all countries and for all vehicles.
fic reports. You can continue to use the cur-
rent route or use the dynamic route instead
( / page 542).
F167 0057 02
542 MBUX multimedia systemR OffConfirm the or using toll roads#The use of toll roads requires a usage fee (toll).No trafoc reports are taken into account forTo accept the new route: select Accept.#the route.# Select Toll roads r.# To maintain the current route: select Keep to# Activate or deactivate Avoid route.▌Calculating alternative routesIf the option is activated, the route avoids tollMultimedia system:▌Selecting route optionsroads.4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z 5 ViewMultimedia system:If the option is deactivated, the route takes toll# Switch on Overview of route after start.4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z 5 Routeroads into routes are calculated for every5 Avoid optionsorroute.# Select an option for Payment by cash or cardAvoiding or using route sections, e.g. motorways▌Accepting a detour recommendation after aor Electronic ferriesAvoid: the route avoids toll roads with theprompt# Activate or deactivate the avoid method of : the option is activated. The route avoidsRequirements:Use: the route takes into account roads thatmotorways, for example.R After asking is switched on ( / page 541) inrequire a toll corresponding with the paymentthe Dynamic route guidance : the option is deactivated. The route takestype into consideration, for example.R Route guidance is or using roads requiring a special toll% The selected route options cannot always beR There are trafoc reports for the current into account. Therefore, a route mayIf a new route with a shorter driving time is deter-A vignette allows for the use of a route networkinclude a ferry, for instance, even though themined, the current and new routes will be ferries avoid option is enabled. A mes-for a limited time then appears and you will hear a corre-If another application is active, a notification is# Select Avoid vignette roads .#
542 MBUX multimedia system
R Off
Confirm the notification.
Avoiding or using toll roads
#
The use of toll roads requires a usage fee (toll).
No trafoc reports are taken into account for
To accept the new route: select Accept.
#
the route.
# Select Toll roads r.
# To maintain the current route: select Keep to
# Activate or deactivate Avoid all.
current route.
▌Calculating alternative routes
If the option is activated, the route avoids toll
Multimedia system:
▌Selecting route options
roads.
4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z 5 View
Multimedia system:
If the option is deactivated, the route takes toll
# Switch on Overview of route after start.
4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z 5 Route
roads into account.
Alternative routes are calculated for every
5 Avoid options
or
route.
# Select an option for Payment by cash or card
Avoiding or using route sections, e.g. motorways
▌Accepting a detour recommendation after a
or Electronic billing.
or ferries
Avoid: the route avoids toll roads with the
prompt
# Activate or deactivate the avoid option.
selected method of payment.
Avoid: the option is activated. The route avoids
Requirements:
Use: the route takes into account roads that
motorways, for example.
R After asking is switched on ( / page 541) in
require a toll corresponding with the payment
the Dynamic route guidance menu.
Use: the option is deactivated. The route takes
type selected.
motorways into consideration, for example.
R Route guidance is active.
Avoiding or using roads requiring a special toll
% The selected route options cannot always be
R There are trafoc reports for the current route.
sticker
taken into account. Therefore, a route may
If a new route with a shorter driving time is deter-
A vignette allows for the use of a route network
include a ferry, for instance, even though the
mined, the current and new routes will be shown.
Avoid ferries avoid option is enabled. A mes-
for a limited time period.
sage then appears and you will hear a corre-
If another application is active, a notification is
# Select Avoid vignette roads r.
sponding message.
hidden.
# Activate or deactivate Avoid all.
or
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 543Switch individual countries on or off in the Detailed areas##Avoid: the option is activated. The route avoidsIf a driving instruction is available and there is# Select Avoid areas r ( / page 562).roads requiring a special toll sticker in thea complex driving situation, you hear supple-selected countries.▌Selecting notifications for the routementary information, e.g. "In 200 m turn rightand continue to follow the major road". Addi-Use: the option is deactivated. The route takesRequirements:tional driving instructions are issued for theinto account roads in the selected countryR For an audible indication when approaching aroute, for example on turning major require you to pay a time-based feepersonal POI: the USB device contains per-# Activate Announce street names.(vignette).sonal name of the street into which the vehicle% These route options are not available in everyR The USB device is connected with the multi-should turn is system.% This option is not available in all countries andAvoiding or using areas with low emission zonesR The category in which the personal is activated.% The function is available when there is anSwitching trafoc announcements on or offactive internet system:# Activate or deactivate Announce traffic warn-# Activate or deactivate Area with low emission4 © 5 Navigation 5 .5 Messages & tonesIf available, trafoc warnings are announced,Avoid: the option is activated. The route avoidse.g. before the end of trafoc jams that pose aall low emission zones restricted for the vehi-Switching navigation announcements on or . These are displayed in red on the map.# Activate Reduced indication when approaching a personalUse: the option is deactivated. The restrictedIf a driving instruction is available for a simplePOIlow emission zones for the vehicle are passedchange in dire
MBUX multimedia system 543
Switch individual countries on or off in the list.
Activate Detailed messages.
Avoiding areas
#
#
Avoid: the option is activated. The route avoids
If a driving instruction is available and there is
# Select Avoid areas r ( / page 562).
roads requiring a special toll sticker in the
a complex driving situation, you hear supple-
selected countries.
▌Selecting notifications for the route
mentary information, e.g. "In 200 m turn right
and continue to follow the major road". Addi-
Use: the option is deactivated. The route takes
Requirements:
tional driving instructions are issued for the
into account roads in the selected country
R For an audible indication when approaching a
route, for example on turning major roads.
which require you to pay a time-based fee
personal POI: the USB device contains per-
# Activate Announce street names.
(vignette).
sonal POIs.
The name of the street into which the vehicle
% These route options are not available in every
R The USB device is connected with the multi-
should turn is announced.
country.
media system.
% This option is not available in all countries and
Avoiding or using areas with low emission zones
R The category in which the personal POI
languages.
belongs is activated.
% The function is available when there is an
Switching trafoc announcements on or off
active internet connection.
Multimedia system:
# Activate or deactivate Announce traffic warn-
# Activate or deactivate Area with low emission
4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z
ings.
zones.
5 Messages & tones
If available, trafoc warnings are announced,
Avoid: the option is activated. The route avoids
e.g. before the end of trafoc jams that pose a
all low emission zones restricted for the vehi-
Switching navigation announcements on or off
risk.
cle. These are displayed in red on the map.
# Activate Reduced messages.
Audible indication when approaching a personal
Use: the option is deactivated. The restricted
If a driving instruction is available for a simple
POI
low emission zones for the vehicle are passed
change in direction, you hear a brief
through on the route. A warning is displayed
announcement, e.g. "turn right in 200 m". The
# Select Personal POIs.
before you drive into a low emission zone.
number of driving instructions along the route
is minimised.
F167 0057 02
544 MBUX multimedia systemActivate a category.▌Planning routesbeneath that the current distance to the des-#When approaching a personal POI in thetination and the chequered flagMultimedia system:selected category an audible indication will be3 Alternative routes4 © 5 Navigation 5 ªissued.4 Searches for parking# Enter the intermediate destination▌Displaying a route overview5 Switches trafoc information display on or off( / page 37).6 Makes settings for View, Messages & tonesAfter entering the destination and new calcu-Requirements:and Routelation of the route, the route overview isR A destination is again. The route contains a new inter-When route guidance is active, the destinationmediate system:and entered intermediate destinations are shown.4 © 5 Navigation% If there are already four intermediate destina-Depending on the route, trafoc situation and avail-tions, delete an intermediate destinationable data, further information is displayed:( / page 544).R Name, destination address▌Editing a route with intermediate destinationsR Symbols for intermediate destination and des-tinationRequirements:R The destination and at least one intermediateR Phone number (if available)destination have been entered.R Web address (if available)Multimedia system:R Trafoc information4 © 5 NavigationThe route can include up to four intermediate the order of the destinationsExample: route guidance is active# Select one of the options.# In the route overview, press and hold on a1 Enters an address or POIdestination.2 Destination and time of arrivalF167 0057 02
544 MBUX multimedia system
Activate a category.
▌Planning routes
beneath that the current distance to the des-
#
When approaching a personal POI in the
tination and the chequered flag
Multimedia system:
selected category an audible indication will be
3 Alternative routes
4 © 5 Navigation 5 ª
issued.
4 Searches for parking
# Enter the intermediate destination
▌Displaying a route overview
5 Switches trafoc information display on or off
( / page 37).
6 Makes settings for View, Messages & tones
After entering the destination and new calcu-
Requirements:
and Route
lation of the route, the route overview is
R A destination is entered.
shown again. The route contains a new inter-
When route guidance is active, the destination
mediate destination.
Multimedia system:
and entered intermediate destinations are shown.
4 © 5 Navigation
% If there are already four intermediate destina-
Depending on the route, trafoc situation and avail-
tions, delete an intermediate destination
able data, further information is displayed:
( / page 544).
R Name, destination address
▌Editing a route with intermediate destinations
R Symbols for intermediate destination and des-
tination
Requirements:
R The destination and at least one intermediate
R Phone number (if available)
destination have been entered.
R Web address (if available)
Multimedia system:
R Trafoc information
4 © 5 Navigation
The route can include up to four intermediate des-
tinations.
Changing the order of the destinations
Example: route guidance is active
# Select one of the options.
# In the route overview, press and hold on a
1 Enters an address or POI
destination.
2 Destination and time of arrival
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 545Move the destination with = or Ì.% Motorway information shows the available#service facilities. After selecting symbols, on ø.#for car parks, service areas or motorway exits,The editing mode is POI is adopted as an intermediate destina-Deleting a destinationtion or destination.# In the route overview, press and hold on a# Press the arrow at the bottom of the window briefly.# Tap on E.# Swipe up or editing mode is ended.# Select a route map section is displayed.▌Displaying the route listExample: route list# To return to vehicle position: select CurrentMultimedia system:1 Upcoming manoeuvre with turning arrow, dis-position.4 © 5 Navigationtance to manoeuvre, street number, streetname▌Selecting an alternative route# Tap on navigation window 7 on the digitalÌ Switches on navigation announcementsmap ( / page 530).Requirements:. Switches off navigation announcementsR A route has already been the following route sections on theR The Overview of route after start option isroute to the destinationswitched on ( / page 542).2 Current vehicle positionThe route sections are displayed in the navigationwindow. The route list is updated during the jour-ney.F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 545
Move the destination with = or Ì.
% Motorway information shows the available
#
service facilities. After selecting symbols, e.g.
Tap on ø.
#
for car parks, service areas or motorway exits,
The editing mode is ended.
the POI is adopted as an intermediate destina-
Deleting a destination
tion or destination.
# In the route overview, press and hold on a
# Press the arrow at the bottom of the naviga-
destination.
tion window briefly.
# Tap on E.
# Swipe up or down.
The editing mode is ended.
# Select a route section.
The map section is displayed.
▌Displaying the route list
Example: route list
# To return to vehicle position: select Current
Multimedia system:
1 Upcoming manoeuvre with turning arrow, dis-
position.
4 © 5 Navigation
tance to manoeuvre, street number, street
name
▌Selecting an alternative route
# Tap on navigation window 7 on the digital
Ì Switches on navigation announcements
map ( / page 530).
Requirements:
. Switches off navigation announcements
R A route has already been created.
Including the following route sections on the
R The Overview of route after start option is
route to the destination
switched on ( / page 542).
2 Current vehicle position
The route sections are displayed in the navigation
window. The route list is updated during the jour-
ney.
F167 0057 02
546 MBUX multimedia systemMultimedia system:R Avoid options based on the set route options▌Activating a commuter route4 © 5 Navigation 5 Other routesR Driving time saved or lost compared with theRequirements:original routeR You have created a profile ( / page 497).When the alternative routes have been calcu-R The Allow destination suggestions option is#lated, display the route in the navigation win-switched on ( / page 498).dow by swiping to the right or left.R The Commuter route option is switched on .Changing route typeR The multimedia system has gathered sufocientdata in order to show destination suggestions.# Select Filter.R Routes have been learned for these destina-# Switching the route type on or or using route optionsR Route guidance is not active.# Select : alternative routes% This commuter route is not available in all# Switch the route options on or off1 Original route is highlightedcountries.( / page 542).2 Alternative routes with indication of the differ-Multimedia system:ence in driving time# Confirm the settings with Finished.4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z 5 Route# To start route guidance to the alternative% In 2 a faster route may also be shown that is# Activate Commuter : select navigation system automatically detects# To select an alternative route on the map:The following route information is displayed:that the vehicle is on a commuter any point on the alternative route.R Driving timeFor the daily commuter route, trafoc incidentsThe alternative route is the route are also reported when drivingR Time of arrivalwithout active route guidance.R Distance to the destinationF167 0057 02
546 MBUX multimedia system
Multimedia system:
R Avoid options based on the set route options
▌Activating a commuter route
4 © 5 Navigation 5 Other routes
R Driving time saved or lost compared with the
Requirements:
original route
R You have created a profile ( / page 497).
When the alternative routes have been calcu-
R The Allow destination suggestions option is
#
lated, display the route in the navigation win-
switched on ( / page 498).
dow by swiping to the right or left.
R The Commuter route option is switched on .
Changing route type
R The multimedia system has gathered sufocient
data in order to show destination suggestions.
# Select Filter.
R Routes have been learned for these destina-
# Switching the route type on or off.
tion suggestions.
Avoiding or using route options
R Route guidance is not active.
# Select Filter.
Example: alternative routes
% This commuter route is not available in all
# Switch the route options on or off
1 Original route is highlighted
countries.
( / page 542).
2 Alternative routes with indication of the differ-
Multimedia system:
ence in driving time
# Confirm the settings with Finished.
4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z 5 Route
# To start route guidance to the alternative
% In 2 a faster route may also be shown that is
# Activate Commuter route.
route: select Start.
considerably longer.
The navigation system automatically detects
# To select an alternative route on the map:
The following route information is displayed:
that the vehicle is on a commuter route.
touch any point on the alternative route.
R Driving time
For the daily commuter route, trafoc incidents
The alternative route is highlighted.
on the route are also reported when driving
R Time of arrival
without active route guidance.
R Distance to the destination
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 547To select commuter route: select Start.▌Starting the automatic service station searchDriving situation#Route guidance begins without spoken drivingThe fuel level in the fuel tank reaches the level.R ATTENTION ASSIST is activatedThe following notification is shown on the central% A commuter route is suggested even with( / page 368).display: Fuel reserve Tap here to search for fill-delays on the route.R You are driving on a stations..# To delete a commuter route: select ¨.R There are service stations along the route sec-# Confirm the ahead.▌Switching the automatic filling station searchThe automatic filling station search or offThe available filling stations along the route orDriving situationin the vicinity of the vehicle's current positionMultimedia system:The following notification is shown on the mediaare displayed.4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicledisplay ATTENTION ASSIST Tap here to search# Select a filling rest areas..# Select Driving.# Calculate the route with the filling station as# Confirm the notification.# Activate or deactivate Automatic filling sta-an ¦ intermediate destination or as aThe service station search starts. The availa-tion search.¥ destination ( / page 537).ble service stations along the route or in theIf Automatic filling station search is switchedvicinity of the vehicle's current position are# If there are already four intermediate destina-on, a notification appears in which the : select Yes in the filling stations is selected filling station is entered in the# Select a service station.▌Starting an automatic filling station searchroute overview at position 1. Intermediate des-# Calculate the route with the service station astination 4 is deleted. Route guidance ¦ intermediate destination or as aRequirements¥ destination ( / page 537).R The automatic filling station search is activa-t
MBUX multimedia system 547
To select commuter route: select Start.
▌Starting the automatic service station search
Driving situation
#
Route guidance begins without spoken driving
The fuel level in the fuel tank reaches the reserve
Requirements
instructions.
fuel level.
R ATTENTION ASSIST is activated
The following notification is shown on the central
% A commuter route is suggested even with
( / page 368).
display: Fuel reserve Tap here to search for fill-
delays on the route.
R You are driving on a motorway.
ing stations..
# To delete a commuter route: select ¨.
R There are service stations along the route sec-
# Confirm the notification.
tion ahead.
▌Switching the automatic filling station search
The automatic filling station search begins.
on or off
The available filling stations along the route or
Driving situation
in the vicinity of the vehicle's current position
Multimedia system:
The following notification is shown on the media
are displayed.
4 © 5 Settings 5 Vehicle
display ATTENTION ASSIST Tap here to search
# Select a filling station.
for rest areas..
# Select Driving.
# Calculate the route with the filling station as
# Confirm the notification.
# Activate or deactivate Automatic filling sta-
an ¦ intermediate destination or as a
The service station search starts. The availa-
tion search.
¥ destination ( / page 537).
ble service stations along the route or in the
If Automatic filling station search is switched
vicinity of the vehicle's current position are
# If there are already four intermediate destina-
on, a notification appears in which the search
displayed.
tions: select Yes in the prompt.
for filling stations is started.
The selected filling station is entered in the
# Select a service station.
▌Starting an automatic filling station search
route overview at position 1. Intermediate des-
# Calculate the route with the service station as
tination 4 is deleted. Route guidance begins.
an ¦ intermediate destination or as a
Requirements
¥ destination ( / page 537).
R The automatic filling station search is activa-
ted ( / page 547).
F167 0057 02
548 MBUX multimedia systemIf there are already four intermediate destina-Renaming a routeStopping recording#tions: select Yes in the prompt.# Press on a route until a menu is shown.# Press the white selected service station is entered in the# Select Rename.# Select End overview at position 1. Intermediate des-tination 4 is deleted. Route guidance begins.# Enter the name.# Select guidance▌Starting and editing a stored route▌Notes on route guidance▌Recording and storing a routeRequirements:R A USB device with stored routes is connectedRequirements:& WARNING Risk of distraction from operat-with the multimedia system ( / page 620).R A USB device is connected with the multime-ing integrated communication equipmentR The route is stored in the "Routes" folder withdia system ( / page 620).while the vehicle is in motionthe GPS Exchange format (.gpx).Multimedia system:If you operate communication equipment inte-Multimedia system:grated in the vehicle when driving, you could4 © 5 Navigation 5 ªbe distracted from the trafoc situation. This4 © 5 Navigation 5 ª# Press the double arrow in the destinationcould also cause you to lose control of the# Press the double arrow in the destinationinput line until Stored routes is line until Stored routes is displayed.# Select Stored routes.# Only operate this equipment when the# Select Stored situation recordingStarting a saved route# If you cannot be sure of this, stop the# Select Start whilst paying attention to road# Select a route.A white rectangle is trafoc conditions and operate the# Select Start: route guidance at start or Start:The route is stored on the USB with the vehicle guidance begins.F167 0057 02
548 MBUX multimedia system
If there are already four intermediate destina-
Renaming a route
Stopping recording
#
tions: select Yes in the prompt.
# Press on a route until a menu is shown.
# Press the white rectangle.
The selected service station is entered in the
# Select Rename.
# Select End recording.
route overview at position 1. Intermediate des-
tination 4 is deleted. Route guidance begins.
# Enter the name.
# Select OK.
Route guidance
▌Starting and editing a stored route
▌Notes on route guidance
▌Recording and storing a route
Requirements:
R A USB device with stored routes is connected
Requirements:
& WARNING Risk of distraction from operat-
with the multimedia system ( / page 620).
R A USB device is connected with the multime-
ing integrated communication equipment
R The route is stored in the "Routes" folder with
dia system ( / page 620).
while the vehicle is in motion
the GPS Exchange format (.gpx).
Multimedia system:
If you operate communication equipment inte-
Multimedia system:
grated in the vehicle when driving, you could
4 © 5 Navigation 5 ª
be distracted from the trafoc situation. This
4 © 5 Navigation 5 ª
# Press the double arrow in the destination
could also cause you to lose control of the
# Press the double arrow in the destination
input line until Stored routes is displayed.
vehicle.
input line until Stored routes is displayed.
# Select Stored routes.
# Only operate this equipment when the
# Select Stored routes.
trafoc situation permits.
Starting recording
Starting a saved route
# If you cannot be sure of this, stop the
# Select Start recording.
vehicle whilst paying attention to road
# Select a route.
A white rectangle is displayed.
and trafoc conditions and operate the
# Select Start: route guidance at start or Start:
The route is stored on the USB device.
equipment with the vehicle stationary.
current location.
Route guidance begins.
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 549You must observe the legal requirements for theIf you do not follow the driving instructions or if▌Changing direction overviewcountry in which you are currently driving whenyou leave the calculated route, a new route is cal-Changes of direction are shown in the followingoperating the multimedia :Route guidance begins once a route has been cal-If, for example, the route is diverted or the direc-R Detailed image of the junctionculated. The road and trafoc rules and regulationstion of a one-way road has been reversed, drivingalways have priority over multimedia system driv-The display appears when you drive into ainstructions may deviate from the actual trafocing instructions. Driving instructions are, navigation announcements, changes inR 3D imageAlternatives may be offered during route guid-direction and lane , e.g. before passing a motorway exit display appears when driving on junction-Changes in direction and lane recommendationsThe additional driving time for the journey alongfree, multi-lane roads, for example at motor-are shown in the navigation motorway exit is exits and motorway following displays and functions are also avail-For this reason, you must always observe roadable in the navigation window, for example:and trafoc rules and regulations during your jour-ney as well as the prevailing trafoc conditions.R Route listThe route can differ from the ideal route, forR Destination informationexample in the event of roadworks or incompleteR Trafoc information, e.g. length of trafoc jam,digital map on satellite receptionR Motorway facilitiesThe correct function of the navigation systemR Car park searchdepends amongst other things on reception of theR Emergency corridorssatellite system used. In certain situations satel-lite reception can be impaired, malfunction oreven not be possible, e.g.
MBUX multimedia system 549
You must observe the legal requirements for the
If you do not follow the driving instructions or if
▌Changing direction overview
country in which you are currently driving when
you leave the calculated route, a new route is cal-
Changes of direction are shown in the following
operating the multimedia system.
culated automatically.
displays:
Route guidance begins once a route has been cal-
If, for example, the route is diverted or the direc-
R Detailed image of the junction
culated. The road and trafoc rules and regulations
tion of a one-way road has been reversed, driving
always have priority over multimedia system driv-
The display appears when you drive into a
instructions may deviate from the actual trafoc
ing instructions. Driving instructions are, for
junction.
situation.
example navigation announcements, changes in
R 3D image
Alternatives may be offered during route guid-
direction and lane recommendations.
ance, e.g. before passing a motorway exit road.
The display appears when driving on junction-
Changes in direction and lane recommendations
The additional driving time for the journey along
free, multi-lane roads, for example at motor-
are shown in the navigation window.
the motorway exit is shown.
way exits and motorway interchanges.
The following displays and functions are also avail-
For this reason, you must always observe road
able in the navigation window, for example:
and trafoc rules and regulations during your jour-
ney as well as the prevailing trafoc conditions.
R Route list
The route can differ from the ideal route, for
R Destination information
example in the event of roadworks or incomplete
R Trafoc information, e.g. length of trafoc jam,
digital map data.
delay
Notes on satellite reception
R Motorway facilities
The correct function of the navigation system
R Car park search
depends amongst other things on reception of the
R Emergency corridors
satellite system used. In certain situations satel-
lite reception can be impaired, malfunction or
even not be possible, e.g. in tunnels or in multi-
storey car parks.
F167 0057 02
550 MBUX multimedia systemnavigation announcement is issued, e.g. "Pre-pare to turn right".The navigation window shows: the directioninformation or the name of the road which isto be turned into as well as the distance to thechange of direction.R Announcement phaseThe multimedia system announces the upcom-ing change of direction, e.g. by announcing"Turn right in 300 m".Example: detailed image of the crossing withExample: 3D image of the upcoming changeWhen the Auto zoom map orientation isupcoming changes of directionof directionswitched off ( / page 564), a detailed repre-1 Name of the street to turn into1 Manoeuvre pointsentation of the junction or a 3D image of the2 Change of direction arrow (also on the map)2 Change of direction arrow (also on the map)upcoming change in direction appears in the3 Current vehicle positionLarger map scales show change of directionnavigation instead of change of direction arrows.4 Current distance to the change of directionR Change-of-direction phase3 Current distance to the change of directionThe multimedia system announces the immi-4 Current vehicle positionnent change of direction, e.g. by announcing"Now turn right".There are three phases when changing direction:Example of 3D image: when the distance toR Preparation phasemanoeuvre point 1 is shown with 0 m andIf there is enough time between the changesthe symbol for current vehicle position 4 hasof direction, the multimedia system preparesyou for the upcoming change of direction. AF167 0057 02
550 MBUX multimedia system
navigation announcement is issued, e.g. "Pre-
pare to turn right".
The navigation window shows: the direction
information or the name of the road which is
to be turned into as well as the distance to the
change of direction.
R Announcement phase
The multimedia system announces the upcom-
ing change of direction, e.g. by announcing
"Turn right in 300 m".
Example: detailed image of the crossing with
Example: 3D image of the upcoming change
When the Auto zoom map orientation is
upcoming changes of direction
of direction
switched off ( / page 564), a detailed repre-
1 Name of the street to turn into
1 Manoeuvre point
sentation of the junction or a 3D image of the
2 Change of direction arrow (also on the map)
2 Change of direction arrow (also on the map)
upcoming change in direction appears in the
3 Current vehicle position
Larger map scales show change of direction
navigation window.
points instead of change of direction arrows.
4 Current distance to the change of direction
R Change-of-direction phase
3 Current distance to the change of direction
The multimedia system announces the immi-
4 Current vehicle position
nent change of direction, e.g. by announcing
"Now turn right".
There are three phases when changing direction:
Example of 3D image: when the distance to
R Preparation phase
manoeuvre point 1 is shown with 0 m and
If there is enough time between the changes
the symbol for current vehicle position 4 has
of direction, the multimedia system prepares
you for the upcoming change of direction. A
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 551reached manoeuvre point 1 the change inIf the digital map contains the relevant data, laneshown in the route list. These include car parks,direction is carried are displayed in the navigationservice stations or motorway exits with , for example.% Changes in direction are also displayed on theExplanation of the displayed lanes:The entries are sorted according to increasing dis-driver display and head-up from the current vehicle position.R Recommended lane▌Lane recommendations overview# Select an this lane, you will be able to complete both# If several service facilities are available, selectthe next change of direction and the one aftera service facility from the destination address and the map positionR Possible laneare this lane, you will only be able to complete# Calculate the route ( / page 537).the next change of Non-recommended lane# Search for a POI in the this lane, you will not be able to completeorthe next change of direction without changing# Use other functions, e.g. store the of the service : lane recommendationsDuring the change of direction, new lanes may be1 Non-recommended lane (grey arrow)▌Destination reachedadded. Bus lanes are also shown.2 Possible lane (white arrow)Once the destination is reached, you will see the% Lane recommendations are also displayed onÍ chequered flag. Route guidance will now be3 Recommended lane (white arrow, blue back-the driver display and head-up . The navigation menu is )▌Using motorway informationWhen an intermediate destination has beenThis display appears for multi-lane driving on the motorway, upcoming motor-reached, you will see the intermediate destinationway facilities and available service facilities areF167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 551
reached manoeuvre point 1 the change in
If the digital map contains the relevant data, lane
shown in the route list. These include car parks,
direction is carried out.
recommendations are displayed in the navigation
service stations or motorway exits with service
window.
POIs, for example.
% Changes in direction are also displayed on the
Explanation of the displayed lanes:
The entries are sorted according to increasing dis-
driver display and head-up display.
tance from the current vehicle position.
R Recommended lane
▌Lane recommendations overview
# Select an entry.
In this lane, you will be able to complete both
# If several service facilities are available, select
the next change of direction and the one after
a service facility from the list.
that.
The destination address and the map position
R Possible lane
are shown.
In this lane, you will only be able to complete
# Calculate the route ( / page 537).
the next change of direction.
or
R Non-recommended lane
# Search for a POI in the vicinity.
In this lane, you will not be able to complete
or
the next change of direction without changing
# Use other functions, e.g. store the destination
lane.
address of the service facility.
Example: lane recommendations
During the change of direction, new lanes may be
1 Non-recommended lane (grey arrow)
▌Destination reached
added. Bus lanes are also shown.
2 Possible lane (white arrow)
Once the destination is reached, you will see the
% Lane recommendations are also displayed on
Í chequered flag. Route guidance will now be
3 Recommended lane (white arrow, blue back-
the driver display and head-up display.
complete. The navigation menu is shown.
ground)
▌Using motorway information
When an intermediate destination has been
This display appears for multi-lane roads.
When driving on the motorway, upcoming motor-
reached, you will see the intermediate destination
way facilities and available service facilities are
F167 0057 02
552 MBUX multimedia systemflag with the number of your Î intermediateSwitching navigation announcements on or offRoute guidance is activedestination. Route guidance is a phone call# During a navigation announcement, adjust the# Press the © button on the steering wheelvolume on the steering wheel or on the con-▌Switching navigation announcements on or offon the in the centre console ( / page 489).Switching offorSwitching audio fadeout on or off during naviga-# During a navigation announcement, press the# Tap on © in the media announcementsÌ button on the steering wheel or control-# Select Settings.# Press the © button on the steering wheeller in the centre console.# Select the Spoken driving recommendations havebeen deactivated. message appears.# Select Select Navigation & traffic announcements.# Tap on © in the media Select Settings.# Activate or deactivate Driving recommenda-# In the route list for a driving manoeuvreselect . ( / page 545).tions during call.# Select symbol changes to Ì.# To leave the menu: select G.# Select Audio.# Select Navigation & traffic on▌Adjusting the volume of navigation announce-Press the button on the steering wheel or on# Activate or deactivate Audio fadeout during#mentsthe controller in the centre console system:or# To leave the menu: select G.4 © 5 Settings 5 System 5 Audio# In the navigation window, select Ì for an5 Navigation & traffic announcements▌Repeating navigation announcementsupcoming driving manoeuvre.# Select Driving recommendation vol..The current navigation announcement isRequirements:# Set the .R A route has already been created.# To leave the menu: select symbol changes to ..F167 0057 02
552 MBUX multimedia system
flag with the number of your Î intermediate
Switching navigation announcements on or off
Route guidance is active
destination. Route guidance is continued.
during a phone call
# During a navigation announcement, adjust the
# Press the © button on the steering wheel
volume on the steering wheel or on the con-
▌Switching navigation announcements on or off
on the right.
troller in the centre console ( / page 489).
Switching off
or
Switching audio fadeout on or off during naviga-
# During a navigation announcement, press the
# Tap on © in the media display.
tion announcements
Ì button on the steering wheel or control-
# Select Settings.
# Press the © button on the steering wheel
ler in the centre console.
# Select System.
on the right.
The Spoken driving recommendations have
been deactivated. message appears.
# Select Audio.
or
# Select Navigation & traffic announcements.
# Tap on © in the media display.
or
# Select Settings.
# Activate or deactivate Driving recommenda-
# In the route list for a driving manoeuvre
select . ( / page 545).
tions during call.
# Select System.
The symbol changes to Ì.
# To leave the menu: select G.
# Select Audio.
# Select Navigation & traffic announcements.
Switching on
▌Adjusting the volume of navigation announce-
Press the button on the steering wheel or on
# Activate or deactivate Audio fadeout during
#
ments
the controller in the centre console again.
navigation announcements.
Multimedia system:
or
# To leave the menu: select G.
4 © 5 Settings 5 System 5 Audio
# In the navigation window, select Ì for an
5 Navigation & traffic announcements
▌Repeating navigation announcements
upcoming driving manoeuvre.
# Select Driving recommendation vol..
The current navigation announcement is
Requirements:
# Set the volume.
played.
R A route has already been created.
# To leave the menu: select G.
The symbol changes to ..
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 553R Route guidance is the vehicle's current position on the digital▌Managing previous destinationsmap. The vehicle is off-road. Road not mappedMultimedia system:Multimedia system:will be shown. Route guidance may be restricted.4 © 5 Navigation 5 ª4 © 5 NavigationWhen the vehicle is back on a road known to the# Select Previous destinations.# In the navigation window, select . for anmultimedia system, route guidance continues as# Select Ä for the last driving .# Select Ì.Saving the last destination as a favouriteThe current navigation announcement isDestination# Press and hold on one of the previous .▌Saving the current vehicle positionA menu appears.▌Cancelling route guidanceMultimedia system:# To save as a favourite: select Save as favour-4 © 5 NavigationRequirements:ite .R A route has already been created.# When the map is shown, tap on the ¥ cur-# To save as "Home" address: select Home .R Route guidance is vehicle position.# To save as "Work" address: select Work .# Select Store the navigation menu.#Deleting a previous destination# To save as a favourite: select Save as favour-Select ¤ in the navigation menu#ite .# Select Previous destinations.( / page 530).# To save as "Home" address: select Home .# For a last destination, select Ä.▌Overview of off-road status during route guid-# Select Delete.# To save as "Work" address: select Work .anceorDue to roadworks, for example, there may be dif-ferences between the data on the digital map and# Select Delete actual course of the road. In such cases, themultimedia system will temporarily be unable toF167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 553
R Route guidance is active.
locate the vehicle's current position on the digital
▌Managing previous destinations
map. The vehicle is off-road. Road not mapped
Multimedia system:
Multimedia system:
will be shown. Route guidance may be restricted.
4 © 5 Navigation 5 ª
4 © 5 Navigation
When the vehicle is back on a road known to the
# Select Previous destinations.
# In the navigation window, select . for an
multimedia system, route guidance continues as
# Select Ä for the last destination.
upcoming driving manoeuvre.
normal.
# Select Ì.
Saving the last destination as a favourite
The current navigation announcement is
Destination
# Press and hold on one of the previous destina-
repeated.
tions.
▌Saving the current vehicle position
A menu appears.
▌Cancelling route guidance
Multimedia system:
# To save as a favourite: select Save as favour-
4 © 5 Navigation
Requirements:
ite .
R A route has already been created.
# When the map is shown, tap on the ¥ cur-
# To save as "Home" address: select Home .
R Route guidance is active.
rent vehicle position.
# To save as "Work" address: select Work .
# Select Store position.
Show the navigation menu.
#
Deleting a previous destination
# To save as a favourite: select Save as favour-
Select ¤ in the navigation menu
#
ite .
# Select Previous destinations.
( / page 530).
# To save as "Home" address: select Home .
# For a last destination, select Ä.
▌Overview of off-road status during route guid-
# Select Delete.
# To save as "Work" address: select Work .
ance
or
Due to roadworks, for example, there may be dif-
ferences between the data on the digital map and
# Select Delete all.
the actual course of the road. In such cases, the
multimedia system will temporarily be unable to
F167 0057 02
554 MBUX multimedia systemConfirm the guidance with current trafoc reports% There may be differences between the trafoc#When all the favourites have been deleted,reports received and the actual road and traf-▌Trafoc information overviewAdd favourite is available, for trafoc reports are received with the LiveIf you do not want to transmit the vehicle position,▌Editing destination suggestionsTrafoc Information subscription have the following options:If the subscription has expired, then FM RDS-TMCRequirements:R You deactivate the service in the Mercedesis available in selected countries.R The Allow destination suggestions option isme user on ( / page 512).% Live Trafoc Information is not available in allR You have the service deactivated at acountries.R For the display of destination suggestions: theMercedes-Benz service service must be registered in the Mercedesmultimedia system has gathered sufocientme user account ( / page 555). This secures the% Further hazard warnings are received -of-charge period of three Car-to-X service ( / page 557).Multimedia system:The service updates the trafoc situation via the▌Showing information from the service provider4 © 5 Navigation 5 ªInternet connection at short, regular Live Trafoc Information# Select on the vehicle's position is regularlyRequirements# Press and hold on a destination to Mercedes-Benz AG. The data is immedi-R The vehicle is equipped with Live Trafoc Infor-A menu rendered anonymous by Mercedes-Benz forwarded to the trafoc data provider. Using# To cancel a destination suggestion: select Dothis data, trafoc reports relevant to the vehicle'snot suggest now or No longer system:position are sent to the vehicle. The vehicle acts# To save a destination suggestion: select Save4 © 5 Apps 5 Mercedes meas a sensor for th
554 MBUX multimedia system
Confirm the prompt.
Route guidance with current trafoc reports
% There may be differences between the trafoc
#
When all the favourites have been deleted,
reports received and the actual road and traf-
▌Trafoc information overview
Add favourite is available, for example.
fic conditions.
Current trafoc reports are received with the Live
If you do not want to transmit the vehicle position,
▌Editing destination suggestions
Trafoc Information subscription service.
you have the following options:
If the subscription has expired, then FM RDS-TMC
Requirements:
R You deactivate the service in the Mercedes
is available in selected countries.
R The Allow destination suggestions option is
me user account.
switched on ( / page 512).
% Live Trafoc Information is not available in all
R You have the service deactivated at a
countries.
R For the display of destination suggestions: the
Mercedes-Benz service centre.
The service must be registered in the Mercedes
multimedia system has gathered sufocient
me user account ( / page 555). This secures the
% Further hazard warnings are received using
data.
free-of-charge period of three years.
the Car-to-X service ( / page 557).
Multimedia system:
The service updates the trafoc situation via the
▌Showing information from the service provider
4 © 5 Navigation 5 ª
Internet connection at short, regular intervals.
for Live Trafoc Information
# Select Suggestions.
Information on the vehicle's position is regularly
Requirements
# Press and hold on a destination suggestion.
sent to Mercedes-Benz AG. The data is immedi-
R The vehicle is equipped with Live Trafoc Infor-
A menu appears.
ately rendered anonymous by Mercedes-Benz AG
mation.
and forwarded to the trafoc data provider. Using
# To cancel a destination suggestion: select Do
this data, trafoc reports relevant to the vehicle's
not suggest now or No longer suggest.
Multimedia system:
position are sent to the vehicle. The vehicle acts
# To save a destination suggestion: select Save
4 © 5 Apps 5 Mercedes me
as a sensor for the flow of trafoc and helps to
as favourite, Home or Work.
5 My services
improve the quality of the trafoc reports.
% Delete a destination suggestion from the
# Select Live Traffic.
favourites ( / page 536).
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 555When the subscription for Live Trafoc Information▌Extending a Live Trafoc Information subscrip-Multimedia system:has expired then in selected countries FM RDS-tion4 ©TMC is available.# If necessary, move the map ( / page 560).Requirements:▌Registering Live Trafoc InformationR The vehicle is equipped with Live Trafoc Infor-The map shows the following trafoc on the activated settings:Requirements:R You have a Mercedes me user account.R The vehicle is equipped with Live Trafoc Infor-R Trafoc are roadworks, road blocks and warningCall up the Mercedes me website.#R You have a Mercedes me user , for up the Mercedes me user account.#When route guidance is active, the symbols forCreate a Mercedes me user account at:# Switch to the Mercedes me Store via the#trafoc incidents will be shown in colour on the A valid emaillinked . Off the route they are is required for this.# Select Live Trafoc Information.R Warning messages# Register the vehicle using the vehicle identifi-# Select the renewal number (VIN).Warning messages are shown as the d# Add the product to the shopping .# Connect the vehicle with your Mercedes me# Accept the general and specific terms of safety information can be shown, e.g. ifLive Trafoc Information remains activated forA code is sent to the multimedia are people on the selected extension period. Activation# Enter the code into the multimedia the vehicle approaches a danger area, forbegins on the date of the end of a trafoc jam in a danger-# Accept the general and specific terms of use.▌Displaying trafoc information on the mapous position, the Ë symbol is shown on% Alternatively, you can have the connectionthe map. If Announce traffic warnings iscompleted at a Mercedes-Benz serviceRequirements:switc
MBUX multimedia system 555
When the subscription for Live Trafoc Information
▌Extending a Live Trafoc Information subscrip-
Multimedia system:
has expired then in selected countries FM RDS-
tion
4 ©
TMC is available.
# If necessary, move the map ( / page 560).
Requirements:
▌Registering Live Trafoc Information
R The vehicle is equipped with Live Trafoc Infor-
The map shows the following trafoc information
mation.
depending on the activated settings:
Requirements:
R You have a Mercedes me user account.
R The vehicle is equipped with Live Trafoc Infor-
R Trafoc incidents
mation.
These are roadworks, road blocks and warning
Call up the Mercedes me website.
#
R You have a Mercedes me user account.
messages, for example.
Call up the Mercedes me user account.
#
When route guidance is active, the symbols for
Create a Mercedes me user account at:
# Switch to the Mercedes me Store via the
#
trafoc incidents will be shown in colour on the
A valid email
linked vehicle.
route. Off the route they are grey.
address is required for this.
# Select Live Trafoc Information.
R Warning messages
# Register the vehicle using the vehicle identifi-
# Select the renewal period.
cation number (VIN).
Warning messages are shown as the d
# Add the product to the shopping basket.
symbol.
# Connect the vehicle with your Mercedes me
# Accept the general and specific terms of use.
user account.
Trafoc safety information can be shown, e.g. if
Live Trafoc Information remains activated for
A code is sent to the multimedia system.
there are people on the carriageway.
the selected extension period. Activation
# Enter the code into the multimedia system.
If the vehicle approaches a danger area, for
begins on the date of extension.
example the end of a trafoc jam in a danger-
# Accept the general and specific terms of use.
▌Displaying trafoc information on the map
ous position, the Ë symbol is shown on
% Alternatively, you can have the connection
the map. If Announce traffic warnings is
completed at a Mercedes-Benz service
Requirements:
switched on and a message has been issued,
centre.
R Traffic incidents and Free-flowing traffic are
an additional announcement is made.
switched on ( / page 557).
F167 0057 02
556 MBUX multimedia systemR Trafoc flow information:The delay-Trafoc jam (red line)The length--Slow-moving trafoc (orange line)The street name or the street number--Heavy trafoc (yellow line)-% During active route guidance, the total delayFree-flowing trafoc (green line)-on the route is also displayed here:R Display for trafoc delays on the current routeR in the navigation system in the navigationmoduleThe smallest value for the display for trafocdelays is a minute.R in other applications in the status line atthe top▌Showing trafoc incidents on the routeExample: trafoc incidents on the routeTrafoc incident symbols are shown in the1 Total delay or message that there are noRequirements:route overview and in the map. A trafoc inci-delays along the routeR The Traffic incidents display is switched ondent symbol is, for example Ò for road-2 Switches trafoc information display on or off( / page 557).works.3 Calls up settings for View, Messages & tonesIn the map several trafoc incidents may beMultimedia system:and Routeshown on top of each other. The trafoc inci-4 © 5 Navigationdent symbol shows a plus there are any delays along the route, these areIf there are trafoc incidents on the route, theseIf available, the street number can beshown in the route overview together with the fol-are shown on the map and in the route by a street name or both the namelowing information:and number.% With the MBUX Voice Assistant you canR Trafoc jam section: red barsinform yourself about trafoc incidents on your% If a message about forming an emergencyR Slow-moving trafoc: orange barroute. Ask, for example How is the traffic oncorridor has been issued, Emergency corridormy route? or How is the traffic at home?. AR Heavy trafoc: yellow baris shown in the navigation output is issued.R For each section:F167 0057 02
556 MBUX multimedia system
R Trafoc flow information:
The delay
-
Trafoc jam (red line)
The length
-
-
Slow-moving trafoc (orange line)
The street name or the street number
-
-
Heavy trafoc (yellow line)
-
% During active route guidance, the total delay
Free-flowing trafoc (green line)
-
on the route is also displayed here:
R Display for trafoc delays on the current route
R in the navigation system in the navigation
module
The smallest value for the display for trafoc
delays is a minute.
R in other applications in the status line at
the top
▌Showing trafoc incidents on the route
Example: trafoc incidents on the route
Trafoc incident symbols are shown in the
1 Total delay or message that there are no
Requirements:
route overview and in the map. A trafoc inci-
delays along the route
R The Traffic incidents display is switched on
dent symbol is, for example Ò for road-
2 Switches trafoc information display on or off
( / page 557).
works.
3 Calls up settings for View, Messages & tones
In the map several trafoc incidents may be
Multimedia system:
and Route
shown on top of each other. The trafoc inci-
4 © 5 Navigation
dent symbol shows a plus sign.
If there are any delays along the route, these are
If there are trafoc incidents on the route, these
If available, the street number can be
shown in the route overview together with the fol-
are shown on the map and in the route overview.
replaced by a street name or both the name
lowing information:
and number.
% With the MBUX Voice Assistant you can
R Trafoc jam section: red bars
inform yourself about trafoc incidents on your
% If a message about forming an emergency
R Slow-moving trafoc: orange bar
route. Ask, for example How is the traffic on
corridor has been issued, Emergency corridor
my route? or How is the traffic at home?. A
R Heavy trafoc: yellow bar
is shown in the navigation window.
voice output is issued.
R For each section:
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 557To see all of the trafoc incidents on the route,▌Switching the trafoc information display on% Car-to-X-Communication is available in selec-#swipe to the right or system:The route section is highlighted on the map.4 © 5 Navigation 5 ZThe communication module automatically estab-# To show detailed information in the route over-lishes an Internet connection once the vehicle is# Select : tap on a display in the route on. If there are any hazard warnings,# Traffic .The detailed information is shown, for examplethey will be provided shortly thereafter. Depend-the road section and the on the mobile phone connection, provision# Activate Traffic incidents and Free-flowingtakes place from within a second up to about up detailed information on the incidents, for example roadworks, local# Tap on trafoc flow information on the map,area reports (e.g. fog) and warning messages,Benefits of Car-to-X-Communication:e.g. a red line for a trafoc jam shown on the route.R Dangers are automatically detected by theThe detail information is or can be reported by the driver. These# If several lines are shown on top of the other,Car-to-X-Communicationare then sent to vehicles with Car-to-X-Com-then select an item of trafoc flow informationmunication in the immediate the list.▌Car-to-X-Communication overviewR If available, current details relating to hazardThe following requirements apply for the Car-to-X-Showing trafoc incidents on the mapspots near the vehicle's current position areCommunication service:received.# Tap on a trafoc incident detail information is displayed.R The vehicle is equipped with an MBUX multi-This gives you sufocient time to adapt yourmedia system with navigation style to the trafoc conditions.# Several trafoc incidents are in the immediatevicinity: tap on the top trafoc
MBUX multimedia system 557
To see all of the trafoc incidents on the route,
▌Switching the trafoc information display on
% Car-to-X-Communication is available in selec-
#
swipe to the right or left.
ted countries.
Multimedia system:
The route section is highlighted on the map.
4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z
The communication module automatically estab-
# To show detailed information in the route over-
lishes an Internet connection once the vehicle is
# Select View.
view: tap on a display in the route overview.
switched on. If there are any hazard warnings,
# Traffic .
The detailed information is shown, for example
they will be provided shortly thereafter. Depend-
the road section and the direction.
ing on the mobile phone connection, provision
# Activate Traffic incidents and Free-flowing
takes place from within a second up to about a
traffic.
Calling up detailed information on the map
minute.
Trafoc incidents, for example roadworks, local
# Tap on trafoc flow information on the map,
area reports (e.g. fog) and warning messages,
Benefits of Car-to-X-Communication:
e.g. a red line for a trafoc jam section.
are shown on the route.
R Dangers are automatically detected by the
The detail information is displayed.
vehicle or can be reported by the driver. These
# If several lines are shown on top of the other,
Car-to-X-Communication
are then sent to vehicles with Car-to-X-Com-
then select an item of trafoc flow information
munication in the immediate vicinity.
from the list.
▌Car-to-X-Communication overview
R If available, current details relating to hazard
The following requirements apply for the Car-to-X-
Showing trafoc incidents on the map
spots near the vehicle's current position are
Communication service:
received.
# Tap on a trafoc incident symbol.
The detail information is displayed.
R The vehicle is equipped with an MBUX multi-
This gives you sufocient time to adapt your
media system with navigation function.
driving style to the trafoc conditions.
# Several trafoc incidents are in the immediate
vicinity: tap on the top trafoc incident symbol
R There is a subscription for the Live Trafoc
The use of Car-to-X-Communication requires the
and select from the list of trafoc incidents.
Information service.
regular transmission of vehicle data to Mercedes-
R The Car-to-X-Communication service is activa-
Benz AG. The data is then immediately pseudony-
ted in your Mercedes me user account.
mised by Mercedes-Benz AG. The vehicle data is
F167 0057 02
558 MBUX multimedia systemdeleted after an appropriate amount of time hasR Hazards reported manuallyRoute guidance with augmented realityelapsed (several weeks) and is not stored perma-R Vehicle with active hazard warning light▌Overview of route guidance with augmentednently.R Roadworksreality% Data which serves as identification isR Additional hazards (if available)replaced during the pseudonymisation proc-& WARNING Risk of accident and injury as aess. In this way, your identity is protected% If Announce traffic warnings is switched offresult of distraction, incorrect depiction oragainst access by unauthorised third parties.( / page 543), voice output can indicate awrong interpretation of the displaydanger area.▌Displaying hazard warningsThe camera image of the augmented realityMultimedia system:▌Sending hazard warningsdisplay is not suitable as a guide for driving.4 © 5 Navigation# Always keep an eye on the actual trafocReporting hazards hazard warnings are available these can be% Automatically detected hazard warnings areshown as symbols on the map. The display# Avoid extended observation of the cam-sent by the on the settings for the Traffic incidentsera image.# When the map is shown, tap on the ¥ vehicle route guidance with augmented reality a# Set the option via Z ( / page 557).The Position menu is image with the real trafoc scene is shownIf the option is activated, all of the symbols arein the media display before a turning manoeuvre.# Select Report traffic camera image includes additional informa-A prompt is the option is deactivated, the symbols aretion, for example arrows indicating a change of# Select shown when there is a hazard Thank you for supporting accident pre-The following hazards may be shown on the map:If the options are switched on and this additionalvention! message appears.R Accidents and breakdownsinfor
558 MBUX multimedia system
deleted after an appropriate amount of time has
R Hazards reported manually
Route guidance with augmented reality
elapsed (several weeks) and is not stored perma-
R Vehicle with active hazard warning light
▌Overview of route guidance with augmented
nently.
R Roadworks
reality
% Data which serves as identification is
R Additional hazards (if available)
replaced during the pseudonymisation proc-
& WARNING Risk of accident and injury as a
ess. In this way, your identity is protected
% If Announce traffic warnings is switched off
result of distraction, incorrect depiction or
against access by unauthorised third parties.
( / page 543), voice output can indicate a
wrong interpretation of the display
danger area.
▌Displaying hazard warnings
The camera image of the augmented reality
Multimedia system:
▌Sending hazard warnings
display is not suitable as a guide for driving.
4 © 5 Navigation
# Always keep an eye on the actual trafoc
Reporting hazards manually
situation.
If hazard warnings are available these can be
% Automatically detected hazard warnings are
shown as symbols on the map. The display
# Avoid extended observation of the cam-
sent by the vehicle.
depends on the settings for the Traffic incidents
era image.
# When the map is shown, tap on the ¥ cur-
option.
rent vehicle position.
During route guidance with augmented reality a
# Set the option via Z ( / page 557).
The Position menu is shown.
camera image with the real trafoc scene is shown
If the option is activated, all of the symbols are
in the media display before a turning manoeuvre.
# Select Report traffic incident.
shown.
The camera image includes additional informa-
A prompt is shown.
If the option is deactivated, the symbols are
tion, for example arrows indicating a change of
# Select Yes.
only shown when there is a hazard warning.
direction.
The Thank you for supporting accident pre-
The following hazards may be shown on the map:
If the options are switched on and this additional
vention! message appears.
R Accidents and breakdowns
information is available, road names and house
numbers are displayed ( / page 559).
R Slippery roads, fog, crosswinds and heavy rain
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 559▌Activating route guidance with augmented real-The video image includes additional ▌Showing property information for route guid-& WARNING Risk of accident and injury dueance with augmented realityto imprecise positioning of additionalinformationRequirements:R Augmented reality is activated ( / page 559).The additional information from the augmen-ted reality display may be inaccurate and isMultimedia system:not a substitute for observing and assessing4 © 5 Navigation 5 Zthe actual driving situation.1 House number# Select View.# Always keep an eye on the actual trafoc2 Street namesituation when carrying out all driving# Select Augmented reality video.3 Change of direction arrowmanoeuvres.# Activate Street names and House route guidance, the activated optionsRoute guidance with augmented reality will not beMultimedia system:are shown as additional information in theavailable in some situations, e.g. in the event of4 © 5 Navigation 5 Zcamera satellite reception or roads that have notbeen digitised.# Select guidance with augmented reality is not# Select Augmented reality in all countries.# Activate or deactivate Augmented realityYou can watch an animation on this topic via link:The camera's video image is shown on themedia display before a turning manoeuvre.F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 559
▌Activating route guidance with augmented real-
The video image includes additional informa-
tion.
ity
▌Showing property information for route guid-
& WARNING Risk of accident and injury due
ance with augmented reality
to imprecise positioning of additional
information
Requirements:
R Augmented reality is activated ( / page 559).
The additional information from the augmen-
ted reality display may be inaccurate and is
Multimedia system:
not a substitute for observing and assessing
4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z
the actual driving situation.
1 House number
# Select View.
# Always keep an eye on the actual trafoc
2 Street name
situation when carrying out all driving
# Select Augmented reality video.
3 Change of direction arrow
manoeuvres.
# Activate Street names and House numbers.
During route guidance, the activated options
Route guidance with augmented reality will not be
Multimedia system:
are shown as additional information in the
available in some situations, e.g. in the event of
4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z
camera image.
poor satellite reception or roads that have not
been digitised.
# Select View.
Route guidance with augmented reality is not
# Select Augmented reality video.
available in all countries.
# Activate or deactivate Augmented reality
You can watch an animation on this topic via the
video.
following link:
The camera's video image is shown on the
media display before a turning manoeuvre.
F167 0057 02
560 MBUX multimedia system▌Moving the mapActivate D or deactivate E OverviewMap and compass#of route after system:▌Setting the map scaleIf the option is enabled, the map shows the full4 © 5 NavigationMultimedia system:route after route guidance is started and, if# When the map is displayed, swipe in any direc-4 © 5 Navigationavailable, all alternative with one finger on the media display.▌Selecting POI symbols for the map displayZooming inThe following functions are available:# When the map is shown, tap twice quickly withMultimedia system:one finger on the media display.R Selecting a destination on the map4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z( / page 536).orPOIs include restaurants and hotels, for example.R Selecting a POI ( / page 533).# Move two fingers apart on the media are displayed as symbols on the map. NotR Showing trafoc incidents on the mapall POIs are available in all out( / page 556).Personal POIs are destinations which you have# Tap with two fingers on the media on a USB device, for reset the map to the current vehicle posi-or#tion: select \ Centre .% The display of POI symbols on the map can be# Move two fingers together on the media dis-activated or deactivated as a .▌Switching the route overview after start on or# Select % You can set the unit of measurement of the# Select POI symbols on map scale ( / page 512).Multimedia system:# Switch on Hide all points of interest.4 © 5 Navigation 5 ZWhen the option is switched on, the POI sym-# Select for all categories are shown on the mapaccording to the settings in the POI catego-ries.F167 0057 02
560 MBUX multimedia system
▌Moving the map
Activate D or deactivate E Overview
Map and compass
#
of route after start.
Multimedia system:
▌Setting the map scale
If the option is enabled, the map shows the full
4 © 5 Navigation
Multimedia system:
route after route guidance is started and, if
# When the map is displayed, swipe in any direc-
4 © 5 Navigation
available, all alternative routes.
tion with one finger on the media display.
▌Selecting POI symbols for the map display
Zooming in
The following functions are available:
# When the map is shown, tap twice quickly with
Multimedia system:
one finger on the media display.
R Selecting a destination on the map
4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z
( / page 536).
or
POIs include restaurants and hotels, for example.
R Selecting a POI ( / page 533).
# Move two fingers apart on the media display.
These are displayed as symbols on the map. Not
R Showing trafoc incidents on the map
all POIs are available in all countries.
Zooming out
( / page 556).
Personal POIs are destinations which you have
# Tap with two fingers on the media display.
saved on a USB device, for example.
To reset the map to the current vehicle posi-
or
#
tion: select \ Centre .
% The display of POI symbols on the map can be
# Move two fingers together on the media dis-
activated or deactivated as a favourite.
play.
▌Switching the route overview after start on or
# Select View.
off
% You can set the unit of measurement of the
# Select POI symbols on map r.
map scale ( / page 512).
Multimedia system:
# Switch on Hide all points of interest.
4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z
When the option is switched on, the POI sym-
# Select View.
bols for all categories are shown on the map
according to the settings in the POI catego-
ries.
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 561% If the conditions are fulfilled, the POI symbolsTo issue a signal when approaching: activateIf the option is enabled, the map scale is per-#are shown with current online informationVisual warning and Acoustic displayed on the map.( / page 565).The option also influences the display on theResetting the POI symbol displaydriver's display of categories for quick-access# In the menu, select Reset POIs.R Altitudeon or offThe settings are reset to the standard set-R Next junctiontings.# Switch a category on or off in the the option is switched on and the journey▌Selecting the display of additional informationSelecting categoriescontinues without route guidance, the name ofon the map# In the menu, select Other categories next intersecting street will be displayed inMultimedia system:# Activate or deactivate Show navigation window.4 © 5 Navigation 5 ZWhen the option is switched on, the POI sym-▌Displaying the map versionbols for all categories are shown on the map.# Select system:or# Select Show additional information.4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z# Select r the categories.# Switch the options on or off.# Select View.# Activate or deactivate the following options are available:# Select Map data POI symbols for the selected categoriesR Current streetThe detail information is shown on the the option is enabled, it will be displayed in% The online map update service fromSelecting personal POI categoriesthe navigation me connect can be used to update# In the menu, select Personal POIs r .the map data ( / page 37).R ScaleA message is shown in the media display# Select r a the option is switched off, the map scale iswhen a new map version is available.# Activate or deactivate Display on the displayed on the map when zooming.F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 561
% If the conditions are fulfilled, the POI symbols
To issue a signal when approaching: activate
If the option is enabled, the map scale is per-
#
are shown with current online information
Visual warning and Acoustic notification.
manently displayed on the map.
( / page 565).
The option also influences the display on the
Resetting the POI symbol display
driver's display.
Switching display of categories for quick-access
# In the menu, select Reset POIs.
R Altitude
on or off
The settings are reset to the standard set-
R Next junction
tings.
# Switch a category on or off in the menu.
If the option is switched on and the journey
▌Selecting the display of additional information
Selecting categories
continues without route guidance, the name of
on the map
# In the menu, select Other categories r.
the next intersecting street will be displayed in
Multimedia system:
# Activate or deactivate Show all.
the navigation window.
4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z
When the option is switched on, the POI sym-
▌Displaying the map version
bols for all categories are shown on the map.
# Select View.
Multimedia system:
or
# Select Show additional information.
4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z
# Select r the categories.
# Switch the options on or off.
# Select View.
# Activate or deactivate the categories.
The following options are available:
# Select Map data version.
The POI symbols for the selected categories
R Current street
The detail information is displayed.
are shown on the map.
If the option is enabled, it will be displayed in
% The online map update service from
Selecting personal POI categories
the navigation window.
Mercedes me connect can be used to update
# In the menu, select Personal POIs r .
the map data ( / page 37).
R Scale
A message is shown in the media display
# Select r a category.
If the option is switched off, the map scale is
when a new map version is available.
# Activate or deactivate Display on the map.
only displayed on the map when zooming.
F167 0057 02
562 MBUX multimedia system% Information about new versions of the digitalSelect the area for the route into account#map can be obtained from a Mercedes-BenzThe area is entered into the list.# Select the area in the using destination search# Activate Avoid area.▌Overview of area avoidance on the routeIf route guidance is active, a new route is cal-# Select Via address can define areas along a route that you wouldculated.# Enter the address ( / page 37).like to there is no route yet, the setting is carried# Select the destination in the or multi-lane expressways that passover to the next route map appears. The area is an area to be avoided may be included inThe route can include an area that is to bethe route despite being blocked.▌Changing an area to be avoidedavoided in the following cases:Multimedia system:▌Avoiding a new area for the routeR The destination is located in an area that is4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z 5 RouteMultimedia system:to be avoided.5 Avoid areas4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z 5 RouteR The route includes motorways or multi-# Select an area in the expressways which pass through an5 Avoid areasarea to be avoided.# Select Edit.# Select Avoid new area.R There is no practical alternative route.# To move an area on the map: swipe in anyStarting using the mapdirection on the media display.▌Deleting an area to be avoided# Select Using system:Changing the size of the areaA red rectangle appears. This designates the4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z 5 Routearea that should be avoided.# Move two fingers apart or together on the5 Avoid areasmedia display.# Move the map ( / page 560).# Select a.# Set the map scale ( / page 560).Deleting an area to be avoidedThe area is entered into the list.# Select an area in the list.F167 0057 02
562 MBUX multimedia system
% Information about new versions of the digital
Select a.
Taking the area for the route into account
#
map can be obtained from a Mercedes-Benz
The area is entered into the list.
# Select the area in the list.
service centre.
Starting using destination search
# Activate Avoid area.
▌Overview of area avoidance on the route
If route guidance is active, a new route is cal-
# Select Via address entry.
You can define areas along a route that you would
culated.
# Enter the address ( / page 37).
like to avoid.
If there is no route yet, the setting is carried
# Select the destination in the list.
Motorways or multi-lane expressways that pass
over to the next route guidance.
The map appears. The area is saved.
through an area to be avoided may be included in
The route can include an area that is to be
the route despite being blocked.
▌Changing an area to be avoided
avoided in the following cases:
Multimedia system:
▌Avoiding a new area for the route
R The destination is located in an area that is
4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z 5 Route
Multimedia system:
to be avoided.
5 Avoid areas
4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z 5 Route
R The route includes motorways or multi-
# Select an area in the list.
lane expressways which pass through an
5 Avoid areas
area to be avoided.
# Select Edit.
# Select Avoid new area.
R There is no practical alternative route.
# To move an area on the map: swipe in any
Starting using the map
direction on the media display.
▌Deleting an area to be avoided
# Select Using map.
Multimedia system:
Changing the size of the area
A red rectangle appears. This designates the
4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z 5 Route
area that should be avoided.
# Move two fingers apart or together on the
5 Avoid areas
media display.
# Move the map ( / page 560).
# Select a.
# Set the map scale ( / page 560).
Deleting an area to be avoided
The area is entered into the list.
# Select an area in the list.
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 563Select the menu path My Mercedes Me accountOnline map update#> My vehicles > Selection of car > Online MapConfirm the prompt with :#Update. Select the regions to be downloaded to aR Mercedes me connect is all areas to be avoidedstorage medium.R You have a Mercedes me user account.# If at least two areas to be avoided are set,After the map data has been copied, connect theselect Delete all.R The Online Map Update service is available forstorage medium with your vehicle. Select the noti-your with information about a new version of# Confirm the prompt with map data and start the installation. After theR The service has been activated.▌Map data update overviewMBUX multimedia system has been restarted, the% The Online Map Update service is only availa-updated map data is the content of a digital road map has a shortble in certain , outdated data may have a negative effect on▌Overview of map dataall navigation functions. For the best MBUX navi-Installation takes place in the background as anIf map data is reinstalled in a vehicle, no activa-gation experience, you should install all of theautomatic map code needs to be updates offered by MBUX multimedia system installs all of theFor map data purchased as data media, theThe following options are available for the updateavailable map updates for the European regions inenclosed activation code must be entered afterof map data:which the vehicle is located or is the online map update is activated at the latestR Online map updateActivation codes are only ever valid for one vehi-after the next time the vehicle is switched on.R Updates from the Mercedes me Portalcle.R Update at a Mercedes-Benz service centreUpdates from the Mercedes me PortalIn the event of the following problems, pleaseThe map data for several regions can also beAdditiona
MBUX multimedia system 563
Select Delete.
Follow the menu path My Mercedes Me account
Online map update
#
> My vehicles > Selection of car > Online Map
Confirm the prompt with Yes.
Requirements:
#
Update. Select the regions to be downloaded to a
R Mercedes me connect is available.
Deleting all areas to be avoided
storage medium.
R You have a Mercedes me user account.
# If at least two areas to be avoided are set,
After the map data has been copied, connect the
select Delete all.
R The Online Map Update service is available for
storage medium with your vehicle. Select the noti-
your region.
fication with information about a new version of
# Confirm the prompt with Yes.
the map data and start the installation. After the
R The service has been activated.
▌Map data update overview
MBUX multimedia system has been restarted, the
% The Online Map Update service is only availa-
updated map data is used.
As the content of a digital road map has a short
ble in certain countries.
life, outdated data may have a negative effect on
▌Overview of map data
all navigation functions. For the best MBUX navi-
Installation takes place in the background as an
If map data is reinstalled in a vehicle, no activa-
gation experience, you should install all of the
automatic map update.
tion code needs to be entered.
map updates offered by Mercedes-Benz.
The MBUX multimedia system installs all of the
For map data purchased as data media, the
The following options are available for the update
available map updates for the European regions in
enclosed activation code must be entered after
of map data:
which the vehicle is located or is moved.
starting the installation.
The online map update is activated at the latest
R Online map update
Activation codes are only ever valid for one vehi-
after the next time the vehicle is switched on.
R Updates from the Mercedes me Portal
cle.
R Update at a Mercedes-Benz service centre
Updates from the Mercedes me Portal
In the event of the following problems, please
The map data for several regions can also be
Additional costs can be incurred in this proc-
contact a Mercedes-Benz service centre:
updated manually. Log in with your Mercedes me
ess.
R The multimedia system does not accept the
user account at:
activation code.
R You have lost the activation code.
F167 0057 02
564 MBUX multimedia system▌Displaying the compass▌Displaying Qibla% The automatically selected map scale can bechanged manually. After a few seconds, this isMultimedia system:Multimedia system:automatically reset.4 © 5 Navigation4 © 5 NavigationWhen the option is activated, no detailed dis-# When the map is shown, tap on the ¥ cur-# When the map is shown, tap on the ¥ cur-play of the junction or a 3D image is shown inrent vehicle position until the Position menu isrent vehicle position until the Position menu isthe navigation window during an manoeuvre.# Select Compass.# Select Alerts.▌Displaying the satellite mapThe arrow on the compass shows the direc-The compass display shows the followingMultimedia system:tion to Mecca in relation to the current direc-information:4 © 5 Navigation 5 Ztion of travel.R The current direction of travel with bearing# Select number of satellites received is shown.(360° format) and compass direction# Activate or deactivate Satellite map.% This function is not available in all countries.R Longitude and latitude coordinates inWhen Satellite map is selected, they are dis-degrees, minutes and seconds▌Setting the map scale automaticallyplayed at the following map scales:R Number of satellites from which a signalMultimedia system:can be receivedR On-board maps4 © 5 Navigation 5 ZThe satellite maps are displayed in mapThe information is not available in every country.# Select from 2 km.# Activate D Auto zoom.R Online mapsWhen the option is switched on, the map scaleThe satellite maps are displayed in high-is set automatically depending on your drivingresolution map scales from 10 and the type of Satellite map is not selected, no satel-lite maps are displayed.F167 0057 02
564 MBUX multimedia system
▌Displaying the compass
▌Displaying Qibla
% The automatically selected map scale can be
changed manually. After a few seconds, this is
Multimedia system:
Multimedia system:
automatically reset.
4 © 5 Navigation
4 © 5 Navigation
When the option is activated, no detailed dis-
# When the map is shown, tap on the ¥ cur-
# When the map is shown, tap on the ¥ cur-
play of the junction or a 3D image is shown in
rent vehicle position until the Position menu is
rent vehicle position until the Position menu is
the navigation window during an upcoming
shown.
shown.
driving manoeuvre.
# Select Compass.
# Select Alerts.
▌Displaying the satellite map
The arrow on the compass shows the direc-
The compass display shows the following
Multimedia system:
tion to Mecca in relation to the current direc-
information:
4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z
tion of travel.
R The current direction of travel with bearing
# Select View.
The number of satellites received is shown.
(360° format) and compass direction
# Activate or deactivate Satellite map.
% This function is not available in all countries.
R Longitude and latitude coordinates in
When Satellite map is selected, they are dis-
degrees, minutes and seconds
▌Setting the map scale automatically
played at the following map scales:
R Number of satellites from which a signal
Multimedia system:
can be received
R On-board maps
4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z
The satellite maps are displayed in map
The information is not available in every country.
# Select View.
scales from 2 km.
# Activate D Auto zoom.
R Online maps
When the option is switched on, the map scale
The satellite maps are displayed in high-
is set automatically depending on your driving
resolution map scales from 10 m.
speed and the type of road.
When Satellite map is not selected, no satel-
lite maps are displayed.
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 565% The satellite maps for these map scales areMultimedia system:When the lower reserve capacity is reached thennot available in all range display on the map is switched off.4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z% The range display on the map is not available▌Displaying the rangein all :▌Displaying online map contentsR There is an Internet connection.R Mercedes me connect is :R There is an Internet connection.R You have a Mercedes me user account.R Mercedes me connect is available.R The vehicle is connected with the useraccount and you have accepted the MercedesR You have a Mercedes me user connect terms of use.R The vehicle is connected with the userFurther information can be found at: and you have accepted the Mercedes1 Display of the total connect terms of use.R The service is available and has been activa-Further information can be found at: View.# .#R The service is available and has been activa-The range is shown on the map with the :Multimedia system:R For petrol and diesel vehicles: green display4 © 5 Navigation 5 ZR For hybrid vehicles:# Select range: green display 1Electrical range: blue displayF167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 565
% The satellite maps for these map scales are
Multimedia system:
When the lower reserve capacity is reached then
not available in all countries.
the range display on the map is switched off.
4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z
% The range display on the map is not available
▌Displaying the range
in all countries.
Requirements:
▌Displaying online map contents
R There is an Internet connection.
R Mercedes me connect is available.
Requirements:
R There is an Internet connection.
R You have a Mercedes me user account.
R Mercedes me connect is available.
R The vehicle is connected with the user
account and you have accepted the Mercedes
R You have a Mercedes me user account.
me connect terms of use.
R The vehicle is connected with the user
Further information can be found at:
account and you have accepted the Mercedes
1 Display of the total range
me connect terms of use.
R The service is available and has been activa-
Further information can be found at:
Select View.
#
ted.
Range .
#
R The service is available and has been activa-
The range is shown on the map with the following
ted.
displays:
Multimedia system:
R For petrol and diesel vehicles: green display
4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z
R For hybrid vehicles:
# Select View.
Total range: green display 1
Electrical range: blue display
F167 0057 02
566 MBUX multimedia systemSwitch on an online service, e.g. Weather.▌Selecting parking optionsTake the modified vehicle height in the##Current weather information is displayed oncase of roof superstructures or otherthe navigation map, e.g. temperature or cloud* NOTE Vehicle damage due to failure tocarrier systems into local information and parkingconditionsThe service information is not shown in all% This service is not available in all scales, e.g. weather data is based on the information provided▌Displaying parking options on the map% The display of online map content is not avail-by the respective service in all :Mercedes-Benz does not guarantee the accu-R Navigation Services is activated in yourracy of the information provided in relation toMercedes me user car park or parking serviceR The parking service is part of the scope of the# Always observe the local information and▌Notes on the parking serviceNavigation system:* NOTE Vehicle damage due to failure toRequirements:4 © 5 Navigation 5 Zobserve the maximum permissible clear-R Navigation Services is activated in yourance height# Switch on me user parking options within the vicinity of theIf the vehicle height exceeds the maximumR The parking service is part of the scope of thecurrent vehicle position are clearance height, the roof andNavigation vehicle parts may be damaged.R Parking is activated ( / page 566).# Please observe the indicated maximumMultimedia system:clearance height.4 © 5 Navigation# If the vehicle exceeds the permissibleclearance height, do not drive in.# Tap on j on the map.F167 0057 02
566 MBUX multimedia system
Switch on an online service, e.g. Weather.
▌Selecting parking options
Take the modified vehicle height in the
#
#
Current weather information is displayed on
case of roof superstructures or other
the navigation map, e.g. temperature or cloud
* NOTE Vehicle damage due to failure to
carrier systems into account.
cover.
observe local information and parking
conditions
The service information is not shown in all
% This service is not available in all countries.
map scales, e.g. weather symbols.
The data is based on the information provided
▌Displaying parking options on the map
% The display of online map content is not avail-
by the respective service providers.
able in all countries.
Requirements:
Mercedes-Benz does not guarantee the accu-
R Navigation Services is activated in your
racy of the information provided in relation to
Mercedes me user account.
the car park or parking area.
Parking service
R The parking service is part of the scope of the
# Always observe the local information and
▌Notes on the parking service
Navigation Services.
conditions.
Multimedia system:
* NOTE Vehicle damage due to failure to
Requirements:
4 © 5 Navigation 5 Z
observe the maximum permissible clear-
R Navigation Services is activated in your
ance height
# Switch on Parking.
Mercedes me user account.
The parking options within the vicinity of the
If the vehicle height exceeds the maximum
R The parking service is part of the scope of the
current vehicle position are shown.
permissible clearance height, the roof and
Navigation Services.
other vehicle parts may be damaged.
R Parking is activated ( / page 566).
# Please observe the indicated maximum
Multimedia system:
clearance height.
4 © 5 Navigation
# If the vehicle exceeds the permissible
clearance height, do not drive in.
# Tap on j on the map.
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 567orthe need for observation of the actual▌Prior booking of a parking the route overview, select j Parking#Requirements:spaces ( / page 544).R Available payment options (Mercedes pay,R Navigation Services is activated in your# Select the search position and search filter,coins, bank notes, cards)Mercedes me user account.e.g. Near destination and Multi-storey carR Details on parking tariffsR The parking service is part of the scope of theparks.R Number of available parking spacesNavigation map shows car parks suited to the selec-R Payment method (e.g. at parking meters)ted settings.R You have registered with your payment detailsfor the payment of parking in the MercedesR Services/facilities at the parking option# Select a parking Portal with Mercedes pay and the respec-R Telephone numberThe following information is displayed (if avail-tive contract ):# Calculate the route ( / page 537).R Parking is activated ( / page 566).R Destination address, distance from currentThe following functions can be used (if availa-% This option is not available in all position and arrival timeble):Multimedia system:R Information on the car park, e.g.R Searching for POIs in the vicinity.4 © 5 NavigationOpening times-R Saving the destination.# Select a parking option on the charges-R Placing a call at the destination.# If a parking space available to book has beenCurrent occupancy-R Sharing the destination via the QR , select Book parking parking time-R Calling up the web address.# Select the desired booking period. Take noteMaximum access height-R Showing the destination on the the cancellation maximum access height shown byIf the parking space is available for the selec-the parking service does not replaceted period, the price will be shown.F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 567
or
the need for observation of the actual
▌Prior booking of a parking space
circumstances.
In the route overview, select j Parking
#
Requirements:
spaces ( / page 544).
R Available payment options (Mercedes pay,
R Navigation Services is activated in your
# Select the search position and search filter,
coins, bank notes, cards)
Mercedes me user account.
e.g. Near destination and Multi-storey car
R Details on parking tariffs
R The parking service is part of the scope of the
parks.
R Number of available parking spaces
Navigation Services.
The map shows car parks suited to the selec-
R Payment method (e.g. at parking meters)
ted settings.
R You have registered with your payment details
for the payment of parking in the Mercedes
R Services/facilities at the parking option
# Select a parking option.
me Portal with Mercedes pay and the respec-
R Telephone number
The following information is displayed (if avail-
tive contract partner.
able):
# Calculate the route ( / page 537).
R Parking is activated ( / page 566).
R Destination address, distance from current
The following functions can be used (if availa-
% This option is not available in all countries.
vehicle position and arrival time
ble):
Multimedia system:
R Information on the car park, e.g.
R Searching for POIs in the vicinity.
4 © 5 Navigation
Opening times
-
R Saving the destination.
# Select a parking option on the map.
Parking charges
-
R Placing a call at the destination.
# If a parking space available to book has been
Current occupancy
-
R Sharing the destination via the QR code.
selected, select Book parking space.
Maximum parking time
-
R Calling up the web address.
# Select the desired booking period. Take note
Maximum access height
-
R Showing the destination on the map.
of the cancellation conditions.
The maximum access height shown by
If the parking space is available for the selec-
the parking service does not replace
ted period, the price will be shown.
F167 0057 02
568 MBUX multimedia systemPress a to be cancelled, this will already beSelect Payment.##shown to you during the booking the vehicle has reached a parking posi-In the booking overview, confirm with Book.#tion with payment function and the vehicle is▌Paying parking charges# If required, enter the Mercedes me off, a message appears. Using thisThe parking space will be booked in the back-message you can pay from the vehicle andRequirements: the payment process.R Navigation Services is activated in yourA booking confirmation including a car parkMercedes me user a payment procedureticket will be sent to your registered emailR The parking service is part of the scope of theaddress.# Acknowledge the Services.# Please note the maximum parking period dis-Making use of or cancelling the bookingR You have registered with your payment detailsplayed and any existing additional limitations.# Start the Mercedes me App on your smart-for the payment of parking in the MercedesIf required, a message will inform you Portal with Mercedes pay and the respec-the necessity of displaying information con-tive contract partner.# Open the online payment for the parkingR Parking is activated ( / page 566).space.# Select My transactions.# Select Start the payment process.# Select Parking transactions.% This option is not available in all countries.# If required, enter the Mercedes me PIN.# Select the desired system:# To make use of the booking: select Show car# Press a to confirm.4 ©park successful start of your parking transac-# Select a parking option on the is If a car park that can be paid for has been# Complete the booking with OK.# To cancel the booking: select Cancel , scroll down in the parking details.# To cancel a parking transaction: after receiv-% If possible, a parking space booking can being the confirm
568 MBUX multimedia system
Press a to confirm.
cannot be cancelled, this will already be
Select Payment.
#
#
shown to you during the booking procedure.
Once the vehicle has reached a parking posi-
In the booking overview, confirm with Book.
#
tion with payment function and the vehicle is
▌Paying parking charges
# If required, enter the Mercedes me PIN.
switched off, a message appears. Using this
The parking space will be booked in the back-
message you can pay from the vehicle and
Requirements:
ground.
start the payment process.
R Navigation Services is activated in your
A booking confirmation including a car park
Mercedes me user account.
Starting a payment procedure
ticket will be sent to your registered email
R The parking service is part of the scope of the
address.
# Acknowledge the message.
Navigation Services.
# Please note the maximum parking period dis-
Making use of or cancelling the booking
R You have registered with your payment details
played and any existing additional limitations.
# Start the Mercedes me App on your smart-
for the payment of parking in the Mercedes
If required, a message will inform you about
phone.
me Portal with Mercedes pay and the respec-
the necessity of displaying information con-
tive contract partner.
# Open Menu.
firming the online payment for the parking
R Parking is activated ( / page 566).
space.
# Select My transactions.
# Select Start the payment process.
# Select Parking transactions.
% This option is not available in all countries.
# If required, enter the Mercedes me PIN.
# Select the desired booking.
Multimedia system:
# To make use of the booking: select Show car
# Press a to confirm.
4 ©
park ticket.
The successful start of your parking transac-
# Select a parking option on the map.
tion is shown.
or
# If a car park that can be paid for has been
# Complete the booking with OK.
# To cancel the booking: select Cancel booking.
selected, scroll down in the parking details.
# To cancel a parking transaction: after receiv-
% If possible, a parking space booking can be
ing the confirmation request, select Cancel.
cancelled up to the stated time. If a booking
Minimum charges may be incurred.
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 569Ending a parking transactionenergy supply processes via the USBThe legal requirements relating to use of the dashcam can vary depending# Stop the active transaction using theon the country in which the dashcam is oper-R USB storage devices may be damaged ifMercedes me or permanently overwritten at highYou receive a summary of the procedure andspeed. Mercedes-Benz recommends athe function is not permitted in all -quality external SSD an uncompleted parking transaction is# Before using the dashcam, read up onThe abbreviation SSD stands for Soliddetected for your vehicle as you continue yourthe content of the legal regulations, inState , a message will appear asking whetherparticular the data protection require-you would like to end in the respective country of use.% The file size and therefore the duration of sin-gle recording is limited by the limitations of# Acknowledge the message.# Observe the legal regulations, in particu-the USB flash drive format. So FAT32 format-When the parking transaction is stopped suc-lar the data protection USB flash drives do not allow files largercessfully, another message appears with thethan 4 GB, for about your completed parking.% Observe the following instructions for safeWhen the file size is reached, the recordingoperation:stops and you receive a Only use FAT32 or exFAT formatted USB% The following functions are available in thestorage devices.▌Notes on the dashcamGallery app:R Use USB-IF certified USB storage devices.R Switching write protection on or off* NOTE Risk of legal consequences due toUSB-IF is a non-profit corporation andR Deleting video filesviolation of legal regulations and data pro-stands for USB Implementers provisionsBased on the USB specification, USB-IFAdditional information about the Gallery appcertifies, for example, USB ver
MBUX multimedia system 569
Ending a parking transaction
energy supply processes via the USB
The legal requirements relating to operation
interface.
and use of the dashcam can vary depending
# Stop the active transaction using the
on the country in which the dashcam is oper-
R USB storage devices may be damaged if
Mercedes me app.
ated.
often or permanently overwritten at high
You receive a summary of the procedure and
speed. Mercedes-Benz recommends a
the costs.
This function is not permitted in all countries.
high-quality external SSD drive.
If an uncompleted parking transaction is
# Before using the dashcam, read up on
The abbreviation SSD stands for Solid
detected for your vehicle as you continue your
the content of the legal regulations, in
State Drive.
journey, a message will appear asking whether
particular the data protection require-
you would like to end it.
ments in the respective country of use.
% The file size and therefore the duration of sin-
gle recording is limited by the limitations of
# Acknowledge the message.
# Observe the legal regulations, in particu-
the USB flash drive format. So FAT32 format-
When the parking transaction is stopped suc-
lar the data protection requirements.
ted USB flash drives do not allow files larger
cessfully, another message appears with the
than 4 GB, for example.
details about your completed parking.
% Observe the following instructions for safe
When the file size is reached, the recording
operation:
stops and you receive a notification.
Dashcam
R Only use FAT32 or exFAT formatted USB
% The following functions are available in the
storage devices.
▌Notes on the dashcam
Gallery app:
R Use USB-IF certified USB storage devices.
R Switching write protection on or off
* NOTE Risk of legal consequences due to
USB-IF is a non-profit corporation and
R Deleting video files
violation of legal regulations and data pro-
stands for USB Implementers Forum.
tection provisions
Based on the USB specification, USB-IF
Additional information about the Gallery app
certifies, for example, USB versions, cor-
( / page 600).
You are legally responsible for operation and
responding cables and plugs as well as
use of the dashcam functions.
F167 0057 02
570 MBUX multimedia system▌Selecting a USB device for a video recordingMultimedia system:A message may appear in the following cases:with the dashcam4 © 5 Apps 5 DashcamR The camera is not functional, the Cameraunavailable message appears.# If several USB devices are connected with theRequirements:multimedia system, select a USB deviceHave the camera checked in a Mercedes-BenzR At least one USB device is connected with the( / page 570).service system ( / page 620).If no USB device is selected, a selection isR If the country border indication has beenMultimedia system:made automatically when recording on ( / page 571).4 © 5 Apps 5 Dashcam# To select recording mode: select Loop record-R If an outdoor recording is started with theing.# Select the USB app during a dashcam recording, theLoop recording continuously records short# Select the USB recording pauses and resumes auto-video files. When the memory is full, recordingmatically after the camera recording is fin-% When USB devices contain multiple partitions,is continued automatically. In doing so, theished. A notification to this effect is video files are not always displayedoldest video file is written the recording list.▌Starting or stopping individual recordings with# To start: select Start -Benz recommends that you usethe dashcamThe length of the recording is shown. The DoUSB devices with one remove the storage medium duringRequirements▌Starting or stopping a loop recording with therecording. Before removing the storageR For recording and saving a video file: a USBmedium, eject it first. message appears. Thedashcamdevice is connected with the multimedia sys-video file is stored on the USB ( / page 620).Requirements:# To end: select End recording.R For recording and saving a video file: a USBR The vehicle is switched on.% In some countries, geo-coordinates (longitudedevice is connec
570 MBUX multimedia system
▌Selecting a USB device for a video recording
Multimedia system:
A message may appear in the following cases:
with the dashcam
4 © 5 Apps 5 Dashcam
R The camera is not functional, the Camera
unavailable message appears.
# If several USB devices are connected with the
Requirements:
multimedia system, select a USB device
Have the camera checked in a Mercedes-Benz
R At least one USB device is connected with the
( / page 570).
service centre.
multimedia system ( / page 620).
If no USB device is selected, a selection is
R If the country border indication has been
Multimedia system:
made automatically when recording starts.
switched on ( / page 571).
4 © 5 Apps 5 Dashcam
# To select recording mode: select Loop record-
R If an outdoor recording is started with the
ing.
# Select the USB symbol.
camera app during a dashcam recording, the
Loop recording continuously records short
# Select the USB device.
dashcam recording pauses and resumes auto-
video files. When the memory is full, recording
matically after the camera recording is fin-
% When USB devices contain multiple partitions,
is continued automatically. In doing so, the
ished. A notification to this effect is displayed.
recorded video files are not always displayed
oldest video file is written over.
in the recording list.
▌Starting or stopping individual recordings with
# To start: select Start recording.
Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use
the dashcam
The length of the recording is shown. The Do
USB devices with one partition.
not remove the storage medium during
Requirements
▌Starting or stopping a loop recording with the
recording. Before removing the storage
R For recording and saving a video file: a USB
medium, eject it first. message appears. The
dashcam
device is connected with the multimedia sys-
video file is stored on the USB device.
tem ( / page 620).
Requirements:
# To end: select End recording.
R For recording and saving a video file: a USB
R The vehicle is switched on.
% In some countries, geo-coordinates (longitude
device is connected with the multimedia sys-
and latitude) are shown in the video image.
tem ( / page 620).
For technical reasons, the geo-coordinates
R The vehicle is switched on.
may show greater inaccuracies.
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 571Multimedia system:A report may appear in the following cases:Multimedia system:4 © 5 Apps 5 Dashcam4 © 5 Apps 5 DashcamR Individual recording: the memory is full orthere are only a few minutes recording time# If several USB devices are connected with the# Select . The video recording stops or will bemultimedia system, select a USB deviceReceiving notifications after passing a borderstopped imminently.( / page 570).crossingIf no USB device is selected, a selection isChange the USB device or delete a video automatically when recording starts.# Switch on National border alert .R The camera is not functional, the CameraA message is shown if video is being recorded# To select recording mode: select Individualunavailable message the vehicle passes a the camera checked in a Mercedes-BenzIndividual recording stops recording when the% This function is not available in all limit is reached. An individual record-R If the country border indication has beenStarting automatic video recordinging is automatically protected against beingswitched on ( / page 571).overwritten.# Select Automatic loop recording.R If an outdoor recording is started with the# To start: select Start recording.# Switch on Automatic loop app during a dashcam recording, theThe length of the recording is shown. The DoWhen the vehicle is started, video recordingdashcam recording pauses and resumes auto-not remove the storage medium duringstarts after the camera recording is fin-recording. Before removing the storage% This function is not available in all . A notification to this effect is , eject it first. message appears. Thevideo file is stored on the USB device.▌Configuring dashcam settings# To end: select End :% In some countries, geo-coordinates (longitudeR A USB device is connected with the multime-and
MBUX multimedia system 571
Multimedia system:
A report may appear in the following cases:
Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Apps 5 Dashcam
4 © 5 Apps 5 Dashcam
R Individual recording: the memory is full or
there are only a few minutes recording time
# If several USB devices are connected with the
# Select Z.
available. The video recording stops or will be
multimedia system, select a USB device
Receiving notifications after passing a border
stopped imminently.
( / page 570).
crossing
If no USB device is selected, a selection is
Change the USB device or delete a video file.
made automatically when recording starts.
# Switch on National border alert .
R The camera is not functional, the Camera
A message is shown if video is being recorded
# To select recording mode: select Individual
unavailable message appears.
and the vehicle passes a border.
recording.
Have the camera checked in a Mercedes-Benz
Individual recording stops recording when the
% This function is not available in all countries.
service centre.
memory limit is reached. An individual record-
R If the country border indication has been
Starting automatic video recording
ing is automatically protected against being
switched on ( / page 571).
overwritten.
# Select Automatic loop recording.
R If an outdoor recording is started with the
# To start: select Start recording.
# Switch on Automatic loop recording.
camera app during a dashcam recording, the
The length of the recording is shown. The Do
When the vehicle is started, video recording
dashcam recording pauses and resumes auto-
not remove the storage medium during
starts automatically.
matically after the camera recording is fin-
recording. Before removing the storage
% This function is not available in all countries.
ished. A notification to this effect is displayed.
medium, eject it first. message appears. The
video file is stored on the USB device.
▌Configuring dashcam settings
# To end: select End recording.
Requirements:
% In some countries, geo-coordinates (longitude
R A USB device is connected with the multime-
and latitude) are shown in the video image.
dia system ( / page 620).
For technical reasons, the geo-coordinates
may show greater inaccuracies.
F167 0057 02
572 MBUX multimedia systemTelephoneand hit vehicle occupants. In addition, cup& WARNING Risk of accident from operatingholders, open stowage spaces and mobilemobile communication equipment whileTelephonyphone receptacles cannot always retain allthe vehicle is in motion▌Notes on telephonyobjects communication devices distract theThere is a risk of injury, particularly in thedriver from the trafoc situation. This can also& WARNING Risk of distraction from operat-event of sudden braking or a sudden changecause the driver to lose control of the integrated communication equipmentin direction.# As a driver, only operate mobile commu-while the vehicle is in motion# Always stow objects so that they cannotnication devices when the vehicle is sta-If you operate communication equipment inte-be thrown around in such in the vehicle when driving, you could# Always make sure that objects do not# As a vehicle occupant, use mobile com-be distracted from the trafoc situation. Thisprotrude from stowage spaces, luggagemunication devices only in the designa-could also cause you to lose control of thenets or stowage area, e.g. in the rear passenger .# Close the lockable stowage spaces# Only operate this equipment when thebefore starting a situation must observe the legal requirements for the# Always stow and secure heavy, hard,# If you cannot be sure of this, stop thecountry in which you are currently driving whenpointed, sharp-edged, fragile or bulkyvehicle whilst paying attention to roadoperating the multimedia system and mobile com-objects in the boot/load trafoc conditions and operate themunication equipment in the with the vehicle the additional information on stowing& WARNING Risk of injury due to objectsmobile communications devices correctly:being stowed incorrectlyR Loading the vehicle ( / page 202)If objects in the vehi
572 MBUX multimedia system
Telephone
and hit vehicle occupants. In addition, cup
& WARNING Risk of accident from operating
holders, open stowage spaces and mobile
mobile communication equipment while
Telephony
phone receptacles cannot always retain all
the vehicle is in motion
▌Notes on telephony
objects within.
Mobile communication devices distract the
There is a risk of injury, particularly in the
driver from the trafoc situation. This can also
& WARNING Risk of distraction from operat-
event of sudden braking or a sudden change
cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
ing integrated communication equipment
in direction.
# As a driver, only operate mobile commu-
while the vehicle is in motion
# Always stow objects so that they cannot
nication devices when the vehicle is sta-
If you operate communication equipment inte-
be thrown around in such situations.
tionary.
grated in the vehicle when driving, you could
# Always make sure that objects do not
# As a vehicle occupant, use mobile com-
be distracted from the trafoc situation. This
protrude from stowage spaces, luggage
munication devices only in the designa-
could also cause you to lose control of the
nets or stowage nets.
ted area, e.g. in the rear passenger com-
vehicle.
partment.
# Close the lockable stowage spaces
# Only operate this equipment when the
before starting a journey.
trafoc situation permits.
You must observe the legal requirements for the
# Always stow and secure heavy, hard,
# If you cannot be sure of this, stop the
country in which you are currently driving when
pointed, sharp-edged, fragile or bulky
vehicle whilst paying attention to road
operating the multimedia system and mobile com-
objects in the boot/load compartment.
and trafoc conditions and operate the
munication equipment in the vehicle.
equipment with the vehicle stationary.
Observe the additional information on stowing
& WARNING Risk of injury due to objects
mobile communications devices correctly:
being stowed incorrectly
R Loading the vehicle ( / page 202)
If objects in the vehicle interior are stowed
incorrectly, they can slide or be thrown around
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 573Further information can be obtained from aR Two mobile phones are connected with the7 Calls up devicesMercedes-Benz service centre or at: system via Bluetooth ® (two phone8 Numerical ( / page 574).9 Starts contact searchYou can use all the functions of the multi-▌Telephone menu overview-Bluetooth ® profile overviewmedia system with both mobile ® profile of% Irrespective of this, Bluetooth ® audio func-the mobile phonetionality can by used with any mobile phone( / page 620).PBAP (Phone BookContacts are automat-▌Information on telephonyAccess Profile)ically displayed in themultimedia systemThe following situations can lead to the call beingdisconnected while the vehicle is in motion:MAP (Message Access Message functionsProfile)can be usedR There is insufocient network coverage in theareaHFP (Hands FreeWireless telephony is1 Bluetooth ® device name of the currently con-R You move from one transmission/receptionProfile)availablenected mobile phone/of the mobile phonestation to another and no communication▌Telephony operating modes overviewchannels are free2 Bluetooth ® device name of the other currentlyconnected mobile phone/of the mobileR The SIM card used is not compatible with theDepending on your equipment, the following tel-phonenetwork availableephony operating modes are available:3 Signal strength of the mobile phone networkR A mobile phone with "Twincard" is logged intoR A mobile phone is connected to the multime-4 Battery status of the connected mobile phonethe network with the second SIM card at thedia system via Bluetooth ® ( / page 574).same time5 Options6 MessagesF167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 573
Further information can be obtained from a
R Two mobile phones are connected with the
7 Calls up devices
Mercedes-Benz service centre or at:
multimedia system via Bluetooth ® (two phone
8 Numerical pad
mode) ( / page 574).
9 Starts contact search
You can use all the functions of the multi-
▌Telephone menu overview
-
Bluetooth ® profile overview
media system with both mobile phones.
Function
Bluetooth ® profile of
% Irrespective of this, Bluetooth ® audio func-
the mobile phone
tionality can by used with any mobile phone
( / page 620).
PBAP (Phone Book
Contacts are automat-
▌Information on telephony
Access Profile)
ically displayed in the
multimedia system
The following situations can lead to the call being
disconnected while the vehicle is in motion:
MAP (Message Access Message functions
Profile)
can be used
R There is insufocient network coverage in the
area
HFP (Hands Free
Wireless telephony is
1 Bluetooth ® device name of the currently con-
R You move from one transmission/reception
Profile)
available
nected mobile phone/of the mobile phone
station to another and no communication
▌Telephony operating modes overview
channels are free
2 Bluetooth ® device name of the other currently
connected mobile phone/of the mobile
R The SIM card used is not compatible with the
Depending on your equipment, the following tel-
phone
network available
ephony operating modes are available:
3 Signal strength of the mobile phone network
R A mobile phone with "Twincard" is logged into
R A mobile phone is connected to the multime-
4 Battery status of the connected mobile phone
the network with the second SIM card at the
dia system via Bluetooth ® ( / page 574).
same time
5 Options
6 Messages
F167 0057 02
574 MBUX multimedia systemThe multimedia system supports calls in HD▌Connecting a second mobile phone (two phoneAuthorising a mobile phoneVoice ® for improved speech quality. A require-mode)# Select a mobile for this is that the mobile phone and theA code is displayed in the multimedia systemRequirementsmobile phone network provider of the person youand on the mobile phone.R At least one mobile phone is already connec-are calling support HD Voice ® .# If the codes match: confirm the code on theted to the multimedia system via Bluetooth ® .Depending on the quality of the connection, themobile quality may system:% For older mobile phone models, enter a 1 to4 © 5 Phone 5 Z 5 Devices▌Connecting a mobile phone16-digit number code on the mobile phone5 Devicesand on the multimedia system for authorisa-Requirements:tion.# Select Connect new device.R Bluetooth ® is activated on the mobile phone% Up to 15 mobile phones can be authorised on# Select the mobile phone.(see the manufacturer's operating instruc-the multimedia ).# In some cases, if the query appears, confirmAuthorised mobile phones are reconnectedthe selection of the mobile phone pair with theR Bluetooth ® is activated on the multimedia name 1 + Device name 2 ( / page 509).% The connected mobile phone can also beThe selected mobile phone is connected toused as Bluetooth ® audio equipmentMultimedia system:the multimedia system.( / page 620).4 © 5 Phone 5 Z 5 Devices▌Interchanging mobile phones (two phone mode)You can watch an animation on this topic via the5 DevicesMultimedia system:following link:4 © 5 PhoneSearching for a mobile phoneSelect Connect new mobile phones are shown individually in sep-#arate tabs.F167 0057 02
574 MBUX multimedia system
The multimedia system supports calls in HD
▌Connecting a second mobile phone (two phone
Authorising a mobile phone
Voice ® for improved speech quality. A require-
mode)
# Select a mobile phone.
ment for this is that the mobile phone and the
A code is displayed in the multimedia system
Requirements
mobile phone network provider of the person you
and on the mobile phone.
R At least one mobile phone is already connec-
are calling support HD Voice ® .
# If the codes match: confirm the code on the
ted to the multimedia system via Bluetooth ® .
Depending on the quality of the connection, the
mobile phone.
voice quality may fluctuate.
Multimedia system:
% For older mobile phone models, enter a 1 to
4 © 5 Phone 5 Z 5 Devices
▌Connecting a mobile phone
16-digit number code on the mobile phone
5 Devices
and on the multimedia system for authorisa-
Requirements:
tion.
# Select Connect new device.
R Bluetooth ® is activated on the mobile phone
% Up to 15 mobile phones can be authorised on
# Select the mobile phone.
(see the manufacturer's operating instruc-
the multimedia system.
tions).
# In some cases, if the query appears, confirm
Authorised mobile phones are reconnected
the selection of the mobile phone pair with the
R Bluetooth ® is activated on the multimedia sys-
automatically.
Device name 1 + Device name 2 option.
tem ( / page 509).
% The connected mobile phone can also be
The selected mobile phone is connected to
used as Bluetooth ® audio equipment
Multimedia system:
the multimedia system.
( / page 620).
4 © 5 Phone 5 Z 5 Devices
▌Interchanging mobile phones (two phone mode)
You can watch an animation on this topic via the
5 Devices
Multimedia system:
following link:
4 © 5 Phone
Searching for a mobile phone
Select Connect new device.
Both mobile phones are shown individually in sep-
#
arate tabs.
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 575Select the tab with the desired mobile a functionUsing in single telephone mode#Selecting the tab of a specific mobile phone# One function is active: select the colouredSelect Device name.#displays the associated telephone in the line of a mobile phone.A newly authorised mobile phone is connectedSelecting the other tab switches the view toThe mobile phone is disconnected from thein single telephone other the mobile phone has already been author-The submenus in the telephone menu (e.g.# Several functions are active: de-select anised and connected in single telephone mode,contacts, call lists, messages) relate to theactive function in the line of one of the mobileit is connected again in single telephonecurrently selected mobile phone with of the telephone settings. In theThe corresponding function is a mobile phone is already authorised andtelephone settings, settings can be made forhas been connected in two phone mode with▌Replacing mobile phonesboth mobile mobile phone, a query may come,Multimedia system:whether the mobile phone should in future be▌Changing the function of a mobile phone4 © 5 Phone 5 Z 5 Devicesoperated in single telephone mode or connec-Multimedia system:5 Devicested with another mobile phone in two phone4 © 5 Phone 5 Z 5 authorised mobile phone available:5 Devices# If required, confirm the query about operating# Select Connect new (single telephone or two phone mode)Activating a function# Select a mobile confirming the Device name option.# Select a grey symbol in the line of a mobile# Newly authorised mobile phone: confirm in two phone modenumerical code on the mobile corresponding function is activated.# Select Device name 1 + Device name 2.A newly authorised mobile phone is connectedwith the selected mobile phone in two phonemode.F
MBUX multimedia system 575
Select the tab with the desired mobile phone.
Deactivating a function
Using in single telephone mode
#
Selecting the tab of a specific mobile phone
# One function is active: select the coloured
Select Device name.
#
displays the associated telephone contents.
symbol in the line of a mobile phone.
A newly authorised mobile phone is connected
Selecting the other tab switches the view to
The mobile phone is disconnected from the
in single telephone mode.
the other telephone.
multimedia system.
If the mobile phone has already been author-
The submenus in the telephone menu (e.g.
# Several functions are active: de-select an
ised and connected in single telephone mode,
contacts, call lists, messages) relate to the
active function in the line of one of the mobile
it is connected again in single telephone
currently selected mobile phone with the
phones.
mode.
exception of the telephone settings. In the
The corresponding function is deactivated.
If a mobile phone is already authorised and
telephone settings, settings can be made for
has been connected in two phone mode with
▌Replacing mobile phones
both mobile phones.
another mobile phone, a query may come,
Multimedia system:
whether the mobile phone should in future be
▌Changing the function of a mobile phone
4 © 5 Phone 5 Z 5 Devices
operated in single telephone mode or connec-
Multimedia system:
5 Devices
ted with another mobile phone in two phone
4 © 5 Phone 5 Z 5 Devices
mode.
No authorised mobile phone available:
5 Devices
# If required, confirm the query about operating
# Select Connect new device.
mode (single telephone or two phone mode)
Activating a function
# Select a mobile phone.
by confirming the Device name option.
# Select a grey symbol in the line of a mobile
# Newly authorised mobile phone: confirm the
phone.
Using in two phone mode
numerical code on the mobile phone.
The corresponding function is activated.
# Select Device name 1 + Device name 2.
A newly authorised mobile phone is connected
with the selected mobile phone in two phone
mode.
F167 0057 02
576 MBUX multimedia systemIf the mobile phone has already been author-▌Using a mobile phone with near-field communi-mat 1 or place the mobile phone on mat 1ised and connected in single telephone mode,with the display facing (NFC)it will be connected in future with the selected# Follow the additional prompts on the mediaRequirements:mobile phone in two phone to connect the mobile phone. ConnectR NFC is activated on the mobile phone (see theIf the mobile phone was previously connectedthe mobile phone in single telephone modemanufacturer's operating instructions)with another mobile phone, this connection is( / page 574). Connect the mobile phone inR The mobile phone's screen is switched on phone mode ( / page 574).unlocked (see the manufacturer's operating▌Disconnecting or deleting a mobile phoneReplacing a mobile phoneinstructions)Multimedia system:Hold the NFC interface of the mobile phoneConnecting a mobile phone#4 © 5 Phone 5 Z 5 Devices(see the manufacturer's operating instruc-tions) against NFC interface 1 in the frontDisconnecting a mobile phonestorage compartment.# Select Disconnect.# Follow the additional prompts on the mediaIf applicable, the mobile phone will be auto-display to replace the mobile phone in singlematically reconnected when the vehicle is nextor two phone mode ( / page 574).started.# If required, confirm the prompts on yourDeleting a mobile phonemobile phone (see the manufacturer's operat-ing instructions).# Select Devices.% If your mobile phone supports wireless charg-# Select Ä in the line of the mobile , it can be charged on the matHold the NFC interface of the mobile phone# Select Delete device.#( / page 230).(see manufacturer's operating instructions) onThe mobile phone is deleted from the system.F167 0057 02
576 MBUX multimedia system
If the mobile phone has already been author-
▌Using a mobile phone with near-field communi-
mat 1 or place the mobile phone on mat 1
ised and connected in single telephone mode,
with the display facing upwards.
cation (NFC)
it will be connected in future with the selected
# Follow the additional prompts on the media
Requirements:
mobile phone in two phone mode.
display to connect the mobile phone. Connect
R NFC is activated on the mobile phone (see the
If the mobile phone was previously connected
the mobile phone in single telephone mode
manufacturer's operating instructions)
with another mobile phone, this connection is
( / page 574). Connect the mobile phone in
R The mobile phone's screen is switched on and
cancelled.
two phone mode ( / page 574).
unlocked (see the manufacturer's operating
▌Disconnecting or deleting a mobile phone
Replacing a mobile phone
instructions)
Multimedia system:
Hold the NFC interface of the mobile phone
Connecting a mobile phone
#
4 © 5 Phone 5 Z 5 Devices
(see the manufacturer's operating instruc-
tions) against NFC interface 1 in the front
Disconnecting a mobile phone
storage compartment.
# Select Disconnect.
# Follow the additional prompts on the media
If applicable, the mobile phone will be auto-
display to replace the mobile phone in single
matically reconnected when the vehicle is next
or two phone mode ( / page 574).
started.
# If required, confirm the prompts on your
Deleting a mobile phone
mobile phone (see the manufacturer's operat-
ing instructions).
# Select Devices.
% If your mobile phone supports wireless charg-
# Select Ä in the line of the mobile phone.
ing, it can be charged on the mat
Hold the NFC interface of the mobile phone
# Select Delete device.
#
( / page 230).
(see manufacturer's operating instructions) on
The mobile phone is deleted from the system.
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 577% If the mobile phone is not charging, switch offFurther information on the recommended recep-Starting mobile phone voice recognitionNFC on the mobile phone (see the manufac-tion and transmission volume: Press and hold the £ button on the multi-turer's operating instructions). steering wheel for more than oneFurther information can be found at: the recognition is started for the currentlyMultimedia system:selected mobile phone.▌Setting the reception and transmission volume4 © 5 Phone 5 Z 5 RingtonesStopping mobile phone voice recognition# Set the :# Press the 8 or ~ button on the multi-R A mobile phone is connected ( / page 574).% If the mobile phone supports the transfer offunction steering ringtone, you will hear the ringtone of theMultimedia system:mobile phone instead of that of the vehicle% If a mobile phone is connected via Smart-4 © 5 Phone 5 Z 5 Devicesaudio Integration, the voice recognition of5 Devicesthis mobile phone is always started or stop-▌Starting or stopping mobile phone voice function ensures optimal language % Please note that the respective mobile phone▌Note about contact suggestionsRequirementsmust be selected for adjustment of the recep-The multimedia system can show contact sugges-R At least one mobile phone is connected to thetion and transmission based on frequently used contacts, outgoingmultimedia system ( / page 574).calls and text messages. For this, the Allow con-# Select Ä in the line of the mobile phone.R The tab with the mobile phone for which voicetact suggestions option must be switched on# Select should be started is selected( / page 512).# Set the reception and transmission volume( / page 574).When you open the call list or the message menu,using Reception volume and Transmissioncontacts
MBUX multimedia system 577
% If the mobile phone is not charging, switch off
Further information on the recommended recep-
Starting mobile phone voice recognition
NFC on the mobile phone (see the manufac-
tion and transmission volume:
# Press and hold the £ button on the multi-
turer's operating instructions).
function steering wheel for more than one
Further information can be found at:
second.
▌Setting the ringtone
Voice recognition is started for the currently
Multimedia system:
selected mobile phone.
▌Setting the reception and transmission volume
4 © 5 Phone 5 Z 5 Ringtones
Stopping mobile phone voice recognition
# Set the ringtone.
Requirements:
# Press the 8 or ~ button on the multi-
R A mobile phone is connected ( / page 574).
% If the mobile phone supports the transfer of
function steering wheel.
the ringtone, you will hear the ringtone of the
Multimedia system:
mobile phone instead of that of the vehicle
% If a mobile phone is connected via Smart-
4 © 5 Phone 5 Z 5 Devices
audio system.
phone Integration, the voice recognition of
5 Devices
this mobile phone is always started or stop-
▌Starting or stopping mobile phone voice recog-
ped.
This function ensures optimal language quality.
nition
% Please note that the respective mobile phone
▌Note about contact suggestions
Requirements
must be selected for adjustment of the recep-
The multimedia system can show contact sugges-
R At least one mobile phone is connected to the
tion and transmission volume.
tions based on frequently used contacts, outgoing
multimedia system ( / page 574).
calls and text messages. For this, the Allow con-
# Select Ä in the line of the mobile phone.
R The tab with the mobile phone for which voice
tact suggestions option must be switched on
# Select Volume.
recognition should be started is selected
( / page 512).
# Set the reception and transmission volume
( / page 574).
When you open the call list or the message menu,
using Reception volume and Transmission
contacts which you can call or write to will be sug-
volume.
gested to you. Suggestions will be shown in the
Suggestionstab.
F167 0057 02
578 MBUX multimedia system% The multimedia system does not use the con-CallsPutting a call on In-Car Ofoce's to-do listtent of messages for suggestions.# Select À Put call on In-Car Office's to-do▌Telephone operationlist.▌Selecting options for contact suggestionsMultimedia system:4 © 5 Phone▌Activating functions during a callRequirementsR The Allow contact suggestions option isMaking a call by entering numbersThe following functions are available during a call:switched on ( / page 512).R k End call# Select _.R The multimedia system has gathered sufocientR m Micro. off# Enter a in order to show contact suggestions.R _ Keypad (show to send DTMF tones)# Select system:The call is made.R Á Add call4 © 5 PhoneR Hands-freeAccepting a call# Select Call list or the call, e.g. to Front, Rear or All# Select R Accept .# Select a call# Select Ä in the line of the suggested con-R Private modetact.# Select k Reject .Transfer the call to the telephone or head-The following option is available for selection:phones, for a call with a messageR Do not suggest now# Select s Answer w a function.#% Observe that the functions and symbols canEnding a callvary depending on the vehicle equipment.# Select k.F167 0057 02
578 MBUX multimedia system
% The multimedia system does not use the con-
Calls
Putting a call on In-Car Ofoce's to-do list
tent of messages for suggestions.
# Select À Put call on In-Car Office's to-do
▌Telephone operation
list.
▌Selecting options for contact suggestions
Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Phone
▌Activating functions during a call
Requirements
R The Allow contact suggestions option is
Making a call by entering numbers
The following functions are available during a call:
switched on ( / page 512).
R k End call
# Select _.
R The multimedia system has gathered sufocient
R m Micro. off
# Enter a number.
data in order to show contact suggestions.
R _ Keypad (show to send DTMF tones)
# Select R.
Multimedia system:
The call is made.
R Á Add call
4 © 5 Phone
R Hands-free
Accepting a call
# Select Call list or Contacts.
Transfer the call, e.g. to Front, Rear or All
# Select R Accept .
# Select Suggestions.
seats.
Rejecting a call
# Select Ä in the line of the suggested con-
R Private mode
tact.
# Select k Reject .
Transfer the call to the telephone or head-
The following option is available for selection:
phones, for example.
Answering a call with a message
R Do not suggest now
# Select s Answer w SMS.
Select a function.
#
% Observe that the functions and symbols can
Ending a call
vary depending on the vehicle equipment.
# Select k.
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 579▌Conducting calls with several participants▌Accepting or rejecting a waiting callYou answer with a k Reject.R There is an active call ( / page 578).R There is an active call ( / page 578).#% The function and the behaviour depend onR Another call is being you receive a call while already in a call, a mes-your mobile phone network provider as wellsage is between callsas on the mobile phone (see the manufactur-Depending on the mobile phone and mobileer's operating instructions).# Select the network provider you will hear a call wait-The selected call is active. The other call is on▌Using the international dialling codeing system:Alternatively, in two phone mode you will hear anActivating a call on hold4 © 5 Phone 5 _acoustic signal when the call goes through to theother (not yet active) mobile phone.# Select the contact of the call on hold.# Press and "0" until a "+" appears in the selec-# Select R a conference callThe incoming call is active.# Enter the numbers of the country code,# Select  only one mobile phone is connected withregional code and the telephone new participant is included in the confer-the multimedia system, the previous call will# Select put on call is an active callIf during a call you accept a call with the othermobile phone when in two phone mode then# Select k End existing call is ended.% On some mobile phones, the call on hold isoractivated as soon as the active call is ended.# Select Answer w incoming call is not accepted.F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 579
▌Conducting calls with several participants
▌Accepting or rejecting a waiting call
You answer with a message.
or
Requirements
Requirements
Select k Reject.
R There is an active call ( / page 578).
R There is an active call ( / page 578).
#
% The function and the behaviour depend on
R Another call is being made.
If you receive a call while already in a call, a mes-
your mobile phone network provider as well
sage is displayed.
Switching between calls
as on the mobile phone (see the manufactur-
Depending on the mobile phone and mobile
er's operating instructions).
# Select the contact.
phone network provider you will hear a call wait-
The selected call is active. The other call is on
▌Using the international dialling code
ing signal.
hold.
Multimedia system:
Alternatively, in two phone mode you will hear an
Activating a call on hold
4 © 5 Phone 5 _
acoustic signal when the call goes through to the
other (not yet active) mobile phone.
# Select the contact of the call on hold.
# Press and "0" until a "+" appears in the selec-
# Select R Accept.
tion field.
Conducting a conference call
The incoming call is active.
# Enter the numbers of the country code,
# Select  Conference.
If only one mobile phone is connected with
regional code and the telephone number.
The new participant is included in the confer-
the multimedia system, the previous call will
# Select R.
ence call.
be put on hold.
The call is made.
Ending an active call
If during a call you accept a call with the other
mobile phone when in two phone mode then
# Select k End call.
the existing call is ended.
% On some mobile phones, the call on hold is
or
activated as soon as the active call is ended.
# Select Answer w SMS.
The incoming call is not accepted.
F167 0057 02
580 MBUX multimedia systemContactsDownloading mobile phone favourite contactsR Relationship (if set)If the mobile phone supports the function, the▌Information about the contacts menu▌Managing the format of a contact's namefavourites of the mobile phone are automaticallyThe contacts menu contains all contacts fromMultimedia system:loaded and appear in the overview of the phoneexisting data sources, e.g. mobile phone or data4 © 5 Phone 5 medium.# Select Contacts.▌Calling up contactsDepending on the data source, it is possible to# Select Name system:save/load the following number of contacts:# Select an option.4 © 5 Phone 5 ContactsR Permanently saved contacts: 3,000 entries▌Overview of importing contactsThe following options can be used to search forR Contacts loaded from the mobile phone:contacts:5,000 entries per mobile phoneImporting contacts into the contacts menuR Searching by initialsFrom the contacts menu, you can perform the fol-SourceRequirementsR Searching by namelowing actions:R Searching by phone number° USB deviceThe USB device isR Make a call, for example call a contactconnected with the( / page 581)Enter characters into the search field.#USB port.R Navigation ( / page 534)Select the contact.#Mobile phoneA mobile phone isR Compose messages ( / page 583)A contact can contain the following details:connected to the mul-R Additional options ( / page 581)R Phone numberstimedia system viaBluetooth ® .R Navigation addressesMobile phone contacts are automatically dis-played when a mobile phone is connected to theR Internet addressContacts are availa-multimedia system ( / page 574).ble.R Email addressesF167 0057 02
580 MBUX multimedia system
Contacts
Downloading mobile phone favourite contacts
R Relationship (if set)
If the mobile phone supports the function, the
▌Information about the contacts menu
▌Managing the format of a contact's name
favourites of the mobile phone are automatically
The contacts menu contains all contacts from
Multimedia system:
loaded and appear in the overview of the phone
existing data sources, e.g. mobile phone or data
4 © 5 Phone 5 Z
menu.
storage medium.
# Select Contacts.
▌Calling up contacts
Depending on the data source, it is possible to
# Select Name format.
Multimedia system:
save/load the following number of contacts:
# Select an option.
4 © 5 Phone 5 Contacts
R Permanently saved contacts: 3,000 entries
▌Overview of importing contacts
The following options can be used to search for
R Contacts loaded from the mobile phone:
contacts:
5,000 entries per mobile phone
Importing contacts into the contacts menu
R Searching by initials
From the contacts menu, you can perform the fol-
Source
Requirements
R Searching by name
lowing actions:
R Searching by phone number
° USB device
The USB device is
R Make a call, for example call a contact
connected with the
( / page 581)
Enter characters into the search field.
#
USB port.
R Navigation ( / page 534)
Select the contact.
#
Mobile phone
A mobile phone is
R Compose messages ( / page 583)
A contact can contain the following details:
connected to the mul-
R Additional options ( / page 581)
R Phone numbers
timedia system via
Bluetooth ® .
R Navigation addresses
Mobile phone contacts are automatically dis-
played when a mobile phone is connected to the
R Internet address
Contacts are availa-
multimedia system ( / page 574).
ble.
R Email addresses
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 581% Note that the imported contacts remain in the▌Calling a contactMultimedia system:vehicle and can be accessed at any timeMultimedia system:4 © 5 Phoneregardless of the connected mobile phones.4 © 5 Phone 5 ContactsDeleting all contacts▌Importing contacts into the contacts menu# Select ª Search Z.#Multimedia system:# Enter characters into the search field.# Select Contacts.4 © 5 Phone 5 Z 5 Contacts# Select the contact.# Select Delete all MBUX contacts.5 Import contacts# Select the telephone number.# Select an option.# Select a mobile phone <device name>, fromThe number is the contacts should be a contact▌Selecting further options in the contacts menu# Select an option.# Select system:▌Saving a mobile phone contact# Select r in the line of the contact.4 © 5 Phone 5 ContactsMultimedia system:# Select Ä.# Select r in the line of the contact.4 © 5 Phone 5 Contacts# Select Delete contact.# Select Ä.# Select r in the line of the mobile phone# Select Yes.# Select an .▌Deleting contacts# Select Ä.Call list# Select ▌Overview of the call list# Select Yes.R The contacts are saved in the on whether your mobile phone sup-The contact saved in the multimedia system isR To delete an individual contact, this has beenports the PBAP Bluetooth ® profile or not, this canidentified by the MBUX manually into the different effects on the presentation andfunctions of the call list.F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 581
% Note that the imported contacts remain in the
▌Calling a contact
Multimedia system:
vehicle and can be accessed at any time
Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Phone
regardless of the connected mobile phones.
4 © 5 Phone 5 Contacts
Deleting all contacts
▌Importing contacts into the contacts menu
# Select ª Search contacts.
Select Z.
#
Multimedia system:
# Enter characters into the search field.
# Select Contacts.
4 © 5 Phone 5 Z 5 Contacts
# Select the contact.
# Select Delete all MBUX contacts.
5 Import contacts
# Select the telephone number.
# Select an option.
# Select a mobile phone <device name>, from
The number is dialled.
which the contacts should be imported.
Deleting a contact
▌Selecting further options in the contacts menu
# Select an option.
# Select Contacts.
Multimedia system:
▌Saving a mobile phone contact
# Select r in the line of the contact.
4 © 5 Phone 5 Contacts
Multimedia system:
# Select Ä.
# Select r in the line of the contact.
4 © 5 Phone 5 Contacts
# Select Delete contact.
# Select Ä.
# Select r in the line of the mobile phone
# Select Yes.
# Select an option.
contact.
▌Deleting contacts
# Select Ä.
Call list
# Select Save.
Requirements
▌Overview of the call list
# Select Yes.
R The contacts are saved in the vehicle.
Depending on whether your mobile phone sup-
The contact saved in the multimedia system is
R To delete an individual contact, this has been
ports the PBAP Bluetooth ® profile or not, this can
identified by the MBUX symbol.
imported manually into the vehicle.
have different effects on the presentation and
functions of the call list.
F167 0057 02
582 MBUX multimedia system▌Selecting additional options in the call listText messagesIf the PBAP Bluetooth ® profile is supported, theMultimedia system:effects are as follows:▌Overview of message functions4 © 5 PhoneR The call lists from the mobile phone are dis-In the message menu you can receive text mes-played in the multimedia system.# Select ª Call and create and send them with the help ofthe MBUX voice assistant.R When connecting the mobile phone, you may# For contacts that are in the address book:have to confirm the connection for the PBAPselect the connected mobile phone supports the Blue-Bluetooth ® contact details are called ® MAP profile, the message functions can beused on the multimedia system.# For contacts where only one number is shownIf the PBAP Bluetooth ® profile is not supported,(not in the address book): select ç.You can obtain further information about settingsthe effects are as follows:and supported functions of Bluetooth ® -capable▌Deleting the call listR The multimedia system generates a call listmobile phones at a Mercedes-Benz service centreindependently as soon as calls are made inMultimedia system:or at: vehicle.4 © 5 Phone 5 <Device name>Some mobile phones require further settings afterR The call list is not synchronised with the call5 Z 5 Devicesbeing connected to the multimedia system to acti-lists in the mobile the messaging functionality (see manufactur-# Select Delete call 's operating instructions).▌Making a call from the call list# Select system:▌Setting message displays% This function is only available if your mobile4 © 5 PhoneMultimedia system:does not support the PBAP Bluetooth ® profile.# Select ª Call list.4 © 5 Phone 5 <Device name>5 Z 5 Devices# Select an call is made.# Select Message display.# Select On or Off.F167 0057 02
582 MBUX multimedia system
▌Selecting additional options in the call list
Text messages
If the PBAP Bluetooth ® profile is supported, the
Multimedia system:
effects are as follows:
▌Overview of message functions
4 © 5 Phone
R The call lists from the mobile phone are dis-
In the message menu you can receive text mes-
played in the multimedia system.
# Select ª Call list.
sages and create and send them with the help of
the MBUX voice assistant.
R When connecting the mobile phone, you may
# For contacts that are in the address book:
have to confirm the connection for the PBAP
select options.
If the connected mobile phone supports the Blue-
Bluetooth ® profile.
The contact details are called up.
tooth ® MAP profile, the message functions can be
used on the multimedia system.
# For contacts where only one number is shown
If the PBAP Bluetooth ® profile is not supported,
(not in the address book): select ç.
You can obtain further information about settings
the effects are as follows:
and supported functions of Bluetooth ® -capable
▌Deleting the call list
R The multimedia system generates a call list
mobile phones at a Mercedes-Benz service centre
independently as soon as calls are made in
Multimedia system:
or at:
the vehicle.
4 © 5 Phone 5 <Device name>
Some mobile phones require further settings after
R The call list is not synchronised with the call
5 Z 5 Devices
being connected to the multimedia system to acti-
lists in the mobile phone.
vate the messaging functionality (see manufactur-
# Select Delete call list.
er's operating instructions).
▌Making a call from the call list
# Select Yes.
Multimedia system:
▌Setting message displays
% This function is only available if your mobile
4 © 5 Phone
Multimedia system:
does not support the PBAP Bluetooth ® profile.
# Select ª Call list.
4 © 5 Phone 5 <Device name>
5 Z 5 Devices
# Select an entry.
The call is made.
# Select Message display.
# Select On or Off.
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 583▌Reading messagesMultimedia system:▌Forwarding messagesMultimedia system:4 © 5 Phone 5 <Device name>Multimedia system:4 © 5 Phone 5 <Device name>4 © 5 Phone 5 <Device name>5 ç5 ç# Using the MBUX voice assistant, speak the5 çvoice command Send a message to, andA message list is the read-aloud functionname the desired contact ( / page 475).# Speak the voice command Forward message.A message list is are guided by the voice text# To read aloud, select the ¬ symbol at the message.▌Calling a message sender#The message is read are guided by the voice system:▌Creating and sending a new message4 © 5 Phone 5 <Device name>▌Replying to a message in the messaging historyMultimedia system:5 çRequirements4 © 5 Phone 5 <Device name>A message list is shown.R There is an Internet connection.# Select r next to a contact.5 çR At least one mobile phone with reception isThe messaging history with this contact isconnected.A message list is .R If applicable, the message function must be# Select r next to a contact.# Select Ä.activated on the mobile messaging history with this contact isshown. You will be guided through the steps# Select the help of a voice dialogue.# Say the message.F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 583
▌Reading messages
Multimedia system:
▌Forwarding messages
Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Phone 5 <Device name>
Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Phone 5 <Device name>
4 © 5 Phone 5 <Device name>
5 ç
5 ç
# Using the MBUX voice assistant, speak the
5 ç
voice command Send a message to, and
A message list is shown.
Using the read-aloud function
name the desired contact ( / page 475).
# Speak the voice command Forward message.
A message list is shown.
You are guided by the voice dialogue.
Dictating text
# To read aloud, select the ¬ symbol at a
conversation.
Say the message.
▌Calling a message sender
#
The message is read aloud.
You are guided by the voice dialogue.
Multimedia system:
▌Creating and sending a new message
4 © 5 Phone 5 <Device name>
▌Replying to a message in the messaging history
Multimedia system:
5 ç
Requirements
4 © 5 Phone 5 <Device name>
A message list is shown.
R There is an Internet connection.
# Select r next to a contact.
5 ç
R At least one mobile phone with reception is
The messaging history with this contact is
connected.
A message list is shown.
shown.
R If applicable, the message function must be
# Select r next to a contact.
# Select Ä.
activated on the mobile phone.
The messaging history with this contact is
shown. You will be guided through the steps
# Select Call.
with the help of a voice dialogue.
# Say the message.
F167 0057 02
584 MBUX multimedia system▌Using telephone numbers, URLs or emailIf In-Car Ofoce and the email function areShowing appointments and triggering actions,#available: select an email address.e.g. reading aloud, placing a call, navigatingaddresses from a text messageIn-Car Ofoce opens.R E-mailRequirements% The availability of In-Car Ofoce is country-Reading, reading aloud, creating, answeringR An Internet connection is available to call up forwarding e-mailsURL.# Select an option.R Tasks and callsMultimedia system:▌Deleting a messageManaging tasks and pre-booked calls4 © 5 Phone 5 <Device name>Multimedia system:R Voice input5 ç4 © 5 Phone 5 <Device name>Creating appointments/reminders and tasksA message list is shown.5 ç% Alternatively, you can record text contents via# Select r next to a contact.A message list is MBUX voice assistant or via the dictationThe messaging history with this contact is# Select a information on the MBUX Voice Assis-# Press and hold on a message.# Select a telephone number or a URL in thetant ( / page 476).message.# To delete the message: select Delete.% Please note that certain functions are onlyIf a URL is selected the web browser when the vehicle is a telephone number is selected the followingIn-Car Ofoceoptions are available:▌Calling up In-Car Ofoce▌In-Car Ofoce functionsR CallRequirements:Using In-Car Ofoce, you can connect your onlineR New messageR You have a Mercedes me user to the multimedia The In-Car Ofoce service is activated in yourThe following functions are available:Mercedes me user account.R CalendarF167 0057 02
584 MBUX multimedia system
▌Using telephone numbers, URLs or email
If In-Car Ofoce and the email function are
Showing appointments and triggering actions,
#
available: select an email address.
e.g. reading aloud, placing a call, navigating
addresses from a text message
In-Car Ofoce opens.
R E-mail
Requirements
% The availability of In-Car Ofoce is country-
Reading, reading aloud, creating, answering
R An Internet connection is available to call up a
dependent.
and forwarding e-mails
URL.
# Select an option.
R Tasks and calls
Multimedia system:
▌Deleting a message
Managing tasks and pre-booked calls
4 © 5 Phone 5 <Device name>
Multimedia system:
R Voice input
5 ç
4 © 5 Phone 5 <Device name>
Creating appointments/reminders and tasks
A message list is shown.
5 ç
% Alternatively, you can record text contents via
# Select r next to a contact.
A message list is shown.
the MBUX voice assistant or via the dictation
The messaging history with this contact is
# Select a contact.
function.
shown.
Further information on the MBUX Voice Assis-
# Press and hold on a message.
# Select a telephone number or a URL in the
tant ( / page 476).
message.
# To delete the message: select Delete.
% Please note that certain functions are only
If a URL is selected the web browser opens.
available when the vehicle is stationary.
If a telephone number is selected the following
In-Car Ofoce
options are available:
▌Calling up In-Car Ofoce
▌In-Car Ofoce functions
R Call
Requirements:
Using In-Car Ofoce, you can connect your online
R New message
R You have a Mercedes me user account.
services to the multimedia system.
or
R The In-Car Ofoce service is activated in your
The following functions are available:
Mercedes me user account.
R Calendar
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 585R You have a user account with an onlineR R CallR Placing a call Rservice, for example Ofoce 365 or Gmail.R Z NavigateThis task function requires a telephone num-In this way, appointments, e-mails and tasksber.R E Deletecan be synchronised and facilitated.R Marking as completed OSelect a function.#Multimedia system:In the current edit, an entry that has been% Functions are available if correspondingmarked as completed can be marked as open4 © 5 Appsappointment information is by removing the tick.# Select In-Car of this are:R Deleting EIndividual functions from In-Car Ofoce can beR If a telephone number has been saved forcalled up.R Displaying details rthe appointment, Call is a user account▌Marking an entry as completed in Tasks & CallsR If a navigable address has been saved inMultimedia system:# Select the desired online Online Account for the appointment,Navigate is available.4 © 5 Apps 5 In-Car Office# Scan the QR code.5 Tasks & calls# Follow the instructions on the device.▌Selecting functions of Tasks & Calls in "In-Car# Select Tasks & "▌Selecting calendar functions in In-Car OfoceAn overview system:Multimedia system:# Select O.4 © 5 Apps 5 In-Car Office4 © 5 Apps 5 In-Car Office5 Tasks & calls▌Reading and managing e-mails5 Calendar# Select a function for an system:# Select an appointment.4 © 5 Apps 5 In-Car Office 5 E-mailThe following functions are available:The following functions are available:# Select an e-mail.R Reading aloud .R . Read aloudThe e-mail is opened.F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 585
R You have a user account with an online
R R Call
R Placing a call R
service, for example Ofoce 365 or Gmail.
R Z Navigate
This task function requires a telephone num-
In this way, appointments, e-mails and tasks
ber.
R E Delete
can be synchronised and facilitated.
R Marking as completed O
Select a function.
#
Multimedia system:
In the current edit, an entry that has been
% Functions are available if corresponding
marked as completed can be marked as open
4 © 5 Apps
appointment information is saved.
again by removing the tick.
# Select In-Car Office.
Examples of this are:
R Deleting E
Individual functions from In-Car Ofoce can be
R If a telephone number has been saved for
called up.
R Displaying details r
the appointment, Call is available.
Linking a user account
▌Marking an entry as completed in Tasks & Calls
R If a navigable address has been saved in
Multimedia system:
# Select the desired online service.
the Online Account for the appointment,
Navigate is available.
4 © 5 Apps 5 In-Car Office
# Scan the QR code.
5 Tasks & calls
# Follow the instructions on the device.
▌Selecting functions of Tasks & Calls in "In-Car
# Select Tasks & calls.
Ofoce"
▌Selecting calendar functions in In-Car Ofoce
An overview appears.
Multimedia system:
Multimedia system:
# Select O.
4 © 5 Apps 5 In-Car Office
4 © 5 Apps 5 In-Car Office
5 Tasks & calls
▌Reading and managing e-mails
5 Calendar
# Select a function for an entry.
Multimedia system:
# Select an appointment.
4 © 5 Apps 5 In-Car Office 5 E-mail
The following functions are available:
The following functions are available:
# Select an e-mail.
R Reading aloud .
R . Read aloud
The e-mail is opened.
F167 0057 02
586 MBUX multimedia systemAdditional functions are available:Enter the subject and text of the e-mail in the% Contacts can be used from the contacts#corresponding fields with the or from linked online services such asR . Reading e-mailsOfoce 365 or Gmail. Further information# Select Send.R e Answering e-mails ( / page 586)about the contacts menu ( / page 580).▌Answering e-mailsR ¥ Forwarding e-mails ( / page 586)% Forwarding with an attachment is only possi-Multimedia system:ble if an attachment is available.R E Deleting e-mails4 © 5 Apps 5 In-Car Office 5 E-mail# To forward without attachment: select▌Creating new e-mailsForward without attachment.# Select an system:# Select Reply.# Enter the e-mail text in the corresponding field4 © 5 Apps 5 In-Car Office 5 E-mailusing the keypad.# Enter the e-mail text in the corresponding field# Select W Create e-mail .# Select the keypad.# Select f.# Select Send.▌Operating In-Car Ofoce using the MBUX Voice# Enter an e-mail address directly via the key-% Please note that e-mails can only be writtenAssistant and dictation the vehicle is system:or4 © 5 Apps 5 In-Car Office 5 E-mail▌Forwarding e-mails# Select an e-mail address from the system:Operating In-Car Ofoce using the dictation func-% Contacts can be used from the contacts4 © 5 Apps 5 In-Car Office 5 E-mailtionmenu or from linked online services such asThe dictation function allows you to dictate text# Select an 365 or Gmail. Further informationcontent, such as the subject or text of an e-mail,about the contacts menu ( / page 580).# Select of typing the content using the keyboard.% Please note that e-mails can only be written# To forward with attachment: select Forwardwhen the vehicle is attachment.F167 0057 02
586 MBUX multimedia system
Additional functions are available:
Enter the subject and text of the e-mail in the
% Contacts can be used from the contacts
#
corresponding fields with the keypad.
menu or from linked online services such as
R . Reading e-mails
Ofoce 365 or Gmail. Further information
# Select Send.
R e Answering e-mails ( / page 586)
about the contacts menu ( / page 580).
▌Answering e-mails
R ¥ Forwarding e-mails ( / page 586)
% Forwarding with an attachment is only possi-
Multimedia system:
ble if an attachment is available.
R E Deleting e-mails
4 © 5 Apps 5 In-Car Office 5 E-mail
# To forward without attachment: select
▌Creating new e-mails
Forward without attachment.
# Select an e-mail.
Multimedia system:
# Select Reply.
# Enter the e-mail text in the corresponding field
4 © 5 Apps 5 In-Car Office 5 E-mail
using the keypad.
# Enter the e-mail text in the corresponding field
# Select W Create e-mail .
# Select Send.
using the keypad.
# Select f.
# Select Send.
▌Operating In-Car Ofoce using the MBUX Voice
# Enter an e-mail address directly via the key-
% Please note that e-mails can only be written
Assistant and dictation function
board.
when the vehicle is stationary.
Multimedia system:
or
4 © 5 Apps 5 In-Car Office 5 E-mail
▌Forwarding e-mails
# Select an e-mail address from the contacts.
Multimedia system:
Operating In-Car Ofoce using the dictation func-
% Contacts can be used from the contacts
4 © 5 Apps 5 In-Car Office 5 E-mail
tion
menu or from linked online services such as
The dictation function allows you to dictate text
# Select an e-mail.
Ofoce 365 or Gmail. Further information
content, such as the subject or text of an e-mail,
about the contacts menu ( / page 580).
# Select Forward.
instead of typing the content using the keyboard.
% Please note that e-mails can only be written
# To forward with attachment: select Forward
when the vehicle is stationary.
with attachment.
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 587% The dictation function is not available every-The following are examples of some voice com-Apple CarPlay ®where with the full range of functions. For themands that you can use to operate In-Car Ofoce.▌Overview of Apple CarPlay ®first-time activation of the function it may be# To write new e-mail: say the voice command Inecessary to accept the Mercedes me con-want to send an e-mail to John Doe.& WARNING Risk of distraction from infor-nect terms of use in your Mercedes me userYou are guided by the systems and communicationsaccount.# To reply to an e-mail: say the voice commandequipmentThe following is an example of how you can dic-Reply to the subject and text of an you operate information systems and com-You are guided by the devices integrated in the vehicle# Select W Create e-mail .# To forward an e-mail: say the voice commandwhen driving, you could be distracted from the# Add recipients using situation. This could also cause you toDictate the text of the e-mail.# Select control of the dictation function is started.# To show tasks: say the voice command Show# Only operate this equipment when themy tasks.# Dictate the subject and text of the situation tasks are the voice input has been processed, it is# If you cannot be sure of this, stop theshown as text.# To create a calendar entry: say the voice com-vehicle whilst paying attention to roadmand Create a calendar entry tomorrow at 9# Select trafoc conditions and operate thea.m..equipment with the vehicle In-Car Ofoce using the MBUX VoiceYou are guided by the must observe the legal requirements for theWith the voice control of the MBUX Voice Assis-country in which you are currently driving whentant you can operate various functions of In-Caroperating the multimedia and speak in text conten
MBUX multimedia system 587
% The dictation function is not available every-
The following are examples of some voice com-
Apple CarPlay ®
where with the full range of functions. For the
mands that you can use to operate In-Car Ofoce.
▌Overview of Apple CarPlay ®
first-time activation of the function it may be
# To write new e-mail: say the voice command I
necessary to accept the Mercedes me con-
want to send an e-mail to John Doe.
& WARNING Risk of distraction from infor-
nect terms of use in your Mercedes me user
You are guided by the dialogue.
mation systems and communications
account.
# To reply to an e-mail: say the voice command
equipment
The following is an example of how you can dic-
Reply to e-mail.
tate the subject and text of an e-mail.
If you operate information systems and com-
You are guided by the dialogue.
munication devices integrated in the vehicle
# Select W Create e-mail .
# To forward an e-mail: say the voice command
when driving, you could be distracted from the
# Add recipients using f.
Forward e-mail.
trafoc situation. This could also cause you to
Dictate the text of the e-mail.
# Select p.
lose control of the vehicle.
The dictation function is started.
# To show tasks: say the voice command Show
# Only operate this equipment when the
my tasks.
# Dictate the subject and text of the e-mail.
trafoc situation permits.
The tasks are shown.
After the voice input has been processed, it is
# If you cannot be sure of this, stop the
shown as text.
# To create a calendar entry: say the voice com-
vehicle whilst paying attention to road
mand Create a calendar entry tomorrow at 9
# Select Send.
and trafoc conditions and operate the
a.m..
equipment with the vehicle stationary.
Operating In-Car Ofoce using the MBUX Voice
You are guided by the dialogue.
Assistant
You must observe the legal requirements for the
With the voice control of the MBUX Voice Assis-
country in which you are currently driving when
tant you can operate various functions of In-Car
operating the multimedia system.
Ofoce and speak in text contents.
iPhone ® functions can be used via the multimedia
% Further information on operating the MBUX
system using Apple CarPlay ® . They are operated
Voice Assistant ( / page 475).
F167 0057 02
588 MBUX multimedia systemThe service provider is responsible for this appli-% For safety reasons, the first activation ofusing the touchscreen, Touch Control or Siri ®cation and the services and content connected tovoice control. You can activate voice control byApple CarPlay ® on the multimedia and holding the £ button on the mul-must be carried out when the vehicle is sta-tifunction steering and the parking brake CarPlay ® is a registered trademark of Apple% By briefly pressing the £ button on theInc.# Connect the iPhone ® to a USB port on themultifunction steering wheel you can continuemultimedia system using a suitable cableYou can watch an animation on this topic via theto operate the multimedia system using the( / page 620).following link:MBUX Voice Assistant ( / page 475).When the application is connected for the first▌Information on Apple CarPlay ®time, a message about data protection regula-Only one iPhone ® at a time can be connected viations Apple CarPlay ® symbol in the status lineApple CarPlay ® with the multimedia within Apple CarPlay ® to the last active# Select Accept & start if the application shouldAlso for use of Apple CarPlay ® with two , only one additional mobile phone can beIf route guidance is active on the multimedia sys-orconnected using Bluetooth ® with the multimediatem, it is closed when route guidance is startedsystem.# Open the device manager ( / page 574).on the mobile phone.# Start Apple CarPlay ® using the relevant sym-As access to the iPhone ® is restricted by MBUXbol next to the device name.▌Connecting an iPhone ® via Apple CarPlay ®when an Apple CarPlay ® session is active, not allMBUX functions (e.g. dialling from the address(wired)% If applicable, a message about data protectionbook) can be fully provided for the connectedregulations :device. In this case use Apple CarPlay ® .# If required confirm the use o
588 MBUX multimedia system
The service provider is responsible for this appli-
% For safety reasons, the first activation of
using the touchscreen, Touch Control or Siri ®
cation and the services and content connected to
voice control. You can activate voice control by
Apple CarPlay ® on the multimedia system
it.
pressing and holding the £ button on the mul-
must be carried out when the vehicle is sta-
tifunction steering wheel.
tionary and the parking brake applied.
Apple CarPlay ® is a registered trademark of Apple
% By briefly pressing the £ button on the
Inc.
# Connect the iPhone ® to a USB port on the
multifunction steering wheel you can continue
multimedia system using a suitable cable
You can watch an animation on this topic via the
to operate the multimedia system using the
( / page 620).
following link:
MBUX Voice Assistant ( / page 475).
When the application is connected for the first
▌Information on Apple CarPlay ®
time, a message about data protection regula-
Only one iPhone ® at a time can be connected via
tions appears.
The Apple CarPlay ® symbol in the status line
Apple CarPlay ® with the multimedia system.
switches within Apple CarPlay ® to the last active
# Select Accept & start if the application should
Also for use of Apple CarPlay ® with two phone
display.
be started.
mode, only one additional mobile phone can be
If route guidance is active on the multimedia sys-
or
connected using Bluetooth ® with the multimedia
tem, it is closed when route guidance is started
system.
# Open the device manager ( / page 574).
on the mobile phone.
# Start Apple CarPlay ® using the relevant sym-
As access to the iPhone ® is restricted by MBUX
bol next to the device name.
▌Connecting an iPhone ® via Apple CarPlay ®
when an Apple CarPlay ® session is active, not all
MBUX functions (e.g. dialling from the address
(wired)
% If applicable, a message about data protection
book) can be fully provided for the connected
regulations appears.
Requirements:
device. In this case use Apple CarPlay ® .
# If required confirm the use of Apple CarPlay ®
R The current version of your device's operating
The full range of functions for Apple CarPlay ® is
system is being used (see the manufacturer's
on your iPhone ® .
only available with an Internet connection.
operating instructions).
Exiting Apple CarPlay ®
The availability of Apple CarPlay ® may vary
# Select ©.
according to the country.
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 589orMultimedia system:Press the © button on the Touch Control#(MBUX multimedia system).4 © 5 Phone 5 Z 5 DevicesPress the © button on the multifunction#steering wheel (MBUX multimedia system).% If Apple CarPlay ® was not displayed in theConnect the mobile phone using Bluetooth ®#foreground before disconnecting, the applica-% If Apple CarPlay ® was not displayed in the( / page 574).tion starts in the background when reconnec-foreground before disconnecting, the applica-When the application is connected for the firstted. You can call up Apple CarPlay ® using thetion starts in the background when reconnec-time, a message about data protection regula-Apple CarPlay ® symbol in the status . You can call up Apple CarPlay ® using theApple CarPlay ® symbol in the status line.# Select OK, start Apple CarPlay if the applica-▌Calling up Apple CarPlay ® sound settingstion should be system:▌Connecting an iPhone ® via Apple CarPlay ®# If required confirm the use of Apple CarPlay ®4 © 5 Settings 5 System 5 Audio(wireless)on your iPhone ® .# Select the sound % It is possible at any time to switch betweenR The current version of your device's operating▌Ending Apple CarPlay ®connection via Bluetooth ® or Apple CarPlay ®system is being used (see the manufacturer's(wireless) in the device list.# Select the Apple CarPlay ® symbol in theoperating instructions).device manager (telephone, media) that is% If you have already connected a mobile phoneR Bluetooth ® is activated on the device (see thenext to the device name of the iPhone ® .via Bluetooth ® , you can connect anothermanufacturer's operating instructions).iPhone ® via Bluetooth ® to use Apple CarPlay ®% Select the Apple CarPlay ® symbol in theR The device is "visible" for other the device manager in the telephone or mediaapplications if Apple CarPlay ® should be% For safety reasons, the first activation ofExiting Apple C
MBUX multimedia system 589
or
Multimedia system:
Press the © button on the Touch Control
#
(MBUX multimedia system).
4 © 5 Phone 5 Z 5 Devices
Press the © button on the multifunction
#
steering wheel (MBUX multimedia system).
% If Apple CarPlay ® was not displayed in the
Connect the mobile phone using Bluetooth ®
#
foreground before disconnecting, the applica-
% If Apple CarPlay ® was not displayed in the
( / page 574).
tion starts in the background when reconnec-
foreground before disconnecting, the applica-
When the application is connected for the first
ted. You can call up Apple CarPlay ® using the
tion starts in the background when reconnec-
time, a message about data protection regula-
Apple CarPlay ® symbol in the status line.
tions appears.
ted. You can call up Apple CarPlay ® using the
Apple CarPlay ® symbol in the status line.
# Select OK, start Apple CarPlay if the applica-
▌Calling up Apple CarPlay ® sound settings
tion should be started.
Multimedia system:
▌Connecting an iPhone ® via Apple CarPlay ®
# If required confirm the use of Apple CarPlay ®
4 © 5 Settings 5 System 5 Audio
(wireless)
on your iPhone ® .
# Select the sound settings.
Requirements
% It is possible at any time to switch between
R The current version of your device's operating
▌Ending Apple CarPlay ®
connection via Bluetooth ® or Apple CarPlay ®
system is being used (see the manufacturer's
(wireless) in the device list.
# Select the Apple CarPlay ® symbol in the
operating instructions).
device manager (telephone, media) that is
% If you have already connected a mobile phone
R Bluetooth ® is activated on the device (see the
next to the device name of the iPhone ® .
via Bluetooth ® , you can connect another
manufacturer's operating instructions).
iPhone ® via Bluetooth ® to use Apple CarPlay ®
% Select the Apple CarPlay ® symbol in the
R The device is "visible" for other devices.
via the device manager.
device manager in the telephone or media
applications if Apple CarPlay ® should be
% For safety reasons, the first activation of
Exiting Apple CarPlay ®
restarted.
Apple CarPlay ® on the multimedia system
# Select ©.
must be carried out when the vehicle is sta-
or
tionary and the parking brake applied.
F167 0057 02
590 MBUX multimedia systemThe full range of functions for Android Auto is only% If Apple CarPlay ® was not displayed in theand trafoc conditions and operate thepossible with an Internet before disconnecting, the applica-equipment with the vehicle starts in the background the next time itThe availability of Android Auto and Android Autois started automatically. You can call up AppleYou must observe the legal requirements for theapps may vary according to the ® using the relevant symbol in the sta-country in which you are currently driving whenThe service provider is responsible for this appli-tus the multimedia and the services and content connected toMobile phone functions can be used with using the Android operating system on theAndroid AutoYou can watch an animation on this topic via themultimedia system. They are operated using thefollowing link:▌Android Auto overviewtouchscreen, Touch Control or voice control. Youcan activate the voice control system by pressing▌Information on Android Autoand holding the £ button on the multifunction& WARNING Risk of distraction from infor-The Android Auto symbol in the status linesteering systems and communicationsswitches within Android Auto to the last activeequipment% By briefly pressing the £ button on steering wheel you can continueIf you operate information systems and com-If route guidance is active on the multimedia sys-to operate the multimedia system using themunication devices integrated in the vehicletem, it is closed when route guidance is startedMBUX Voice Assistant ( / page 475).when driving, you could be distracted from theon the mobile situation. This could also cause you toOnly one mobile phone at a time can be connec-▌Connecting a mobile phone via Android Autolose control of the via Android Auto with the multimedia system.(wired)# Only operate this eq
590 MBUX multimedia system
The full range of functions for Android Auto is only
% If Apple CarPlay ® was not displayed in the
and trafoc conditions and operate the
possible with an Internet connection.
foreground before disconnecting, the applica-
equipment with the vehicle stationary.
tion starts in the background the next time it
The availability of Android Auto and Android Auto
is started automatically. You can call up Apple
You must observe the legal requirements for the
apps may vary according to the country.
CarPlay ® using the relevant symbol in the sta-
country in which you are currently driving when
The service provider is responsible for this appli-
tus line.
operating the multimedia system.
cation and the services and content connected to
Mobile phone functions can be used with Android
it.
Auto using the Android operating system on the
Android Auto
You can watch an animation on this topic via the
multimedia system. They are operated using the
following link:
▌Android Auto overview
touchscreen, Touch Control or voice control. You
can activate the voice control system by pressing
▌Information on Android Auto
and holding the £ button on the multifunction
& WARNING Risk of distraction from infor-
The Android Auto symbol in the status line
steering wheel.
mation systems and communications
switches within Android Auto to the last active
equipment
% By briefly pressing the £ button on the
display.
multifunction steering wheel you can continue
If you operate information systems and com-
If route guidance is active on the multimedia sys-
to operate the multimedia system using the
munication devices integrated in the vehicle
tem, it is closed when route guidance is started
MBUX Voice Assistant ( / page 475).
when driving, you could be distracted from the
on the mobile phone.
trafoc situation. This could also cause you to
Only one mobile phone at a time can be connec-
▌Connecting a mobile phone via Android Auto
lose control of the vehicle.
ted via Android Auto with the multimedia system.
(wired)
# Only operate this equipment when the
Also for use of Android Auto with two phone
trafoc situation permits.
mode, only one additional mobile phone can be
Requirements:
connected using Bluetooth ® with the multimedia
R The mobile phone supports Android Auto from
# If you cannot be sure of this, stop the
system.
Android 5.0.
vehicle whilst paying attention to road
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 591R The current version of the Android Auto app isStart Android Auto using the relevant symbolR The device is "visible" for other devices.#installed on the mobile to the device name.R Bluetooth ® is activated on the multimedia sys-R In order to use the telephone functions, thetem ( / page 509)Exiting Android Automobile phone must be connected to the multi-# Select ©.% For safety reasons, the first activation ofmedia system via Bluetooth ® ( / page 574).orAndroid Auto on the multimedia system mustIf there was no prior Internet connection, thisbe carried out when the vehicle is stationary# Press the © button on the Touch Controlis established with the use of the mobilewith the parking brake.(MBUX multimedia system).phone with Android Auto.% The Android Auto function (wireless) is not% If Android Auto was not displayed in the fore-% For safety reasons, the first activation ofavailable in all before disconnecting, the applicationAndroid Auto on the multimedia system mustMultimedia system:starts in the background when carried out when the vehicle is stationaryYou can call up Android Auto using the4 © 5 Phone 5 Z 5 Deviceswith the parking Auto symbol in the status the mobile phone using Bluetooth ®# Connect the mobile phone to a USB port on#▌Connecting a mobile phone via Android Auto( / page 574).the multimedia system using a suitable cable(wireless)( / page 620).% Depending on the device configuration, theWhen the application is connected for the firstquery whether Android Auto should be startedRequirementstime, a message about data protection regula-may appear after connecting the mobileR The current version of your device's operatingtions via Bluetooth ® . In this case, the querysystem is being used (see the manufacturer's# Select Accept & start if the application shouldmust be answered with instructions).be started.# Select Start Android Auto.R The
MBUX multimedia system 591
R The current version of the Android Auto app is
Start Android Auto using the relevant symbol
R The device is "visible" for other devices.
#
installed on the mobile phone.
next to the device name.
R Bluetooth ® is activated on the multimedia sys-
R In order to use the telephone functions, the
tem ( / page 509)
Exiting Android Auto
mobile phone must be connected to the multi-
# Select ©.
% For safety reasons, the first activation of
media system via Bluetooth ® ( / page 574).
or
Android Auto on the multimedia system must
If there was no prior Internet connection, this
be carried out when the vehicle is stationary
# Press the © button on the Touch Control
is established with the use of the mobile
with the parking brake.
(MBUX multimedia system).
phone with Android Auto.
% The Android Auto function (wireless) is not
% If Android Auto was not displayed in the fore-
% For safety reasons, the first activation of
available in all countries.
ground before disconnecting, the application
Android Auto on the multimedia system must
Multimedia system:
starts in the background when reconnected.
be carried out when the vehicle is stationary
You can call up Android Auto using the
4 © 5 Phone 5 Z 5 Devices
with the parking brake.
Android Auto symbol in the status line.
Connect the mobile phone using Bluetooth ®
# Connect the mobile phone to a USB port on
#
▌Connecting a mobile phone via Android Auto
( / page 574).
the multimedia system using a suitable cable
(wireless)
( / page 620).
% Depending on the device configuration, the
When the application is connected for the first
query whether Android Auto should be started
Requirements
time, a message about data protection regula-
may appear after connecting the mobile
R The current version of your device's operating
tions appears.
phone via Bluetooth ® . In this case, the query
system is being used (see the manufacturer's
# Select Accept & start if the application should
must be answered with Yes.
operating instructions).
be started.
# Select Start Android Auto.
R The device supports the Android Auto function
or
When the application is connected for the first
(wireless).
time, a message about data protection regula-
# Open the device manager ( / page 574).
R Bluetooth ® is activated on the device (see the
tions appears.
manufacturer's operating instructions).
F167 0057 02
592 MBUX multimedia systemSelect Accept & start.▌Ending Android AutoR System ID (anonymised)## Select the Android Auto symbol in the device% It is possible at any time to switch betweenThe transfer of this data is used to optimise com-manager (telephone, media) that is next to theconnection via Bluetooth ® or Android Automunication between the vehicle and the mobiledevice name of the mobile phone.(wireless) in the device .% Select the Android Auto symbol in the device% If you have already connected a mobile phoneTo do this, and to assign several vehicles to themanager if Android Auto should be Bluetooth ® , you can connect anothermobile phone, a vehicle identifier is randomly gen-% If Android Auto was not displayed in the fore-mobile phone via Bluetooth ® to use before disconnecting, the applicationAuto via the device has no connection to the vehicle identifica-starts in the background the next time it istion number (VIN) and is deleted when the multi-Exiting Android Autostarted automatically. You can call up Androidmedia system is reset ( / page 516).Select ©.Auto using the Android Auto symbol in the#The following driving status data is transmitted:status Transmission position engaged# Press the © button on the Touch ControlR Distinction between parked, standstill, rolling(MBUX multimedia system).Transferred vehicle data with Android Auto andand drivingApple CarPlay ®% If Android Auto was not displayed in the fore-R Day/night mode of the driver displayground before disconnecting, the application▌Overview of transferred vehicle datastarts in the background when reconnected.R Drive typeWhen using Smartphone Integration, certain vehi-You can call up Android Auto using thecle data is transferred to the mobile phone. ThisThe transfer of this data is used to alter how con-Android Auto symbol in the status you to get the best out of selected mobiletent is displayed to correspond to the driving
592 MBUX multimedia system
Select Accept & start.
▌Ending Android Auto
R System ID (anonymised)
#
# Select the Android Auto symbol in the device
% It is possible at any time to switch between
The transfer of this data is used to optimise com-
manager (telephone, media) that is next to the
connection via Bluetooth ® or Android Auto
munication between the vehicle and the mobile
device name of the mobile phone.
(wireless) in the device list.
phone.
% Select the Android Auto symbol in the device
% If you have already connected a mobile phone
To do this, and to assign several vehicles to the
manager if Android Auto should be restarted.
via Bluetooth ® , you can connect another
mobile phone, a vehicle identifier is randomly gen-
% If Android Auto was not displayed in the fore-
mobile phone via Bluetooth ® to use Android
erated.
ground before disconnecting, the application
Auto via the device manager.
This has no connection to the vehicle identifica-
starts in the background the next time it is
tion number (VIN) and is deleted when the multi-
Exiting Android Auto
started automatically. You can call up Android
media system is reset ( / page 516).
Select ©.
Auto using the Android Auto symbol in the
#
The following driving status data is transmitted:
status line.
or
R Transmission position engaged
# Press the © button on the Touch Control
R Distinction between parked, standstill, rolling
(MBUX multimedia system).
Transferred vehicle data with Android Auto and
and driving
Apple CarPlay ®
% If Android Auto was not displayed in the fore-
R Day/night mode of the driver display
ground before disconnecting, the application
▌Overview of transferred vehicle data
starts in the background when reconnected.
R Drive type
When using Smartphone Integration, certain vehi-
You can call up Android Auto using the
cle data is transferred to the mobile phone. This
The transfer of this data is used to alter how con-
Android Auto symbol in the status line.
enables you to get the best out of selected mobile
tent is displayed to correspond to the driving sit-
▌Calling up the Android Auto sound settings
phone services. Vehicle data is not directly acces-
uation.
sible.
Multimedia system:
The following position data is transmitted:
4 © 5 Settings 5 System 5 Audio
The following system information is transmitted:
R Coordinates
# Select the sound settings.
R Software release of the multimedia system
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 593R SpeedMaking an emergency callR Compass direction# To open the cover of SOS button 2 , press itbriefly.R Acceleration direction# Press and hold SOS button 3 for at least oneThis data is used by the mobile phone to accuracy of the navigation (e.g. for continuityin a tunnel).If a Mercedes me call is active, an emergency callcan still be triggered. This has priority over allother active me calls▌Information about the Mercedes me call using▌Making a call via the overhead control panelthe me button% Mercedes me calls are not possible in everyA call to the Mercedes-Benz Customer Centre hascountry. Find out at a Mercedes-Benz servicebeen initiated via the me button in the overheadcentre if these functions are available in yourcontrol panel or the multimedia systemcountry.( / page 593).1 me button for service or information callsUsing the voice dialogue system you access the2 SOS button coverdesired service:3 SOS button (emergency call system)R Accident and Breakdown ManagementMaking a Mercedes me callR Mercedes-Benz Customer Centre for generalinformation about the vehicle# Press me button 1.You can find information on the following topics:R Activation of Mercedes me connectF167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 593
R Speed
Making an emergency call
R Compass direction
# To open the cover of SOS button 2 , press it
briefly.
R Acceleration direction
# Press and hold SOS button 3 for at least one
This data is used by the mobile phone to improve
second.
the accuracy of the navigation (e.g. for continuity
in a tunnel).
If a Mercedes me call is active, an emergency call
can still be triggered. This has priority over all
other active calls.
Mercedes me calls
▌Information about the Mercedes me call using
▌Making a call via the overhead control panel
the me button
% Mercedes me calls are not possible in every
A call to the Mercedes-Benz Customer Centre has
country. Find out at a Mercedes-Benz service
been initiated via the me button in the overhead
centre if these functions are available in your
control panel or the multimedia system
country.
( / page 593).
1 me button for service or information calls
Using the voice dialogue system you access the
2 SOS button cover
desired service:
3 SOS button (emergency call system)
R Accident and Breakdown Management
Making a Mercedes me call
R Mercedes-Benz Customer Centre for general
information about the vehicle
# Press me button 1.
You can find information on the following topics:
R Activation of Mercedes me connect
F167 0057 02
594 MBUX multimedia systemR Operating the vehicleThen you can select a service and be connectedR The collision detection service with theft notifi-to a specialist at the Mercedes-Benz Customercation has been activated on Mercedes meR Nearest Mercedes-Benz service .R Other products and services from Mercedes-Benz▌Calling the Mercedes-Benz Customer CentreIf a collision is detected when the tow-away pro-tection is primed on a locked vehicle, you willafter automatic accident or breakdown detectionData is transferred during the connection to thereceive a notification in the multimedia systemMercedes-Benz Customer Centre ( / page 596).Requirements:when you switch the vehicle on.R The vehicle has detected an accident or break-▌Calling the Mercedes-Benz Customer CentreThe message informs you about the potentiallydown situation ( / page 353).affected area of the vehicle and the strength ofusing the multimedia systemR The vehicle is The hazard warning lights are switched the event an accident or breakdown is detec-R Access to a GSM network is , the emergency guide shows safety notes in% This function is not available in all countries.R The contract partner's GSM network coveragethe multimedia system display. This may take ais available in the respective vehicle can detect accident or breakdown sit-few under certain circumstances.R The vehicle must be switched on so that vehi-% The availability of collision detection dependscle data can be transferred for collision detection in the con-on the of accident recovery:After quitting the emergency guide display on theMultimedia system:R The vehicle is equipped with an anti-theftmultimedia system, a prompt appears asking4 © 5 Phone 5 ©alarm system (ATA) (code 551).whether you would like to get support from the# Call Mercedes me -Benz Customer Centre.R The vehicle is equipped
594 MBUX multimedia system
R Operating the vehicle
Then you can select a service and be connected
R The collision detection service with theft notifi-
to a specialist at the Mercedes-Benz Customer
cation has been activated on Mercedes me
R Nearest Mercedes-Benz service centre
Centre.
connect.
R Other products and services from Mercedes-
Benz
▌Calling the Mercedes-Benz Customer Centre
If a collision is detected when the tow-away pro-
tection is primed on a locked vehicle, you will
after automatic accident or breakdown detection
Data is transferred during the connection to the
receive a notification in the multimedia system
Mercedes-Benz Customer Centre ( / page 596).
Requirements:
when you switch the vehicle on.
R The vehicle has detected an accident or break-
▌Calling the Mercedes-Benz Customer Centre
The message informs you about the potentially
down situation ( / page 353).
affected area of the vehicle and the strength of
using the multimedia system
R The vehicle is stationary.
the collision.
Requirements
R The hazard warning lights are switched on.
In the event an accident or breakdown is detec-
R Access to a GSM network is available.
ted, the emergency guide shows safety notes in
% This function is not available in all countries.
R The contract partner's GSM network coverage
the multimedia system display. This may take a
is available in the respective region.
The vehicle can detect accident or breakdown sit-
few seconds.
uations under certain circumstances.
R The vehicle must be switched on so that vehi-
% The availability of collision detection depends
cle data can be transferred automatically.
Requirements for collision detection in the con-
on the vehicle.
text of accident recovery:
After quitting the emergency guide display on the
Multimedia system:
R The vehicle is equipped with an anti-theft
multimedia system, a prompt appears asking
4 © 5 Phone 5 ©
alarm system (ATA) (code 551).
whether you would like to get support from the
# Call Mercedes me connect.
Mercedes-Benz Customer Centre.
R The vehicle is equipped with the interior pro-
After confirmation, the multimedia system
tection (code 882).
# Select Call.
sends the required vehicle data. The data
R After your agreement, or if the Mercedes
R The vehicle is equipped with the Anti-Theft
transfer is shown in the display.
me connect service "Accident and Break-
Protection Package (code P54).
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 595down Management" is active, the vehiclebe confirmed or declined. After being% If you select Call later after the service mes-data is transferred automaticallydeclined, this will not be shown appears, the message is hidden and( / page 598).reappears at a later time.▌Arranging a service appointment via aR The Mercedes-Benz Customer Centre▌Giving consent to data transfer during aMercedes me calltakes your call and organises the break-If you have activated the maintenance manage-Mercedes me calldown and accident service, relevant vehicle data is transferredRequirementsautomatically to the Mercedes-Benz CustomerYou may be charged for these services.R There is an active Mercedes me call via theCentre. You will then receive individual recom-% Depending on the severity of the accident, anmultimedia system or the me button in themendations regarding the maintenance of yourautomatic emergency call can be control panel ( / page 593). has priority over all other active calls% The prompt to confirm data transfer does notRegardless of whether you have consented to the( / page 604).appear in all management service, the multime-% In addition, if the Mercedes me connectdia system reminds you after a certain amount ofIf the Accident and Breakdown Management serv-service "Telediagnostics" is active, a similartime that a service is due. A prompt appears ask-ices are not activated on Mercedes me, the Doprompt can appear after a delay in the eventing if you would like to make an want to transfer your vehicle data and theof a breakdown. If you are already in contactvehicle's position to the Mercedes-Benz Cus-# To arrange a service appointment: select the Mercedes-Benz Customer Centre ortomer Centre to improve the processing of yourAfter your consent, the vehicle data is trans-have already received support, this promptrequest? message is and the M
MBUX multimedia system 595
down Management" is active, the vehicle
be confirmed or declined. After being
% If you select Call later after the service mes-
data is transferred automatically
declined, this will not be shown again.
sage appears, the message is hidden and
( / page 598).
reappears at a later time.
▌Arranging a service appointment via a
R The Mercedes-Benz Customer Centre
▌Giving consent to data transfer during a
Mercedes me call
takes your call and organises the break-
If you have activated the maintenance manage-
Mercedes me call
down and accident assistance.
ment service, relevant vehicle data is transferred
Requirements
automatically to the Mercedes-Benz Customer
You may be charged for these services.
R There is an active Mercedes me call via the
Centre. You will then receive individual recom-
% Depending on the severity of the accident, an
multimedia system or the me button in the
mendations regarding the maintenance of your
automatic emergency call can be initiated.
overhead control panel ( / page 593).
vehicle.
This has priority over all other active calls
% The prompt to confirm data transfer does not
Regardless of whether you have consented to the
( / page 604).
appear in all countries.
maintenance management service, the multime-
% In addition, if the Mercedes me connect
dia system reminds you after a certain amount of
If the Accident and Breakdown Management serv-
service "Telediagnostics" is active, a similar
time that a service is due. A prompt appears ask-
ices are not activated on Mercedes me, the Do
prompt can appear after a delay in the event
ing if you would like to make an appointment.
you want to transfer your vehicle data and the
of a breakdown. If you are already in contact
vehicle's position to the Mercedes-Benz Cus-
# To arrange a service appointment: select Call.
with the Mercedes-Benz Customer Centre or
tomer Centre to improve the processing of your
After your consent, the vehicle data is trans-
have already received support, this prompt
request? message is shown.
ferred and the Mercedes-Benz customer
can be ignored or declined.
centre takes your preferred appointment date.
% The exact phrase may differ depending on the
% If you answer the prompt for support from the
The information is then sent to your desired
multimedia system installed.
Mercedes-Benz Customer Centre with Call
service outlet.
later, the message will be hidden and appear
# Select Yes.
This will contact you to confirm the appoint-
again later.
R The relevant vehicle data is sent automati-
ment and if necessary consult about the
The prompt triggered by the Mercedes me
cally ( / page 596).
details.
connect service "Telediagnostics", can either
F167 0057 02
596 MBUX multimedia systemorR The activated Mercedes me connect servicesR Telephone number of the communication plat-form installed in the vehicleSelect No and confirm.R The service selected in the voice control sys-#R Only call control data is transmittedtemIf a call is made for a service appointment via the( / page 596).service reminder, the following data is also trans-% A prompt for consent to the data transfer onlyMore information on Mercedes me: if the corresponding Mercedes service is not activated.R Current mileage and maintenance data▌Data transferred during a Mercedes me call% The scope of the data transmitted depends onIf a call is made after automatic accident or break-If you initiate a service call using Mercedes me,the vehicle model and vehicle equipment. Fordown detection using the multimedia system, thedata is transferred to enable targeted advice andtechnical reasons, not all data is available atfollowing data is also transmitted:an efocient times.R Current mileage and maintenance dataThe following requirements must be fulfilled forData transfer if Mercedes me connect servicesthe transfer of the data:R Current vehicle locationare not activatedR The vehicle is switched no Mercedes me connect services are activatedIf Accident and Breakdown Management is calledR The required data transfer technology is sup-and the data protection prompt has been con-via the voice control system and no service hasported by the mobile phone network the following data is transmitted:been activated, but the data protection query hasR The quality of the mobile connection is sufo-been confirmed, the following data can also beR Vehicle identification up from the vehicle by the Mercedes-BenzR Time of the callCustomer Centre:Multi-stage transfer depends on the following fac-R Reason for the initiation of the callR Current vehicle locationtors:R Confirmation of the data protection
596 MBUX multimedia system
or
R The activated Mercedes me connect services
R Telephone number of the communication plat-
form installed in the vehicle
Select No and confirm.
R The service selected in the voice control sys-
#
R Only call control data is transmitted
tem
If a call is made for a service appointment via the
( / page 596).
service reminder, the following data is also trans-
% A prompt for consent to the data transfer only
More information on Mercedes me:
mitted:
occurs if the corresponding Mercedes me
connect service is not activated.
R Current mileage and maintenance data
▌Data transferred during a Mercedes me call
% The scope of the data transmitted depends on
If a call is made after automatic accident or break-
If you initiate a service call using Mercedes me,
the vehicle model and vehicle equipment. For
down detection using the multimedia system, the
data is transferred to enable targeted advice and
technical reasons, not all data is available at
following data is also transmitted:
an efocient service.
all times.
R Current mileage and maintenance data
The following requirements must be fulfilled for
Data transfer if Mercedes me connect services
the transfer of the data:
R Current vehicle location
are not activated
R The vehicle is switched on.
If no Mercedes me connect services are activated
If Accident and Breakdown Management is called
R The required data transfer technology is sup-
and the data protection prompt has been con-
via the voice control system and no service has
ported by the mobile phone network provider.
firmed the following data is transmitted:
been activated, but the data protection query has
R The quality of the mobile connection is sufo-
been confirmed, the following data can also be
R Vehicle identification number
cient.
called up from the vehicle by the Mercedes-Benz
R Time of the call
Customer Centre:
Multi-stage transfer depends on the following fac-
R Reason for the initiation of the call
R Current vehicle location
tors:
R Confirmation of the data protection prompt
R Reason for the initiation of the call
R Country indicator of the vehicle
R The available mobile phone transmission tech-
R Set language for the multimedia system
nology
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 597If the data protection prompt has been rejected,used for other activated Mercedes me connectYou can use the following services via the following data is transmitted to enable targe-media system and the overhead control panel, forted advice and an efocient service:example:The incident-specific data is processed and storedin the Mercedes-Benz Customer Centre and, ifR Reason for the initiation of the callR Accident and Breakdown Management (merequired to process the incident, forwarded to thebutton or situation-dependent display in theR Rejection of the data protection promptservice partner authorised by the Mercedes-Benzmultimedia system)R Country indicator of the vehicleCustomer Centre. Take note of the data protec-R Mercedes-Benz Emergency Call System (auto-tion information on the Mercedes me InternetR Set language for the multimedia systemmatic emergency call and SOS button)page or in the recor-R Telephone number of the communication plat-ded message immediately after calling theThe Mercedes me connect Accident and Break-form installed in the vehicleMercedes-Benz Customer Management and the Mercedes-Benz emer-Data transfer if Mercedes me connect servicesgency call centre are available to you around the% The recorded message is not available inare if the respective service is activated willThe me button and the SOS button can be foundadditional incident-specific data be transmitted inon the vehicle's overhead control panelMercedes me connectthe second stage to enable an optimal service.( / page 593).▌Information on Mercedes me connectAn overview of the data transferred is containedYou can also call the Mercedes-Benz Customerin the data protection information for theCentre using the multimedia system% Mercedes me connect or individual MercedesMercedes me connect services. You can find( / page 594).me connect services are not available in everythese in yo
MBUX multimedia system 597
If the data protection prompt has been rejected,
used for other activated Mercedes me connect
You can use the following services via the multi-
services.
the following data is transmitted to enable targe-
media system and the overhead control panel, for
ted advice and an efocient service:
example:
The incident-specific data is processed and stored
in the Mercedes-Benz Customer Centre and, if
R Reason for the initiation of the call
R Accident and Breakdown Management (me
required to process the incident, forwarded to the
button or situation-dependent display in the
R Rejection of the data protection prompt
service partner authorised by the Mercedes-Benz
multimedia system)
R Country indicator of the vehicle
Customer Centre. Take note of the data protec-
R Mercedes-Benz Emergency Call System (auto-
tion information on the Mercedes me Internet
R Set language for the multimedia system
matic emergency call and SOS button)
page or in the recor-
R Telephone number of the communication plat-
ded message immediately after calling the
The Mercedes me connect Accident and Break-
form installed in the vehicle
Mercedes-Benz Customer Centre.
down Management and the Mercedes-Benz emer-
Data transfer if Mercedes me connect services
gency call centre are available to you around the
% The recorded message is not available in
are activated
clock.
every country.
Only if the respective service is activated will
The me button and the SOS button can be found
additional incident-specific data be transmitted in
on the vehicle's overhead control panel
Mercedes me connect
the second stage to enable an optimal service.
( / page 593).
▌Information on Mercedes me connect
An overview of the data transferred is contained
You can also call the Mercedes-Benz Customer
in the data protection information for the
Centre using the multimedia system
% Mercedes me connect or individual Mercedes
Mercedes me connect services. You can find
( / page 594).
me connect services are not available in every
these in your Mercedes me user account.
country. Find out at a Mercedes-Benz service
Please note that Mercedes me connect is a
centre if these functions are available in your
Mercedes-Benz service. In emergencies, first call
Data processing
country.
the national emergency services using the stand-
The data transmitted within the scope of the call
ard national emergency service telephone num-
Mercedes me connect consists of multiple serv-
is deleted from the processing system after the
bers. In emergencies, you can also use the
ices.
call is finished, in so far as this data is not being
F167 0057 02
598 MBUX multimedia systemMercedes-Benz emergency call systemR Breakdown assistance by a technician onprompt in the multimedia system only appears( / page 69).location and/or the towing away of the vehiclewhen the vehicle is the nearest Mercedes-Benz service centrePlease note the Mercedes me connect terms of% These services are subject to technicaluse and the data protection information forYou may be charged for these such as the mobile phone cover-Mercedes me connect. You can find these in yourR Addition to the emergency guide after auto-age, mobile network quality and the ability ofMercedes me user accident or breakdown detectionthe processing systems to interpret the trans-( / page 594)ferred data. In some circumstances, this can▌Information on Mercedes me connect Accidentresult in delays or the failure of the informa-In the event of a breakdown or accident, fur-and Breakdown Managementtion to appear in the multimedia vehicle data is sent which enables optimal% Accident and Breakdown Management is notsupport by the Mercedes-Benz CustomerPlease note that the service and breakdown call isavailable in every country. Contact aCentre and the authorised service partner ora Mercedes-Benz service. In emergencies, beMercedes-Benz service centre to find outbreakdown to contact the usual national emergencywhether this function is available in your coun-number first or use the Mercedes-Benz emer-R Addition to the Mercedes me connect call system ( / page 601).TelediagnosticsThe Accident and Breakdown Management canMore information about Mercedes me connectWith the Telediagnostics function, specificinclude the following functions:services can be obtained in the Mercedes me Por-wear and failure reports are recorded by theR Supplement to the Mercedes-Benz emergencytal: provider, in so far as these can becall system ( / page 69)clearly interpre
598 MBUX multimedia system
Mercedes-Benz emergency call system
R Breakdown assistance by a technician on
prompt in the multimedia system only appears
( / page 69).
location and/or the towing away of the vehicle
when the vehicle is stationary.
to the nearest Mercedes-Benz service centre
Please note the Mercedes me connect terms of
% These services are subject to technical
use and the data protection information for
You may be charged for these services.
restrictions such as the mobile phone cover-
Mercedes me connect. You can find these in your
R Addition to the emergency guide after auto-
age, mobile network quality and the ability of
Mercedes me user account.
matic accident or breakdown detection
the processing systems to interpret the trans-
( / page 594)
ferred data. In some circumstances, this can
▌Information on Mercedes me connect Accident
result in delays or the failure of the informa-
In the event of a breakdown or accident, fur-
and Breakdown Management
tion to appear in the multimedia system.
ther vehicle data is sent which enables optimal
% Accident and Breakdown Management is not
support by the Mercedes-Benz Customer
Please note that the service and breakdown call is
available in every country. Contact a
Centre and the authorised service partner or
a Mercedes-Benz service. In emergencies, be
Mercedes-Benz service centre to find out
breakdown assistance.
sure to contact the usual national emergency
whether this function is available in your coun-
number first or use the Mercedes-Benz emer-
R Addition to the Mercedes me connect service
try.
gency call system ( / page 601).
Telediagnostics
The Accident and Breakdown Management can
More information about Mercedes me connect
With the Telediagnostics function, specific
include the following functions:
services can be obtained in the Mercedes me Por-
wear and failure reports are recorded by the
R Supplement to the Mercedes-Benz emergency
tal:
service provider, in so far as these can be
call system ( / page 69)
clearly interpreted and are available through
▌Data transferred during Mercedes me connect
the monitoring of components that are subject
If necessary, the contact person at the
call services
to diagnostics.
Mercedes-Benz emergency call centre for-
The data transferred during a Mercedes me con-
wards the call to Mercedes me connect Acci-
If your vehicle detects a breakdown or threat
nect call depends on:
dent and Breakdown Management. Forward-
of a breakdown, you may be prompted via the
ing the call is however not possible in all coun-
multimedia system to contact the Mercedes-
R The reason for initiation of the call
tries.
Benz Customer Centre for further help. This
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 599R The service that is selected in the voice con-% Make sure you always keep the Mercedes me% If the Mercedes me App is available on atrol systemApps phone, the vehicle connection can beaccomplished using the QR code shown.R The activated Mercedes me connect services▌Calling up the Mercedes me user account▌Calling up the Mercedes me servicesMultimedia system:You can find out which data is transferred whenusing the services in the currently valid Mercedes4 © 5 Apps 5 Mercedes meRequirements:me connect terms of use and the data protectionR The vehicle is connected with the userVehicle is linked to user account and Mercedesinformation for Mercedes me connect. You is availablefind these in your Mercedes me user system:# Select Mercedes me about the linked user account4 © 5 Apps 5 Mercedes meMercedes me Appsappears.# Select My services.▌Information about Mercedes meThe Mercedes me connect services for whichYour vehicle is not linked to the user accountWith a Mercedes me user account you haveyou have a valid licence are displayed in alpha-access to Mercedes-Benz services and offers.% If you do not yet have a Mercedes me userbetical , you can create one at: is dependent both on the country or in the Mercedes meOrdering or extending Mercedes me . A valid email address or phone numberservicesYou can obtain further information at a Mercedes-is required for order or renew Mercedes me connect services,Benz service centre or in the Mercedes me Portal:use the Store.# Select ©. Select ©.# Select information about on-demand features via# Select me can be found in the "General notes"# Select Mercedes ( / page 91).# Follow the instructions on the display to linkthe user account with the vehicle.F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 599
R The service that is selected in the voice con-
% Make sure you always keep the Mercedes me
% If the Mercedes me App is available on a
trol system
Apps updated.
mobile phone, the vehicle connection can be
accomplished using the QR code shown.
R The activated Mercedes me connect services
▌Calling up the Mercedes me user account
▌Calling up the Mercedes me services
Multimedia system:
You can find out which data is transferred when
using the services in the currently valid Mercedes
4 © 5 Apps 5 Mercedes me
Requirements:
me connect terms of use and the data protection
R The vehicle is connected with the user
Vehicle is linked to user account and Mercedes
information for Mercedes me connect. You can
account.
me is available
find these in your Mercedes me user account.
Multimedia system:
# Select Mercedes me ID.
Information about the linked user account
4 © 5 Apps 5 Mercedes me
Mercedes me Apps
appears.
# Select My services.
▌Information about Mercedes me
The Mercedes me connect services for which
Your vehicle is not linked to the user account
With a Mercedes me user account you have
you have a valid licence are displayed in alpha-
access to Mercedes-Benz services and offers.
% If you do not yet have a Mercedes me user
betical order.
account, you can create one at:
Availability is dependent both on the country and
or in the Mercedes me
Ordering or extending Mercedes me connect
equipment.
App. A valid email address or phone number
services
You can obtain further information at a Mercedes-
is required for this.
To order or renew Mercedes me connect services,
Benz service centre or in the Mercedes me Portal:
use the Store.
# Select ©.
# Select ©.
# Select Apps.
Further information about on-demand features via
# Select Store.
Mercedes me can be found in the "General notes"
# Select Mercedes me.
section ( / page 91).
# Follow the instructions on the display to link
the user account with the vehicle.
F167 0057 02
600 MBUX multimedia system▌Deleting a connection between a user accountMultimedia system:▌Using the Gallery appand the vehicle4 © 5 AppsMultimedia system:4 © 5 Apps# Select an Select Gallery.R The user profile of the user account that wasThe following apps are available, for example:first linked to the vehicle is and video recordings are displayedR WeatherR The user profile is synchronisedfrom the following sources, for example:R Browser( / page 500).R Dashcam video recordingsR Additional apps, which are purchased orR A Mercedes me PIN has been subsequentlyR Collision detection imagesMultimedia system:R Video recordings and images from other% You can also access both of the first two appsavailable sources4 © 5 Apps 5 Mercedes mevia the quick access at Apps.R Favourites# Select Mercedes me ID.% The available features are fees may be applicable.# Select a tab.# Select Delete vehicle following functions are available for apps, for% Only the user, whose user account was firstFiltering displaysexample:connected with the vehicle can delete the# Select between all user accounts and theR Search function# Select an .R Filter function, for displaying search results atAll files, all images or all video recordings are▌Selecting appsthe current vehicle position or at the :Playing back a video recordingR Display of detailed informationR Depending on the app, the general terms and# Select 6.R Read-aloud functionconditions are starts.R Setting functionsF167 0057 02
600 MBUX multimedia system
▌Deleting a connection between a user account
Multimedia system:
▌Using the Gallery app
and the vehicle
4 © 5 Apps
Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Apps
# Select an app.
Requirements
# Select Gallery.
R The user profile of the user account that was
The following apps are available, for example:
first linked to the vehicle is selected.
Images and video recordings are displayed
R Weather
R The user profile is synchronised
from the following sources, for example:
R Browser
( / page 500).
R Dashcam video recordings
R Additional apps, which are purchased or
R A Mercedes me PIN has been set.
installed subsequently
R Collision detection images
Multimedia system:
R Video recordings and images from other
% You can also access both of the first two apps
available sources
4 © 5 Apps 5 Mercedes me
via the quick access at Apps.
R Favourites
# Select Mercedes me ID.
% The available features are country-dependent.
Licence fees may be applicable.
# Select a tab.
# Select Delete vehicle connection.
The following functions are available for apps, for
% Only the user, whose user account was first
Filtering displays
example:
connected with the vehicle can delete the
# Select Z.
connection between all user accounts and the
R Search function
# Select an option.
vehicle.
R Filter function, for displaying search results at
All files, all images or all video recordings are
▌Selecting apps
the current vehicle position or at the destina-
displayed.
tion
Requirements:
Playing back a video recording
R Display of detailed information
R Depending on the app, the general terms and
# Select 6.
R Read-aloud function
conditions are confirmed.
Playback starts.
R Setting functions
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 601To continue playback in full screen mode: tapSwitching write protection on or offMercedes-Benz emergency call system#on the display.% Active write protection is not supported by▌Information on available emergency call sys-# To pause playback: select 8.every To continue playback from the desired posi-# Press and hold on a types of emergency call system are availabletion: move the · position on the timeline# Activate D or deactivate E Write pro-to you in the vehicle:by sliding .R Mercedes-Benz emergency call system# To select the previous or next video record-Deleting filesing: swipe to the right or left.R 112 emergency call system (EU eCall)# Select ´.The Mercedes-Benz Emergency Call System is notScrolling and zooming images# To delete a single file: tap on a in all countries. You can find more infor-# To scroll: swipe on the image in one direction.ø will on the regional availability of the# To zoom: tap twice in quick succession on anMercedes-Benz emergency call system at:# To delete all files: tap on /.: To delete: select E.# To select the previous or next image: swipe toecall/A prompt right or following applies for both emergency call sys-# Select :Adding or removing a file from the favourites% A single file can be deleted even after a longR The transfer of specific data is required for the# Press and hold on a on the function of both emergency call sys-# Select Add to favourites/Remove fromtems. This will be explained in the "Data " section ( / page 605).A corresponding message appears.R Both emergency call systems are included asstandard equipment in your vehicle and areactivated at the factory.F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 601
To continue playback in full screen mode: tap
Switching write protection on or off
Mercedes-Benz emergency call system
#
on the display.
% Active write protection is not supported by
▌Information on available emergency call sys-
# To pause playback: select 8.
every app.
tems
# To continue playback from the desired posi-
# Press and hold on a file.
Two types of emergency call system are available
tion: move the · position on the timeline
# Activate D or deactivate E Write pro-
to you in the vehicle:
by sliding it.
tection.
R Mercedes-Benz emergency call system
# To select the previous or next video record-
Deleting files
ing: swipe to the right or left.
R 112 emergency call system (EU eCall)
# Select ´.
The Mercedes-Benz Emergency Call System is not
Scrolling and zooming images
# To delete a single file: tap on a file.
available in all countries. You can find more infor-
# To scroll: swipe on the image in one direction.
ø will appear.
mation on the regional availability of the
# To zoom: tap twice in quick succession on an
Mercedes-Benz emergency call system at:
# To delete all files: tap on /.
image.
# To delete: select E.
# To select the previous or next image: swipe to
ecall/
A prompt appears.
the right or left.
The following applies for both emergency call sys-
# Select Yes.
tems:
Adding or removing a file from the favourites
% A single file can be deleted even after a long
R The transfer of specific data is required for the
# Press and hold on a file.
press on the file.
intended function of both emergency call sys-
# Select Add to favourites/Remove from
tems. This will be explained in the "Data trans-
favourites.
fer" section ( / page 605).
A corresponding message appears.
R Both emergency call systems are included as
standard equipment in your vehicle and are
activated at the factory.
F167 0057 02
602 MBUX multimedia systemR The use of both emergency call systems isFor both systems, insufocient network cover-exempt from from the mobile phone network providerscan result in an emergency call not beingR Both emergency call systems only function in which the mobile phone network pro-viders offer mobile phone between the Mercedes-Benz emergency call system and the 112 emergency call system (EU eCall)Mercedes-Benz emergency call system112 emergency call system (EU eCall)R The Mercedes-Benz emergency call system is permanently logged in toR If you decide on the 112 emergency call system (EU eCall) only, then thethe mobile phone only logs in to the mobile phone network after the triggering of amanual or automatic emergency call.R Automatic and manual Mercedes-Benz emergency calls are transmittedto a Mercedes-Benz emergency call centre.R The 112 emergency call system (EU eCall) transmits automatic andmanual emergency calls directly to public coordination the event that the emergency call centre of the Mercedes-Benz emer-gency call system cannot be reached (e.g. due to a lack of network cov-erage), the 112 emergency call is carried out automatically.% The 112 emergency call system (EU eCall) inmobile network coverage and the technicalthe delegated regulation EU 2017/79 (Appen-your vehicle meets the delegated regulationinfrastructure of the public reception centresdix I). Other manufacturers are also permittedEU 2017/79. Proper and full functionality ofin the respective their batteries are certified accord-the 112 emergency call system (EU eCall)ing to the delegated regulation EU 2017/79.% Please observe that in the event of a repairdepends on circumstances beyond the influ-genuine Mercedes-Benz batteries must beThere is the option of deactivating the Mercedes-ence of Mercedes-Benz AG. This includesused which have been certified pursuant toBenz emergency call system and usi
602 MBUX multimedia system
R The use of both emergency call systems is
For both systems, insufocient network cover-
exempt from charges.
age from the mobile phone network providers
can result in an emergency call not being
R Both emergency call systems only function in
transmitted.
areas in which the mobile phone network pro-
viders offer mobile phone coverage.
Differences between the Mercedes-Benz emergency call system and the 112 emergency call system (EU eCall)
Mercedes-Benz emergency call system
112 emergency call system (EU eCall)
R The Mercedes-Benz emergency call system is permanently logged in to
R If you decide on the 112 emergency call system (EU eCall) only, then the
the mobile phone network.
system only logs in to the mobile phone network after the triggering of a
manual or automatic emergency call.
R Automatic and manual Mercedes-Benz emergency calls are transmitted
to a Mercedes-Benz emergency call centre.
R The 112 emergency call system (EU eCall) transmits automatic and
manual emergency calls directly to public coordination centres.
In the event that the emergency call centre of the Mercedes-Benz emer-
gency call system cannot be reached (e.g. due to a lack of network cov-
erage), the 112 emergency call is carried out automatically.
% The 112 emergency call system (EU eCall) in
mobile network coverage and the technical
the delegated regulation EU 2017/79 (Appen-
your vehicle meets the delegated regulation
infrastructure of the public reception centres
dix I). Other manufacturers are also permitted
EU 2017/79. Proper and full functionality of
in the respective countries.
provided their batteries are certified accord-
the 112 emergency call system (EU eCall)
ing to the delegated regulation EU 2017/79.
% Please observe that in the event of a repair
depends on circumstances beyond the influ-
genuine Mercedes-Benz batteries must be
There is the option of deactivating the Mercedes-
ence of Mercedes-Benz AG. This includes
used which have been certified pursuant to
Benz emergency call system and using only the
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 603112 emergency call system (EU eCall). ContactIn the event of an automatically triggeredIndicators in the displaysaddress for carrying out deactivation of theemergency call in which there is no voice con-The following messages appear on the central dis-Mercedes-Benz emergency call system are thetact, the accident data is transmitted immedi-play or the media display of both emergency calllocal to the public emergency call :Mercedes-Benz recommends the activation of theR If the Mercedes-Benz emergency call centre isR SOS NOT READY: the vehicle is not switchednot available, the 112 emergency call is car-Mercedes-Benz emergency call system for the fol-on or the emergency call system is malfunc-ried out reasons:tioning. This does not necessarily indicateR In emergency situations when abroad, you can▌Overview of emergency call systemscomplete failure of the emergency call get support in a language you calls can still be the Mercedes-Benz emergency call systemas well as the 112 emergency call system (EUR Several transmission technologies are used toThe display only refers to the vehicle and doeseCall) can help to reduce the time between anaccelerate the transfer of the accident datanot take account of the availability of mobileaccident and the arrival of emergency services atand improve reliability of the networks and the Mercedes-Benz emer-the site of the accident. They help locate an acci-gency call centre.R The Mercedes-Benz emergency call system isdent site in places that are difocult to logged in to the mobile phoneThe functional readiness of the emergency callBoth emergency call systems can initiate an emer-network, which ensures faster placement ofsystem on the vehicle can be seen when thegency call automatically ( / page 604) or man-the emergency call and faster transfer of theSOS NOT READY display disappears o
MBUX multimedia system 603
112 emergency call system (EU eCall). Contact
In the event of an automatically triggered
Indicators in the displays
address for carrying out deactivation of the
emergency call in which there is no voice con-
The following messages appear on the central dis-
Mercedes-Benz emergency call system are the
tact, the accident data is transmitted immedi-
play or the media display of both emergency call
local dealers.
ately to the public emergency call centre.
systems:
Mercedes-Benz recommends the activation of the
R If the Mercedes-Benz emergency call centre is
R SOS NOT READY: the vehicle is not switched
not available, the 112 emergency call is car-
Mercedes-Benz emergency call system for the fol-
on or the emergency call system is malfunc-
ried out automatically.
lowing reasons:
tioning. This does not necessarily indicate
R In emergency situations when abroad, you can
▌Overview of emergency call systems
complete failure of the emergency call system.
also get support in a language you speak.
Emergency calls can still be transmitted.
Both the Mercedes-Benz emergency call system
as well as the 112 emergency call system (EU
R Several transmission technologies are used to
The display only refers to the vehicle and does
eCall) can help to reduce the time between an
accelerate the transfer of the accident data
not take account of the availability of mobile
accident and the arrival of emergency services at
and improve reliability of the transmission.
phone networks and the Mercedes-Benz emer-
the site of the accident. They help locate an acci-
gency call centre.
R The Mercedes-Benz emergency call system is
dent site in places that are difocult to access.
permanently logged in to the mobile phone
The functional readiness of the emergency call
Both emergency call systems can initiate an emer-
network, which ensures faster placement of
system on the vehicle can be seen when the
gency call automatically ( / page 604) or man-
the emergency call and faster transfer of the
SOS NOT READY display disappears once the
ually ( / page 604).
accident data.
vehicle is switched on.
Only make emergency calls if you or others are in
Measures for rescue, recovery or towing away
R G: the icon appears in the display during
need of rescue. Do not make an emergency call in
can then be initiated in quickly.
an active emergency call.
the event of a breakdown or a similar situation.
R With a Mercedes-Benz emergency call, the
% If there is a malfunction of the emergency call
accident data is only transferred to the public
system, the loudspeakers, microphone, airbag
coordination centre with the approval of the
or the SOS button, for example, are faulty.
customer.
F167 0057 02
604 MBUX multimedia systemYou can recognise a fault in the emergencyThe SOS button in the overhead control panelTo use voice control: use the voice commands#flashes until the emergency call is the MBUX voice assistant ( / page 479).call system by the following displays:If no connection can be made to the public emer-The emergency call has been made:R A corresponding message will also appeargency services, a corresponding messagein the driver display.R A voice connection is established with anappears in the call centre.R The SOS button lights up red continuously.# Dial the emergency number 112 or the appro-R Remain in the vehicle if the road and trafoc▌Triggering an automatic emergency callpriate local emergency call number on yourconditions permit you to do so until a voicemobile is established with the emergencyRequirements:If an emergency call has been initiated:call centre.R The vehicle is switched on.R If the trafoc conditions and safety permit,R On the basis of the call, the emergency callR The starter battery is sufociently in the vehicle until a voice connectioncentre decides whether it is necessary to callBoth the Mercedes-Benz emergency call systemis established with the emergency call teams and the police to the accidentas well as the 112 emergency call system (EUsite.R On the basis of the call, the emergency calleCall) automatically initiate an emergency call:centre decides whether it is necessary to callR A message with accident data is transmittedR After activation of the restraint systems suchrescue teams and/or the police to the acci-to the emergency call airbags or seat belt tensioners after andent no connection can be made to the public emer-accidentR If no vehicle occupant answers, an ambulancegency services, a corresponding messageis sent to the vehicle emergency call has been made:appears in the display.▌Triggering a manual emergency call
604 MBUX multimedia system
You can recognise a fault in the emergency
The SOS button in the overhead control panel
To use voice control: use the voice commands
#
flashes until the emergency call is finished.
of the MBUX voice assistant ( / page 479).
call system by the following displays:
If no connection can be made to the public emer-
The emergency call has been made:
R A corresponding message will also appear
gency services, a corresponding message
in the driver display.
R A voice connection is established with an
appears in the display.
emergency call centre.
R The SOS button lights up red continuously.
# Dial the emergency number 112 or the appro-
R Remain in the vehicle if the road and trafoc
▌Triggering an automatic emergency call
priate local emergency call number on your
conditions permit you to do so until a voice
mobile phone.
connection is established with the emergency
Requirements:
If an emergency call has been initiated:
call centre.
R The vehicle is switched on.
R If the trafoc conditions and safety permit,
R On the basis of the call, the emergency call
R The starter battery is sufociently charged.
remain in the vehicle until a voice connection
centre decides whether it is necessary to call
Both the Mercedes-Benz emergency call system
is established with the emergency call centre.
rescue teams and the police to the accident
as well as the 112 emergency call system (EU
site.
R On the basis of the call, the emergency call
eCall) automatically initiate an emergency call:
centre decides whether it is necessary to call
R A message with accident data is transmitted
R After activation of the restraint systems such
rescue teams and/or the police to the acci-
to the emergency call centre.
as airbags or seat belt tensioners after an
dent site.
If no connection can be made to the public emer-
accident
R If no vehicle occupant answers, an ambulance
gency services, a corresponding message
is sent to the vehicle immediately.
The emergency call has been made:
appears in the display.
▌Triggering a manual emergency call
# Dial the emergency number 112 or the appro-
R A voice connection is established with the
priate local emergency call number on your
emergency call centre.
# To use the SOS button in the overhead con-
mobile phone.
trol panel: press the SOS button at least one
R A message with accident data is transmitted
second long ( / page 593).
to the emergency call centre.
or
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 605▌Emergency call system data transfereCall) data is transferred to the Mercedes-BenzDepending on the emergency call systememergency call centre or the public emergency( / page 601) activated different data is transmit-For both the Mercedes-Benz emergency call sys-services call to the appropriate emergency call as well as the 112 emergency call system (EUTransmitted data according to activated emergency call system:Mercedes-Benz emergency call112 emergency callR Position data of the vehicleR Position data of the vehicleR Position data on the route (a few 100 m before the incident)R Position data on the route (a few 100 m before the incident)R Direction of travelR Direction of travelR Vehicle identification numberR Vehicle identification numberR Drive type of the vehicle (e.g. petrol, diesel, CNG, LPG, electric or hydro-R Drive type of the vehicle (e.g. petrol, diesel, CNG, LPG, electric or hydro-gen)gen)R Number of people detected in the vehicleR Number of people detected in the vehicleR Whether the emergency call was initiated manually or automaticallyR Whether the emergency call was initiated manually or automaticallyR Time of the accidentR Time of the accidentR Language setting on the multimedia systemR Whether Mercedes me connect is available or notThis is a requirement for the option of forwarding the call to theMercedes-Benz Customer Centre if necessary.F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 605
▌Emergency call system data transfer
eCall) data is transferred to the Mercedes-Benz
Depending on the emergency call system
emergency call centre or the public emergency
( / page 601) activated different data is transmit-
For both the Mercedes-Benz emergency call sys-
services call centre.
ted to the appropriate emergency call centre.
tem as well as the 112 emergency call system (EU
Transmitted data according to activated emergency call system:
Mercedes-Benz emergency call
112 emergency call
R Position data of the vehicle
R Position data of the vehicle
R Position data on the route (a few 100 m before the incident)
R Position data on the route (a few 100 m before the incident)
R Direction of travel
R Direction of travel
R Vehicle identification number
R Vehicle identification number
R Drive type of the vehicle (e.g. petrol, diesel, CNG, LPG, electric or hydro-
R Drive type of the vehicle (e.g. petrol, diesel, CNG, LPG, electric or hydro-
gen)
gen)
R Number of people detected in the vehicle
R Number of people detected in the vehicle
R Whether the emergency call was initiated manually or automatically
R Whether the emergency call was initiated manually or automatically
R Time of the accident
R Time of the accident
R Language setting on the multimedia system
R Whether Mercedes me connect is available or not
This is a requirement for the option of forwarding the call to the
Mercedes-Benz Customer Centre if necessary.
F167 0057 02
606 MBUX multimedia system% If only the 112 emergency call system (EUa text message on the driver's display and the redTo start the test mode: press and hold the#eCall) is activated in the vehicle, the accidentSOS NOT READY indicator on the central display~ button on the multifunction steeringdata is transmitted directly to the publicor media for at least five call test mode is started and automaticallyPlease, make sure, that during 30 seconds afterends after the language test has been per-For accident clarification purposes, the followingswitching vehicle ON the red indicator SOS in the upper right corner of display ismeasures can be taken up to an hour after theswitched OFF, this means the emergency call sys-# To stop manual test mode: switch off the vehi-emergency call has been initiated:tem passed diagnostics .R The current vehicle position can be deter-The test mode is .▌Starting/ending ERA-GLONASS test mode▌Information on data processingR A voice connection to the vehicle occupantsRequirementscan be established.R The starter battery is sufociently of personal data via the Mercedes-R Emergency call data can be called emergency call systemR The vehicle is switched processing of personal data via the Mercedes-% For Russia: various functions, e.g. receivingR The vehicle has been stationary for at leastBenz emergency call system corresponds with thetrafoc information, cannot be performed forone in the EU Regulation 2016/679 "onup to two hours after sending an emergencythe protection of natural entities with regard to% The test mode is currently available in the processing of personal data (GDPR)".lowing countries, for example:▌Self-diagnosis function of the emergency callThe data is solely used by the Mercedes-BenzR Russiasystememergency call system for rescue and recovery inR BelarusYour vehicle checks the funct
606 MBUX multimedia system
% If only the 112 emergency call system (EU
a text message on the driver's display and the red
To start the test mode: press and hold the
#
eCall) is activated in the vehicle, the accident
SOS NOT READY indicator on the central display
~ button on the multifunction steering
data is transmitted directly to the public
or media display.
wheel for at least five seconds.
emergency call centre.
The test mode is started and automatically
Please, make sure, that during 30 seconds after
ends after the language test has been per-
For accident clarification purposes, the following
switching vehicle ON the red indicator SOS NOT
formed.
READY in the upper right corner of display is
measures can be taken up to an hour after the
switched OFF, this means the emergency call sys-
# To stop manual test mode: switch off the vehi-
emergency call has been initiated:
tem passed diagnostics successfully.
cle.
R The current vehicle position can be deter-
The test mode is ended.
mined.
▌Starting/ending ERA-GLONASS test mode
▌Information on data processing
R A voice connection to the vehicle occupants
Requirements
can be established.
R The starter battery is sufociently charged.
Processing of personal data via the Mercedes-
R Emergency call data can be called up.
Benz emergency call system
R The vehicle is switched on.
All processing of personal data via the Mercedes-
% For Russia: various functions, e.g. receiving
R The vehicle has been stationary for at least
Benz emergency call system corresponds with the
trafoc information, cannot be performed for
one minute.
specifications in the EU Regulation 2016/679 "on
up to two hours after sending an emergency
the protection of natural entities with regard to
% The test mode is currently available in the fol-
call.
the processing of personal data (GDPR)".
lowing countries, for example:
▌Self-diagnosis function of the emergency call
The data is solely used by the Mercedes-Benz
R Russia
system
emergency call system for rescue and recovery in
R Belarus
Your vehicle checks the functionality of the emer-
the event of an accident.
gency call system every time the vehicle is
R Kazakhstan
The owner of a vehicle, that is equipped with a
switched on. During this time, the SOS button
R Armenia
Mercedes-Benz emergency call system in addition
lights up red continuously for five seconds. In the
to the 112 emergency call system (EU eCall), has
R Kyrgyzstan
event of a system failure, you will be informed via
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 607the right to use the 112 emergency call systemevant emergency call inquiry terminals. These areR The record of the activity data of both emer-instead of the Mercedes-Benz emergency call sys-configured by the appropriate authorities of thegency call systems is only kept for as long country in which they are located tois required to fulfil the purpose of handling thefirst accept and subsequently process emergencyemergency call, and under no circumstancesContact address for carrying out deactivation ofcalls to the standard European emergency callfor more than 13 hours after the time that anthe Mercedes-Benz emergency call system arenumber 112.emergency call is local for data processingRights of persons affected by the data processingProcessing of personal data via the 112 emer-The person affected by the data processing (thegency call system (EU eCall)Both emergency call systems are designed so thatvehicle owner) has the right to access the dataAll processing of personal data via the 112 emer-the following requirements are fulfilled:and if applicable can demand the correction, dele-gency call system (EU eCall) corresponds with theR The data contained in the system memory istion or barring of data that affects him or her andspecifications in the EU Regulation 2016/679 "onnot accessible outside the system prior to thethat the processing of which does not correspondthe protection of natural entities with regard toinitiation of an emergency the GDPR regulations. Each correction, dele-the processing of personal data (GDPR)" and istion or barring carried out according to this regu-R Both emergency call systems cannot bebased particularly on the necessity of upholdinglation must be shared with the third party totraced and there is no continuous tracking inthe vital interests of the affected person inwhich the data has been transmitted, providednormal with article 6, par
MBUX multimedia system 607
the right to use the 112 emergency call system
evant emergency call inquiry terminals. These are
R The record of the activity data of both emer-
instead of the Mercedes-Benz emergency call sys-
configured by the appropriate authorities of the
gency call systems is only kept for as long as
tem.
respective country in which they are located to
is required to fulfil the purpose of handling the
first accept and subsequently process emergency
emergency call, and under no circumstances
Contact address for carrying out deactivation of
calls to the standard European emergency call
for more than 13 hours after the time that an
the Mercedes-Benz emergency call system are
number 112.
emergency call is initiated.
the local dealers.
Arrangements for data processing
Rights of persons affected by the data processing
Processing of personal data via the 112 emer-
The person affected by the data processing (the
gency call system (EU eCall)
Both emergency call systems are designed so that
vehicle owner) has the right to access the data
All processing of personal data via the 112 emer-
the following requirements are fulfilled:
and if applicable can demand the correction, dele-
gency call system (EU eCall) corresponds with the
R The data contained in the system memory is
tion or barring of data that affects him or her and
specifications in the EU Regulation 2016/679 "on
not accessible outside the system prior to the
that the processing of which does not correspond
the protection of natural entities with regard to
initiation of an emergency call.
with the GDPR regulations. Each correction, dele-
the processing of personal data (GDPR)" and is
tion or barring carried out according to this regu-
R Both emergency call systems cannot be
based particularly on the necessity of upholding
lation must be shared with the third party to
traced and there is no continuous tracking in
the vital interests of the affected person in
which the data has been transmitted, provided
normal operation.
accordance with article 6, paragraph1, letter d of
this does not prove to be infeasible and does not
the GDPR.
R The data in the system's internal memory is
incur disproportionate expenditure.
automatically and continuously deleted.
The processing of this type of data is strictly limi-
The person affected by the data processing has
ted to the purpose of operating the emergency
R The location data of the vehicle is continu-
the right to complain to the appropriate data pro-
calls to the standard European emergency call
ously overwritten in the system's internal
tection authority should they be of the opinion
number 112.
memory, so that no more than the last three
that their rights have been infringed by the pro-
current locations required for the normal func-
Data recipient
cessing of their personal data.
tion of the system are available.
The recipients of data that is processed by the
112 emergency call system (EU eCall) are the rel-
F167 0057 02
608 MBUX multimedia systemResponsible contact point for the processing ofoperating mobile communication equipment inand trafoc conditions and operate theaccess rights: Konzernbeauftragter für den Daten-the with the vehicle , Mercedes-Benz Group AG, HPC E600,Depending on the vehicle's equipment and availa-D-70546 Stuttgart, GermanyYou must observe the legal requirements for thebility in the country, you can establish an Internetcountry in which you are currently driving whenconnection in the following ways:operating the multimedia and Internet functionsR Vehicles with a communication module:Internet connectionUsing the communication module includ-& WARNING Risk of accident from operating-ing data roaming ( / page 609)mobile communication equipment while▌Information on connecting to the Internetthe vehicle is in motionUsing Bluetooth ® or Wi-Fi with a data-ena--bled mobile phoneMobile communication devices distract the& WARNING Risk of distraction from infor-driver from the trafoc situation. This can alsomation systems and communicationsR Vehicles without a communication module:cause the driver to lose control of the Bluetooth ® with a data-enabled-# As a driver, only operate mobile commu-If you operate information systems and com-mobile phonenication devices when the vehicle is sta-munication devices integrated in the vehicleUsing Wi-Fi with a data-enabled driving, you could be distracted from thephonetrafoc situation. This could also cause you to# As a vehicle occupant, use mobile com-The Internet functions can only be used to a limi-lose control of the devices only in the designa-ted degree whilst area, e.g. in the rear passenger com-# Only operate this equipment when situation permits.# If you cannot be sure of this, stop theYou must observe the legal requirements for thevehicle whilst paying attention to roadcountry in whic
608 MBUX multimedia system
Responsible contact point for the processing of
operating mobile communication equipment in
and trafoc conditions and operate the
access rights: Konzernbeauftragter für den Daten-
the vehicle.
equipment with the vehicle stationary.
schutz, Mercedes-Benz Group AG, HPC E600,
Depending on the vehicle's equipment and availa-
D-70546 Stuttgart, Germany
You must observe the legal requirements for the
bility in the country, you can establish an Internet
country in which you are currently driving when
connection in the following ways:
operating the multimedia system.
Online and Internet functions
R Vehicles with a communication module:
Internet connection
Using the communication module includ-
& WARNING Risk of accident from operating
-
ing data roaming ( / page 609)
mobile communication equipment while
▌Information on connecting to the Internet
the vehicle is in motion
Using Bluetooth ® or Wi-Fi with a data-ena-
-
bled mobile phone
Mobile communication devices distract the
& WARNING Risk of distraction from infor-
driver from the trafoc situation. This can also
mation systems and communications
R Vehicles without a communication module:
cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
equipment
Using Bluetooth ® with a data-enabled
-
# As a driver, only operate mobile commu-
If you operate information systems and com-
mobile phone
nication devices when the vehicle is sta-
munication devices integrated in the vehicle
Using Wi-Fi with a data-enabled mobile
-
tionary.
when driving, you could be distracted from the
phone
trafoc situation. This could also cause you to
# As a vehicle occupant, use mobile com-
The Internet functions can only be used to a limi-
lose control of the vehicle.
munication devices only in the designa-
ted degree whilst driving.
ted area, e.g. in the rear passenger com-
# Only operate this equipment when the
partment.
trafoc situation permits.
# If you cannot be sure of this, stop the
You must observe the legal requirements for the
vehicle whilst paying attention to road
country in which you are currently driving when
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 609▌Setting up an Internet connection using theDepending on the vehicle equipment, you can pur-% With external Wi-Fi hotspots, which arechase a data package directly from a mobileencrypted via TKIP, online software updatescommunication modulephone network provider via the Mercedes mecannot be carried out via the external Wi-FiRequirementsStore. To be able to use the data package, youhotspot.R The vehicle is equipped with a permanentlyconclude a separate contract with a mobile phone▌Disconnecting the automatic Internet connec-installed communication provider via the Mercedes me Store,tion via communication modulewhich can be terminated at any time and forR A Mercedes me user account is there are no costs. This contract is a pre-R The vehicle is linked to a Mercedes me userRequirements:requisite for using the services from the previ-account.R Wi-Fi or Bluetooth ® tethering are available inously purchased package. The availability of thisthe vehicle.R The Entertainment Package is is dependent on the country.R The Comfort Data Volume service is system:If the data package option is not available or canbe upgraded, you can purchase data volume4 © 5 Settings 5 SystemMultimedia system:directly from the mobile phone network provider5 Internet and Bluetooth4 © 5 Settings 5 Systemfor a fee.5 Manage Internet access5 Internet and Bluetooth% Visit a Mercedes-Benz service centre to find# Select the Ä settings in the line of5 Manage Internet accessout whether it is possible to purchase dataAcquired data package.# Select Acquired data in your country directly from a mobile# To disconnect the automatic connection:phone network most Mercedes me connect services, dataselect the Delete entry option.% Alternatively, and if available, you can utilisevolume is available when purchasing the services.% The communication module is removed fromthe tethering function of a mobile pho
MBUX multimedia system 609
▌Setting up an Internet connection using the
Depending on the vehicle equipment, you can pur-
% With external Wi-Fi hotspots, which are
chase a data package directly from a mobile
encrypted via TKIP, online software updates
communication module
phone network provider via the Mercedes me
cannot be carried out via the external Wi-Fi
Requirements
Store. To be able to use the data package, you
hotspot.
R The vehicle is equipped with a permanently
conclude a separate contract with a mobile phone
▌Disconnecting the automatic Internet connec-
installed communication module.
network provider via the Mercedes me Store,
tion via communication module
which can be terminated at any time and for
R A Mercedes me user account is available.
which there are no costs. This contract is a pre-
R The vehicle is linked to a Mercedes me user
Requirements:
requisite for using the services from the previ-
account.
R Wi-Fi or Bluetooth ® tethering are available in
ously purchased package. The availability of this
the vehicle.
R The Entertainment Package is active.
option is dependent on the country.
R The Comfort Data Volume service is active.
Multimedia system:
If the data package option is not available or can
be upgraded, you can purchase data volume
4 © 5 Settings 5 System
Multimedia system:
directly from the mobile phone network provider
5 Internet and Bluetooth
4 © 5 Settings 5 System
for a fee.
5 Manage Internet access
5 Internet and Bluetooth
% Visit a Mercedes-Benz service centre to find
# Select the Ä settings in the line of
5 Manage Internet access
out whether it is possible to purchase data
Acquired data package.
# Select Acquired data package.
volume in your country directly from a mobile
# To disconnect the automatic connection:
phone network provider.
For most Mercedes me connect services, data
select the Delete entry option.
% Alternatively, and if available, you can utilise
volume is available when purchasing the services.
% The communication module is removed from
the tethering function of a mobile phone via
Additional data volume is required to use some
the list of known hotspots, but can be recon-
Wi-Fi or Bluetooth ® to use the web browser or
functions, e.g. web browser or Wi-Fi hotspot.
nected manually at any time ( / page 609).
Wi-Fi hotspot.
If the data volume limit is reached, the availability
The Delete entry option permits the use of pur-
of Mercedes me connect services is limited.
chased data volume to be limited. The system is
F167 0057 02
610 MBUX multimedia systemprevented from automatically establishing a con-The mobile phone is not listed in the Internet▌Setting up an internet connection via Blue-nection to the communication module after thisdevice managertooth ®option has been activated.# Select Search for :▌Setting up an Internet connection via Wi-Fi# Select the mobile phone with the ö Wi-FiR The mobile phone supports the Bluetooth ® PAN (Personal Area Network).Requirements:It may take a few seconds until the device isR The Wi-Fi function is activated on the multime-R The mobile phone is connected to the multi-found by the Wi-Fi system ( / page 510).media system via Bluetooth ® ( / page 574).# Log in to the Wi-Fi network ( / page 510).R The Wi-Fi hotspot function is activated on theR Internet access via Bluetooth ® is activatedThe Internet connection via Wi-Fi is restricted ormobile phone (see the manufacturer's operat-(see the manufacturer's operating instruc-does not function in the following cases:ing instructions).tions).R The mobile phone is switched offR Internet access via Wi-Fi is activated (see theMultimedia system:manufacturer's operating instructions).R Mobile data use is deactivated on the mobile4 © 5 Settings 5 SystemphoneMultimedia system:5 Internet and BluetoothR The Wi-Fi function is deactivated on the multi-4 © 5 Settings 5 System5 Manage Internet accessmedia system5 Internet and Bluetooth% This function is country-dependent.R The Wi-Fi function is deactivated on the5 Manage Internet accessThe mobile phone is listed in the Internet devicemobile phone% This function is Internet access via Wi-Fi is deactivated on theThe mobile phone is listed in the Internet device# Select the mobile phone with the \ Blue-mobile phonemanagertooth ® symbol.# Select the mobile phone with the ö Wi-FiThe mobile phone is not listed in the Internetdevice managersymbol.F167 0057 02
610 MBUX multimedia system
prevented from automatically establishing a con-
The mobile phone is not listed in the Internet
▌Setting up an internet connection via Blue-
nection to the communication module after this
device manager
tooth ®
option has been activated.
# Select Search for access.
Requirements:
▌Setting up an Internet connection via Wi-Fi
# Select the mobile phone with the ö Wi-Fi
R The mobile phone supports the Bluetooth ®
symbol.
profile PAN (Personal Area Network).
Requirements:
It may take a few seconds until the device is
R The Wi-Fi function is activated on the multime-
R The mobile phone is connected to the multi-
found by the Wi-Fi search.
dia system ( / page 510).
media system via Bluetooth ® ( / page 574).
# Log in to the Wi-Fi network ( / page 510).
R The Wi-Fi hotspot function is activated on the
R Internet access via Bluetooth ® is activated
The Internet connection via Wi-Fi is restricted or
mobile phone (see the manufacturer's operat-
(see the manufacturer's operating instruc-
does not function in the following cases:
ing instructions).
tions).
R The mobile phone is switched off
R Internet access via Wi-Fi is activated (see the
Multimedia system:
manufacturer's operating instructions).
R Mobile data use is deactivated on the mobile
4 © 5 Settings 5 System
phone
Multimedia system:
5 Internet and Bluetooth
R The Wi-Fi function is deactivated on the multi-
4 © 5 Settings 5 System
5 Manage Internet access
media system
5 Internet and Bluetooth
% This function is country-dependent.
R The Wi-Fi function is deactivated on the
5 Manage Internet access
The mobile phone is listed in the Internet device
mobile phone
% This function is country-dependent.
manager
R Internet access via Wi-Fi is deactivated on the
The mobile phone is listed in the Internet device
# Select the mobile phone with the \ Blue-
mobile phone
manager
tooth ® symbol.
# Select the mobile phone with the ö Wi-Fi
The mobile phone is not listed in the Internet
device manager
symbol.
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 611Select Search for access.▌Establishing an Internet connectionR The Bluetooth ® function is switched off on the#In the list displayed, all mobile phones alreadymobile phone and the mobile phone is to beMultimedia system:known to the multimedia system are via Bluetooth ®4 © 5 AppsNew devices can be set up using the phoneR Neither the mobile phone network nor the# For example, select z phone allow simultaneous use of a# Connect the mobile phone using Bluetooth ®telephone and an Internet connectionIf you select a function that requires an Internet( / page 574).R The mobile phone has not been enabled forconnection and the system is currently ofnine, a% If a new mobile phone is connected usingmenu opens with a selection of possible InternetInternet access via Bluetooth ®accesses as well as all tethering devices that areBluetooth ® , this is also used for the telephone▌Cancelling Internet access permission for awithin phone# Select an Internet access from the Internet connection via Bluetooth ® is restric-Multimedia system:The Internet connection is or does not function in the following cases:4 © 5 Settings 5 System% The list of possible Internet connections canR The mobile phone is switched off5 Internet and Bluetoothalso be displayed using the extended statusR The mobile phone network coverage is insufo-5 Manage Internet Select options Ä next to the name of the% Depending on the vehicle equipment andR Mobile data use is deactivated on the mobilemobile availability, you can establish an Inter-phonenet connection via the communication mod-# Select Delete configuration.R The Bluetooth ® function on the multimediaule or connected mobile phones.# Select is switched off and the mobile phone% The availability of the web browser dependsis to be connected via Bluetooth ®on the country.F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 611
Select Search for access.
▌Establishing an Internet connection
R The Bluetooth ® function is switched off on the
#
In the list displayed, all mobile phones already
mobile phone and the mobile phone is to be
Multimedia system:
known to the multimedia system are shown.
connected via Bluetooth ®
4 © 5 Apps
New devices can be set up using the phone
R Neither the mobile phone network nor the
# For example, select z Browser.
application.
mobile phone allow simultaneous use of a
# Connect the mobile phone using Bluetooth ®
telephone and an Internet connection
If you select a function that requires an Internet
( / page 574).
R The mobile phone has not been enabled for
connection and the system is currently ofnine, a
% If a new mobile phone is connected using
menu opens with a selection of possible Internet
Internet access via Bluetooth ®
accesses as well as all tethering devices that are
Bluetooth ® , this is also used for the telephone
▌Cancelling Internet access permission for a
within range.
application.
mobile phone
# Select an Internet access from the list.
The Internet connection via Bluetooth ® is restric-
Multimedia system:
The Internet connection is established.
ted or does not function in the following cases:
4 © 5 Settings 5 System
% The list of possible Internet connections can
R The mobile phone is switched off
5 Internet and Bluetooth
also be displayed using the extended status
R The mobile phone network coverage is insufo-
5 Manage Internet access
line.
cient
# Select options Ä next to the name of the
% Depending on the vehicle equipment and
R Mobile data use is deactivated on the mobile
mobile phone.
country availability, you can establish an Inter-
phone
net connection via the communication mod-
# Select Delete configuration.
R The Bluetooth ® function on the multimedia
ule or connected mobile phones.
# Select Yes.
system is switched off and the mobile phone
% The availability of the web browser depends
is to be connected via Bluetooth ®
on the country.
F167 0057 02
612 MBUX multimedia systemConnection statusNotes on displaying the connection statusWeb browsersR When connecting via Wi-Fi, the connection▌Connection status overview▌Calling up a web pagestatus and device name are on the connection status, the followingR When connecting via a Bluetooth ® device, the& WARNING Risk of distraction from infor-symbols can appear on the media display in theconnection status, device name, and networkmation systems and communicationsstatus line:type are ö: a Wi-Fi device is selected as InternetR In the case of a connection via the communi-If you operate information systems and module the following status informationmunication devices integrated in the vehicleR \: a Bluetooth ® device is selected as Inter-can be shown:when driving, you could be distracted from thenet situation. This could also cause you toType of network-lose control of the vehicle.R Mobile communications standard (e.g. 4G +Status (online, ofnine, data volumes availa--double arrow symbol): the communication# Only operate this equipment when theble or used, limited service)module is selected as the situation permits.R For vehicles with a communication module,# If you cannot be sure of this, stop the▌Displaying the connection statusthe connection data of non-user paid servicesvehicle whilst paying attention to roadcan be displayed via Mercedes me system:and trafoc conditions and operate the4 ©equipment with the vehicle stationary.# Briefly press the status extended status line is must observe the legal requirements for thecountry in which you are currently driving when# Briefly press the Internet symbol in the symboloperating the multimedia current connection status is displayed.F167 0057 02
612 MBUX multimedia system
Connection status
Notes on displaying the connection status
Web browsers
R When connecting via Wi-Fi, the connection
▌Connection status overview
▌Calling up a web page
status and device name are displayed.
Depending on the connection status, the following
R When connecting via a Bluetooth ® device, the
& WARNING Risk of distraction from infor-
symbols can appear on the media display in the
connection status, device name, and network
mation systems and communications
status line:
type are displayed.
equipment
R ö: a Wi-Fi device is selected as Internet
R In the case of a connection via the communi-
If you operate information systems and com-
access.
cation module the following status information
munication devices integrated in the vehicle
R \: a Bluetooth ® device is selected as Inter-
can be shown:
when driving, you could be distracted from the
net access.
trafoc situation. This could also cause you to
Type of network
-
lose control of the vehicle.
R Mobile communications standard (e.g. 4G +
Status (online, ofnine, data volumes availa-
-
double arrow symbol): the communication
# Only operate this equipment when the
ble or used, limited service)
module is selected as the hotspot.
trafoc situation permits.
R For vehicles with a communication module,
# If you cannot be sure of this, stop the
▌Displaying the connection status
the connection data of non-user paid services
vehicle whilst paying attention to road
can be displayed via Mercedes me connect.
Multimedia system:
and trafoc conditions and operate the
4 ©
equipment with the vehicle stationary.
# Briefly press the status line.
The extended status line is displayed.
You must observe the legal requirements for the
country in which you are currently driving when
# Briefly press the Internet symbol in the symbol
operating the multimedia system.
overview.
The current connection status is displayed.
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 613Multimedia system:▌Web browser overviewR Share link4 © 5 Apps 5 z BrowserR Share contentR Request mobile websiteCalling up a new web page▌Calling up web browser optionsSelect Search.#Multimedia system:# Entering a web address.4 © 5 Apps 5 z Browser# Select OK.5 Ä 5 Bookmarks & history% The function is following functions are available:% No web pages can be displayed on the multi-R Bookmarksmedia system while driving.R Browsing historyCalling up a website from the browser history1 Previous websiteR Entered URLs2 Next website# To call up the previous page from the history:select q.3 UpdateSelect an option.#4 URLChange the settings.#5 Adds/removes bookmarks▌Calling up the web browser settings6 OptionsMultimedia system:7 Settings4 © 5 Apps 5 z Browser% Under Ä you have the following options:5 Z 5 SettingsR TabsThe following functions are available:R Bookmarks & historyR Block popupsR Reading modeF167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 613
Multimedia system:
▌Web browser overview
R Share link
4 © 5 Apps 5 z Browser
R Share content
R Request mobile website
Calling up a new web page
▌Calling up web browser options
Select Search.
#
Multimedia system:
# Entering a web address.
4 © 5 Apps 5 z Browser
# Select OK.
5 Ä 5 Bookmarks & history
% The function is country-dependent.
The following functions are available:
% No web pages can be displayed on the multi-
R Bookmarks
media system while driving.
R Browsing history
Calling up a website from the browser history
1 Previous website
R Entered URLs
2 Next website
# To call up the previous page from the history:
select q.
3 Update
Select an option.
#
4 URL
Change the settings.
#
5 Adds/removes bookmarks
▌Calling up the web browser settings
6 Options
Multimedia system:
7 Settings
4 © 5 Apps 5 z Browser
% Under Ä you have the following options:
5 Z 5 Settings
R Tabs
The following functions are available:
R Bookmarks & history
R Block popups
R Reading mode
F167 0057 02
614 MBUX multimedia systemR Enable cookiesThe following options are available:Private modeR Delete entryR Enable Javascript# Switch private mode on D or off E.R Delete allIf the private mode is switched on, an iconSwitch a function on D or off E.#appears in the input line of the web browser.R Edit▌Deleting browser data% In private mode, neither the history nor cook-R ShareMultimedia system:ies are one of the options can also be created in private4 © 5 Apps 5 z Browser#mode.5 Z 5 Browser data▌Managing tabsMultimedia system:▌Sharing URLs from the web browserThe following specific browser data can be4 © 5 Apps 5 z Browserdeleted:Requirements:5 Ä 5 TabsR CacheR To share via QR code: an app for scanning theQR code is installed on the mobile device.R CookiesOpening a new tabR Form dataMultimedia system:# Select New tab.4 © 5 Apps 5 z BrowserSelect one of the options tab#5 Ä▌Managing bookmarks# Select the icon for the desired URLs via QR codeMultimedia system:Closing a tab4 © 5 Apps 5 z BrowserSelect Share link.## Press and hold the icon of the tab to beA QR code appears.5 Äclosed until a menu appears.# Scan the displayed QR code with a mobile# Select Bookmarks & history.# Select .# Select Ä after the tab is closed.A menu with options opens.F167 0057 02
614 MBUX multimedia system
R Enable cookies
The following options are available:
Private mode
R Delete entry
R Enable Javascript
# Switch private mode on D or off E.
R Delete all
If the private mode is switched on, an icon
Switch a function on D or off E.
#
appears in the input line of the web browser.
R Edit
▌Deleting browser data
% In private mode, neither the history nor cook-
R Share
Multimedia system:
ies are saved.
Select one of the options shown.
Bookmarks can also be created in private
4 © 5 Apps 5 z Browser
#
mode.
5 Z 5 Browser data
▌Managing tabs
Multimedia system:
▌Sharing URLs from the web browser
The following specific browser data can be
4 © 5 Apps 5 z Browser
deleted:
Requirements:
5 Ä 5 Tabs
R Cache
R To share via QR code: an app for scanning the
QR code is installed on the mobile device.
R Cookies
Opening a new tab
R Form data
Multimedia system:
# Select New tab.
4 © 5 Apps 5 z Browser
Select one of the options shown.
Changing tab
#
5 Ä
▌Managing bookmarks
# Select the icon for the desired tab.
Sharing URLs via QR code
Multimedia system:
Closing a tab
4 © 5 Apps 5 z Browser
Select Share link.
#
# Press and hold the icon of the tab to be
A QR code appears.
5 Ä
closed until a menu appears.
# Scan the displayed QR code with a mobile
# Select Bookmarks & history.
# Select Close.
device.
# Select Ä after the bookmark.
The tab is closed.
A menu with options opens.
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 615Depending on the country, data volume may▌Overview of TuneIn RadioSharing URLs with another displayneed to be purchased.# Select Share content.R A fast Internet connection for data transmis-# In the menu drag and drop a display tosion free of displayed web page opens on the other% The functions and services are . For more information, consult aMercedes-Benz service centre.▌Setting the web browser in the backgroundMultimedia system:Multimedia system:4 © 5 Þ Radio4 © 5 Apps 5 z Browser# Select TuneIn Radio.# Press ©.The TuneIn Radio menu appears. The last sta-Audio playback set starts playing.% The connection quality depends on the localTuneIn Radiomobile phone reception.▌Calling up TuneIn RadioRequirements:1 Internet Radio providerR There is a user account at Additional information on the currently stationR The vehicle is linked to the Mercedes me user3 Previous or next stationaccount.4 SettingsR The TuneIn radio service is activated.5 Additional options6 FavouritesR The data volume is available.F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 615
Depending on the country, data volume may
▌Overview of TuneIn Radio
Sharing URLs with another display
need to be purchased.
# Select Share content.
R A fast Internet connection for data transmis-
# In the menu drag and drop a display to
sion free of interference.
another display.
The displayed web page opens on the other
% The functions and services are country-
display.
dependent. For more information, consult a
Mercedes-Benz service centre.
▌Setting the web browser in the background
Multimedia system:
Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Þ Radio
4 © 5 Apps 5 z Browser
# Select TuneIn Radio.
# Press ©.
The TuneIn Radio menu appears. The last sta-
Audio playback continues.
tion set starts playing.
% The connection quality depends on the local
TuneIn Radio
mobile phone reception.
▌Calling up TuneIn Radio
Requirements:
1 Internet Radio provider
R There is a user account at
2 Additional information on the currently selec-
ted station
R The vehicle is linked to the Mercedes me user
3 Previous or next station
account.
4 Settings
R The TuneIn radio service is activated.
5 Additional options
6 Favourites
R The data volume is available.
F167 0057 02
616 MBUX multimedia system▌Saving/deleting a TuneIn radio station as aSelect an option.7 Controls playback#favourite8 Station listMultimedia system:9 SearchMedia4 © 5 Þ Radio 5 TuneIn Radio▌Selecting and connecting to TuneIn radio sta-Information about media modeSaving favouritestions▌Information about supported formats and dataMultimedia system:# Select a media4 © 5 Þ Radio 5 TuneIn Radio# Press the symbol next to the station name.# Select =.& WARNING Risk of distraction when han-Deleting favouritesdling data storage media# Select a category.# Select a you handle a data storage medium while# Select a station.# Press the symbol next to the station , your attention is diverted from theThe connection is established conditions. This could also cause you to▌Setting Internet Radio optionsorlose control of the system:# Select the search field.# Only handle a data storage medium4 © 5 Þ Radio 5 TuneIn Radio# Enter a station the vehicle is stationary.5 Z 5 TuneIn% A relatively large volume of data can be trans-mitted when using Internet following options are available:R Select Stream: select the stream qualityR Login to TuneIn Account: log in to your TuneInuser accountR Log Out of Account: log out of your TuneInuser accountF167 0057 02
616 MBUX multimedia system
▌Saving/deleting a TuneIn radio station as a
Select an option.
7 Controls playback
#
favourite
8 Station list
Multimedia system:
9 Search
Media
4 © 5 Þ Radio 5 TuneIn Radio
▌Selecting and connecting to TuneIn radio sta-
Information about media mode
Saving favourites
tions
▌Information about supported formats and data
Multimedia system:
# Select a station.
storage media
4 © 5 Þ Radio 5 TuneIn Radio
# Press the symbol next to the station name.
# Select =.
& WARNING Risk of distraction when han-
Deleting favourites
dling data storage media
# Select a category.
# Select a station.
If you handle a data storage medium while
# Select a station.
# Press the symbol next to the station name.
driving, your attention is diverted from the
The connection is established automatically.
trafoc conditions. This could also cause you to
▌Setting Internet Radio options
or
lose control of the vehicle.
Multimedia system:
# Select the search field.
# Only handle a data storage medium
4 © 5 Þ Radio 5 TuneIn Radio
# Enter a station name.
when the vehicle is stationary.
5 Z 5 TuneIn
% A relatively large volume of data can be trans-
mitted when using Internet Radio.
The following options are available:
R Select Stream: select the stream quality
R Login to TuneIn Account: log in to your TuneIn
user account
R Log Out of Account: log out of your TuneIn
user account
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 617Supported formats and data storage media:R Due to the wide range of USB devicesavailable on the market, playback cannotPermissibleFAT32, exFAT, NTFSbe guaranteed for all USB systemsR Videos up to FullHD (1920x1080) are devices, iPod ® /iPhone ® ,data storageR Copy-protected music and video files orMTP devices, Bluetooth ® audiomediaDRM (Digital Rights Management) encryp-devicested files cannot be played 3, WMA, AAC, WAV, FLAC,R MP3 players must support Media Transferaudio formatsALACProtocol (MTP).Manufactured under licence from Dolby Laborato-SupportedMPEG, AVI, MKV, MP4, M4V,R Files with the corresponding format canries. Dolby and the double-D symbol are regis-video formatsWMVbe played back from the USB device intered trademarks of Dolby Laboratories LicensingDolby . Confidential unpublished works.% Observe the following notes:Copyright 2020-2022 Dolby Laboratories. All▌Information on copyright protection and trade-R The multimedia system supports a total ofRights to 50,000 files which you create yourself (e.g. copiesR Data storage media up to 2 TB are suppor-of data storage media you make yourself) are gen-ted (32‑bit address space).erally subject to copyright protection. In manyR Due to the large variety of available musiccountries, reproductions are not permitted with-and video files regarding encoders, sam-out the prior consent of the copyright holder, evenpling frequency and data transfer rates,for private use. Make sure that you know aboutplayback cannot be applicable copyright regulations and that youcomply with these.F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 617
Supported formats and data storage media:
R Due to the wide range of USB devices
available on the market, playback cannot
Permissible
FAT32, exFAT, NTFS
be guaranteed for all USB devices.
file systems
R Videos up to FullHD (1920x1080) are sup-
ported.
Permissible
USB devices, iPod ® /iPhone ® ,
data storage
R Copy-protected music and video files or
MTP devices, Bluetooth ® audio
media
DRM (Digital Rights Management) encryp-
devices
ted files cannot be played back.
Supported
MP3, WMA, AAC, WAV, FLAC,
R MP3 players must support Media Transfer
audio formats
ALAC
Protocol (MTP).
Manufactured under licence from Dolby Laborato-
Supported
MPEG, AVI, MKV, MP4, M4V,
R Files with the corresponding format can
ries. Dolby and the double-D symbol are regis-
video formats
WMV
be played back from the USB device in
tered trademarks of Dolby Laboratories Licensing
Dolby Atmos.
Corporation. Confidential unpublished works.
% Observe the following notes:
Copyright 2020-2022 Dolby Laboratories. All
▌Information on copyright protection and trade-
R The multimedia system supports a total of
Rights Reserved.
marks
up to 50,000 files.
Audio files which you create yourself (e.g. copies
R Data storage media up to 2 TB are suppor-
of data storage media you make yourself) are gen-
ted (32‑bit address space).
erally subject to copyright protection. In many
R Due to the large variety of available music
countries, reproductions are not permitted with-
and video files regarding encoders, sam-
out the prior consent of the copyright holder, even
pling frequency and data transfer rates,
for private use. Make sure that you know about
playback cannot be guaranteed.
the applicable copyright regulations and that you
comply with these.
F167 0057 02
618 MBUX multimedia systemFor DTS Patents, see ® Connected Radio™Manufactured under licence from DTS LicensingFor DTS Patents, see DTS, the Symbol, & DTS and the SymbolManufactured under licence from DTS Licensingtogether are registered trademarks, and DTS Tru-Limited. DTS, DTS Connected Radio, and the DTSVolume is a trademark of DTS, Inc. © . DTS, Inc. Alllogo are registered trademarks or trademarks ofRights under licence from Dolby Laborato-DTS, Inc. in the United States and other . Dolby, Dolby Audio and the double-D symbol© 2020 DTS, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Lyricsare trademarks of Dolby and provided by Lyric Find™. Contentlicensed and sourced from Radioplayer™.F167 0057 02
618 MBUX multimedia system
For DTS Patents, see
DTS ® Connected Radio™
Manufactured under licence from DTS Licensing
For DTS Patents, see
Limited. DTS, the Symbol, & DTS and the Symbol
Manufactured under licence from DTS Licensing
together are registered trademarks, and DTS Tru-
Limited. DTS, DTS Connected Radio, and the DTS
Volume is a trademark of DTS, Inc. © . DTS, Inc. All
logo are registered trademarks or trademarks of
Rights Reserved.
Manufactured under licence from Dolby Laborato-
DTS, Inc. in the United States and other countries.
ries. Dolby, Dolby Audio and the double-D symbol
© 2020 DTS, Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED. Lyrics
are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
licensed and provided by Lyric Find™. Content
licensed and sourced from Radioplayer™.
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 619Overview of the media menuGracenote, the Gracenote logo and logotype,TIDAL and TIDAL logo are registered trademark of"Powered by Gracenote", MusicID and Playlist PlusAspiro AB in the European Union and other coun-are either registered trademarks or trademarks , Inc. in the United States and/or product incorporates Spotify software whichis subject to 3rd party licences found here: Album coverlicenses2 Active media source3 Track and artist4 Active data storage medium and current tracknumber/track in playback list5 Repeat6 Random playbackF167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 619
Overview of the media menu
Gracenote, the Gracenote logo and logotype,
TIDAL and TIDAL logo are registered trademark of
"Powered by Gracenote", MusicID and Playlist Plus
Aspiro AB in the European Union and other coun-
are either registered trademarks or trademarks of
tries.
Gracenote, Inc. in the United States and/or other
countries.
This product incorporates Spotify software which
is subject to 3rd party licences found here:
1 Album cover
licenses
2 Active media source
3 Track and artist
4 Active data storage medium and current track
number/track in playback list
5 Repeat
6 Random playback
F167 0057 02
620 MBUX multimedia system▌Searching for and authorising a Bluetooth ®7 Settings8 Additional optionsaudio device9 Additional categoriesRequirements:A Playlists and categoriesR Bluetooth ® is activated on the multimedia sys-B Timelinetem and audio equipment.C Media searchR The audio equipment supports the Bluetooth ®D Next track or fast forwardaudio profiles A2DP and AVRCP.E Controls playbackR The audio equipment is "visible" for other devi-F Previous track or fast system:Connecting the data storage medium to the multi-4 © 5 Media 5 Bluetoothmedia systemAuthorising a new Bluetooth ® audio device▌Connecting USB devices# Select Connect device.A multimedia connection unit is found in the stor-* NOTE Damage caused by high tempera-Detected equipment is displayed in the deviceage compartment under the armrest and has C USB ports 1. Depending on the vehicle's# Select an audio , additional USB ports can be found inHigh temperatures can damage USB starts. A code is displayed onthe storage compartment of the centre console# Remove the USB device after use andthe multimedia system and on the mobileand in the rear folding it out of the .# Connect the USB device to the USB port.# If the codes are identical, confirm on theaudio equipment.F167 0057 02
620 MBUX multimedia system
▌Searching for and authorising a Bluetooth ®
7 Settings
8 Additional options
audio device
9 Additional categories
Requirements:
A Playlists and categories
R Bluetooth ® is activated on the multimedia sys-
B Timeline
tem and audio equipment.
C Media search
R The audio equipment supports the Bluetooth ®
D Next track or fast forward
audio profiles A2DP and AVRCP.
E Controls playback
R The audio equipment is "visible" for other devi-
F Previous track or fast rewind
ces.
Multimedia system:
Connecting the data storage medium to the multi-
4 © 5 Media 5 Bluetooth
media system
Authorising a new Bluetooth ® audio device
▌Connecting USB devices
# Select Connect device.
A multimedia connection unit is found in the stor-
* NOTE Damage caused by high tempera-
Detected equipment is displayed in the device
age compartment under the armrest and has two
tures
list.
type C USB ports 1. Depending on the vehicle's
# Select an audio device.
equipment, additional USB ports can be found in
High temperatures can damage USB devices.
Authorisation starts. A code is displayed on
the storage compartment of the centre console
# Remove the USB device after use and
the multimedia system and on the mobile
and in the rear folding compartment.
take it out of the vehicle.
phone.
# Connect the USB device to the USB port.
# If the codes are identical, confirm on the
audio equipment.
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 621Select No, only continue playback: select 6.Additional options for setting media playback##The Bluetooth ® audio equipment is connectedTo repeat a track: select :.Multimedia system:#with the multimedia the repeat function there are the following4 © 5 MediaConnecting previously authorised Bluetooth ®settings:Calling up additional optionsaudio equipmentR Select once: the active playlist is repeated.# Select Ä.Select a Bluetooth ® audio device from the list.R Select twice: the current track is repeated.#The additional options are connection is being established.R Select three times: the repeat function is# Select an media playback# To play back tracks in random order: selectMedia :▌Notes about the search function in categories# To rewind or fast-forward a track: tap on theR A data storage medium is connected to thedesired point on the 5 you can search through all availablemultimedia files. There are several categories available# To select the next track: select ü.Multimedia system:for selection. The categories shown depend on# To select the previous track: select û.4 © 5 Mediathe connected device and data format.# To scroll through tracks quickly: press and# Select a media source.% The categories are available as soon as thehold û or ü.entire media content has been read in and# To show the current track list: select 5. media playbackAvailability of the media search with Androiddevices may be system:4 © 5 Media# To pause playback: select 8.F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 621
Select No, only music.
To continue playback: select 6.
Additional options for setting media playback
#
#
The Bluetooth ® audio equipment is connected
To repeat a track: select :.
Multimedia system:
#
with the multimedia system.
For the repeat function there are the following
4 © 5 Media
Connecting previously authorised Bluetooth ®
settings:
Calling up additional options
audio equipment
R Select once: the active playlist is repeated.
# Select Ä.
Select a Bluetooth ® audio device from the list.
R Select twice: the current track is repeated.
#
The additional options are shown.
The connection is being established.
R Select three times: the repeat function is
# Select an option.
deactivated.
Starting media playback
# To play back tracks in random order: select
Media search
9.
Requirements:
▌Notes about the search function in categories
# To rewind or fast-forward a track: tap on the
R A data storage medium is connected to the
desired point on the timeline.
Under 5 you can search through all available
multimedia system.
media files. There are several categories available
# To select the next track: select ü.
Multimedia system:
for selection. The categories shown depend on
# To select the previous track: select û.
4 © 5 Media
the connected device and data format.
# To scroll through tracks quickly: press and
# Select a media source.
% The categories are available as soon as the
hold û or ü.
entire media content has been read in and
# To show the current track list: select 5.
analysed.
Controlling media playback
Availability of the media search with Android
devices may be limited.
Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Media
# To pause playback: select 8.
F167 0057 02
622 MBUX multimedia system▌Starting a search in categoriesMusic onlineSelect a streaming provider.#A QR code is shown on the system:▌Requirements4 © 5 Media 5 5# Scan the QR code with the mobile phone.R There is an account for the music streaming# Confirm the connection request on the mobile# Select a .R A subscription for the music streaming service▌Using the keyword searchhas been more streaming providersMultimedia system:R The data volume is available.# Select Online music.4 © 5 MediaThe last active streaming provider is on the country, data volume mayYou can look for content using the keywordneed to be purchased.# Select with free text input.R A fast Internet connection for data transmis-# Select Music services.# Select ª.sion free of overview of all supported streaming pro-A keyboard for character entry appears.% The functions and services are country-# Enter the term searched . For more information, consult a# Select a streaming provider.% The search begins with the first characterMercedes-Benz service centre.A QR code is shown on the . The more characters entered theMultimedia system:# Scan the QR code with the mobile concrete the search results become.4 © 5 Media# Confirm the connection request on the mobile# Select the desired entry from the result a list with several tracks is selected, thenAdding a streaming provider the first time youthis is opened in the out from a streaming providerstart the applicationTo playback all of the tracks in the list, select# Select Online music.# Select Online music.Ä and then Play last active streaming provider is overview of all supported streaming pro-viders appears.# Select Z.F167 0057 02
622 MBUX multimedia system
▌Starting a search in categories
Music online
Select a streaming provider.
#
A QR code is shown on the display.
Multimedia system:
▌Requirements
4 © 5 Media 5 5
# Scan the QR code with the mobile phone.
R There is an account for the music streaming
# Confirm the connection request on the mobile
# Select a category.
service.
phone.
R A subscription for the music streaming service
▌Using the keyword search
has been obtained.
Adding more streaming providers
Multimedia system:
R The data volume is available.
# Select Online music.
4 © 5 Media
The last active streaming provider is active.
Depending on the country, data volume may
You can look for content using the keyword
need to be purchased.
# Select Z.
search with free text input.
R A fast Internet connection for data transmis-
# Select Music services.
# Select ª.
sion free of interference.
The overview of all supported streaming pro-
A keyboard for character entry appears.
viders appears.
% The functions and services are country-
# Enter the term searched for.
dependent. For more information, consult a
# Select a streaming provider.
% The search begins with the first character
Mercedes-Benz service centre.
A QR code is shown on the display.
entered. The more characters entered the
Multimedia system:
# Scan the QR code with the mobile phone.
more concrete the search results become.
4 © 5 Media
# Confirm the connection request on the mobile
# Select the desired entry from the result list.
phone.
If a list with several tracks is selected, then
Adding a streaming provider the first time you
this is opened in the search.
Logging out from a streaming provider
start the application
To playback all of the tracks in the list, select
# Select Online music.
# Select Online music.
Ä and then Play now.
The last active streaming provider is active.
The overview of all supported streaming pro-
viders appears.
# Select Z.
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 623Select Music search in online music▌Information about Dolby Atmos ®#The overview of all supported streaming pro-You can look for content using the keywordThe MBUX multimedia system enables playback ofviders with free text Atmos ® content via the Burmester ® sound# Tap on Log out.# Select ª.system, thereby providing an even more immer-sive three-dimensional sound experience.A keyboard for character entry appears.▌Calling up music online# Enter the term searched for.% The function is available with Apple Music ®Multimedia system:streaming or by using a USB device with the4 © 5 Media% The more characters entered when using thecorresponding file search, the more concrete the# Select Online music.% The availability of this function is equipment-search results playback can be controlled with the Touch# Select the desired entry from the result or by using the media on the selected hit, playback is▌Switching Dolby Atmos ® on or offstarted or a lower level in the search is▌Searching for music in online musicRequirements: system:R An account for the Apple Music ® music▌Calling up online music settings4 © 5 Media 5 Online musicstreaming service is system:R A subscription for the Apple Music ® musicSearching for categories in online music4 © 5 Media 5 Online musicstreaming service has been media content of the streaming provider can# Select scanned through in the category search. TheR Sufocient data volume is categories and the symbol for the cate-# Select Music on the country, data volume maygory search depend on the streaming to be purchased.# Select Z next to a streaming provider.# Start the category search.R A fast Internet connection for data transmis-# Select a list of available categories free of inte
MBUX multimedia system 623
Select Music services.
Keyword search in online music
▌Information about Dolby Atmos ®
#
The overview of all supported streaming pro-
You can look for content using the keyword
The MBUX multimedia system enables playback of
viders appears.
search with free text input.
Dolby Atmos ® content via the Burmester ® sound
# Tap on Log out.
# Select ª.
system, thereby providing an even more immer-
sive three-dimensional sound experience.
A keyboard for character entry appears.
▌Calling up music online
# Enter the term searched for.
% The function is available with Apple Music ®
Multimedia system:
streaming or by using a USB device with the
4 © 5 Media
% The more characters entered when using the
corresponding file formats.
keyword search, the more concrete the
# Select Online music.
% The availability of this function is equipment-
search results are.
dependent.
Music playback can be controlled with the Touch
# Select the desired entry from the result list.
Control or by using the media application.
Depending on the selected hit, playback is
▌Switching Dolby Atmos ® on or off
started or a lower level in the search is
▌Searching for music in online music
Requirements:
opened.
Multimedia system:
R An account for the Apple Music ® music
▌Calling up online music settings
4 © 5 Media 5 Online music
streaming service is available.
Multimedia system:
R A subscription for the Apple Music ® music
Searching for categories in online music
4 © 5 Media 5 Online music
streaming service has been obtained.
The media content of the streaming provider can
# Select Z.
be scanned through in the category search. The
R Sufocient data volume is available.
available categories and the symbol for the cate-
# Select Music services.
Depending on the country, data volume may
gory search depend on the streaming provider.
need to be purchased.
# Select Z next to a streaming provider.
# Start the category search.
R A fast Internet connection for data transmis-
# Select a setting.
The list of available categories appears.
sion free of interference.
# Select a category.
F167 0057 02
624 MBUX multimedia system% The functions and services are country-Radio overviewRadiodependent. For more information, consult aSwitching on the radioMercedes-Benz service system:Multimedia system:4 © 5 Þ Radio4 © 5 Media# Start the application on the multimedia sys-# Select Online home overview of all supported streaming pro-The radio menu appears. You will hear the lastviders played on the last frequency band# Select Apple Music ® .selected.# Select Z.# Tap E to switch on Dolby Atmos ® .or# Tap D to switch off Dolby Atmos ® .Tracks which are present or available in DolbyAtmos ® will be played appropriately by thesound system using this format.1 Preview image2 Active frequency band3 Station name, set frequency and additionalinformation on the station4 Previous or next station5 Settings6 Sound settingsF167 0057 02
624 MBUX multimedia system
% The functions and services are country-
Radio overview
Radio
dependent. For more information, consult a
Switching on the radio
Mercedes-Benz service centre.
Multimedia system:
Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Þ Radio
4 © 5 Media
# Start the application on the multimedia sys-
# Select Online music.
tem home screen.
The overview of all supported streaming pro-
The radio menu appears. You will hear the last
viders appears.
station played on the last frequency band
# Select Apple Music ® .
selected.
# Select Z.
# Tap E to switch on Dolby Atmos ® .
or
# Tap D to switch off Dolby Atmos ® .
Tracks which are present or available in Dolby
Atmos ® will be played appropriately by the
sound system using this format.
1 Preview image
2 Active frequency band
3 Station name, set frequency and additional
information on the station
4 Previous or next station
5 Settings
6 Sound settings
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 625Swipe the station list up or a suggested station.7 Switches on trafoc reports##The selected station is played.8 Station listSelect a station.#9 SearchStoring radio stationsSearching for radio stations using station namesor frequency entrySetting the frequency bandMultimedia system:4 © 5 Þ RadioMultimedia system:Multimedia system:4 © 5 Þ Radio4 © 5 Þ Radio# Select a radio station.# Select f.# Select è.# Select a frequency band or a favourite.# Enter a station name or favouritesSelecting a radio station# Select a system:Multimedia system:Selecting a recommended radio station4 © 5 Þ Radio 5 Favourites4 © 5 Þ Radio# Swipe to the left or right on the control ele-Requirements:Moving stationsment or select a radio station.R The multimedia system has gathered sufocient# Press ·.data in order to show station list of favourites up the radio station listMultimedia system:# Press Ä to the far right of the station4 © 5 Þ system:# Select Move.4 © 5 Þ Radio# Select è.The recommended stations are shown.# Move the station to the new position.# Select 4.The station list appears.F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 625
Swipe the station list up or down.
Select a suggested station.
7 Switches on trafoc reports
#
#
The selected station is played.
8 Station list
Select a station.
#
9 Search
Storing radio stations
Searching for radio stations using station names
or frequency entry
Setting the frequency band
Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Þ Radio
Multimedia system:
Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Þ Radio
4 © 5 Þ Radio
# Select a radio station.
# Select f.
# Select è.
# Select a frequency band or a favourite.
# Enter a station name or frequency.
Managing favourites
Selecting a radio station
# Select a station.
Multimedia system:
Multimedia system:
Selecting a recommended radio station
4 © 5 Þ Radio 5 Favourites
4 © 5 Þ Radio
# Swipe to the left or right on the control ele-
Requirements:
Moving stations
ment or select a radio station.
R The multimedia system has gathered sufocient
# Press ·.
data in order to show station suggestions.
The list of favourites appears.
Calling up the radio station list
Multimedia system:
# Press Ä to the far right of the station
4 © 5 Þ Radio
name.
Multimedia system:
# Select Move.
4 © 5 Þ Radio
# Select è.
The recommended stations are shown.
# Move the station to the new position.
# Select 4.
The station list appears.
F167 0057 02
626 MBUX multimedia systemSetting station tracking via Internet radioCalling up a slide show (FM/DAB radio mode)Activating/deactivating the frequency fix functionMultimedia system:Multimedia system:RequirementsR A fast Internet connection for data transmis-4 © 5 Þ Radio4 © 5 Þ Radio 5 Zsion free of interference.5 Active frequency bandThe slide show displays additional informationprovided by the station as an image. This can# Activate or deactivate Frequency system:include logos, album covers, music tracks, pro-If the function is activated, the set frequency4 © 5 Þ Radiogrammes, news or service information, for exam-is kept even if the reception is poor.# Select .# Select Internet radio.% The slide show is available for DAB+ channelsActivating/deactivating trafoc announcementsthat broadcast additional information.# Activate or deactivate the Service FollowingMultimedia system:function.# Press the station picture on the central dis-When the function is on, the station is4 © 5 Þ Radio 5 for via Internet image is enlarged.# Select Radio you are driving out of the station's coverageThe trafoc information is switched on or and the station is available via InternetSwitching a slideshow on or off (FM/DAB radioradio, the Poor reception. Tap here to switchmode)Activating/deactivating radio announcementsto Internet radio. message appears on thecentral system:Multimedia system:4 © 5 Þ Radio 5 Z4 © 5 Þ Radio 5 Z# Switch DAB Slideshow or Expanded Radio Sli-# Switch on Radio on D or off selected radio announcements are both slideshows are switched on, thecontents of both slideshows alternate.F167 0057 02
626 MBUX multimedia system
Setting station tracking via Internet radio
Calling up a slide show (FM/DAB radio mode)
Activating/deactivating the frequency fix function
Multimedia system:
Multimedia system:
Requirements
R A fast Internet connection for data transmis-
4 © 5 Þ Radio
4 © 5 Þ Radio 5 Z
sion free of interference.
5 Active frequency band
The slide show displays additional information
provided by the station as an image. This can
# Activate or deactivate Frequency fix.
Multimedia system:
include logos, album covers, music tracks, pro-
If the function is activated, the set frequency
4 © 5 Þ Radio
grammes, news or service information, for exam-
is kept even if the reception is poor.
# Select Z.
ple.
# Select Internet radio.
% The slide show is available for DAB+ channels
Activating/deactivating trafoc announcements
that broadcast additional information.
# Activate or deactivate the Service Following
Multimedia system:
function.
# Press the station picture on the central dis-
When the function is on, the station is
4 © 5 Þ Radio 5 Z
play.
searched for via Internet Radio.
The image is enlarged.
# Select Radio announcements.
If you are driving out of the station's coverage
The trafoc information is switched on or off.
area and the station is available via Internet
Switching a slideshow on or off (FM/DAB radio
radio, the Poor reception. Tap here to switch
mode)
Activating/deactivating radio announcements
to Internet radio. message appears on the
central display.
Multimedia system:
Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Þ Radio 5 Z
4 © 5 Þ Radio 5 Z
# Switch DAB Slideshow or Expanded Radio Sli-
# Switch on Radio announcements.
deshow on D or off E.
The selected radio announcements are played.
When both slideshows are switched on, the
contents of both slideshows alternate.
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 627When Radio announcements are firstSetting the trafoc information service volumeMultimedia system:switched on, Traffic information service (TA),increase4 © 5 Þ Radio 5 ÄTravel and Warning are system:Showing lyricsor4 © 5 Settings 5 System 5 AudioSelect Show off Radio announcements.### Select Navigation & traffic lyrics, album cover, title and artist of theNo radio announcements are currently playing on the radio are dis-# Set a value for Traffic announc. vol. radio announcementsSwipe up or down to go to the bottom or topDisplaying radio textsection of the system:Multimedia system:If no lyrics are available for the song currently4 © 5 Þ Radio 5 Zplaying on the radio, Show lyrics is greyed4 © 5 Þ Radio 5 Z5 Radio announcementsout.5 Active frequency band# Switch an announcement on O or off.# Activate or deactivate Radio text example, Traffic information service (TA),Hiding lyricsTravel or Warning can be selected.# Select the cross at the top of the lyrics dis-play.% The radio announcements are not station-Showing or hiding % The function is equipment-dependent.# Select radio menu appears.F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 627
When Radio announcements are first
Setting the trafoc information service volume
Multimedia system:
switched on, Traffic information service (TA),
increase
4 © 5 Þ Radio 5 Ä
Travel and Warning are preset.
Multimedia system:
Showing lyrics
or
4 © 5 Settings 5 System 5 Audio
Select Show lyrics.
Switch off Radio announcements.
#
#
# Select Navigation & traffic announcements.
The lyrics, album cover, title and artist of the
No radio announcements are played.
song currently playing on the radio are dis-
# Set a value for Traffic announc. vol. increase.
played.
Selecting radio announcements
Swipe up or down to go to the bottom or top
Displaying radio text
section of the lyrics.
Multimedia system:
Multimedia system:
If no lyrics are available for the song currently
4 © 5 Þ Radio 5 Z
playing on the radio, Show lyrics is greyed
4 © 5 Þ Radio 5 Z
5 Radio announcements
out.
5 Active frequency band
# Switch an announcement on O or off.
# Activate or deactivate Radio text information.
For example, Traffic information service (TA),
Hiding lyrics
Travel or Warning can be selected.
# Select the cross at the top of the lyrics dis-
play.
% The radio announcements are not station-
Showing or hiding lyrics
dependent.
or
% The function is equipment-dependent.
# Select G.
The radio menu appears.
F167 0057 02
628 MBUX multimedia system▌Switching loudness normalisation on or off▌Setting the balance and faderSoundMultimedia system:Multimedia system:Sound settings4 © 5 Media 5 Z4 © 5 Media 5 Z▌Information about the sound system5 Loudness normalisation5 Balance and FaderThe sound system has a total output of 125 W andThe function compensates for differing loudnessAdjusting the balanceis equipped with seven speakers. It is available forwhen changing between audio sources and withinall functions in the radio and media modes.# In the grid shown, move the volume distribu-an audio source. Several levels are available fortion between the right and left speakers in the% The call can also be made from other audiothis purpose. The currently set level is . Replace Media with, for example,The loudness normalisation can also be switchedThe volume is distributed between the rightRadio in the menu left-hand speakers.▌Calling up the sound menu# Switch on one the faderMultimedia system:or# In the grid shown, move the volume distribu-4 © 5 Media 5 Z# Switch off the loudness between the front and rear speakers in# Select one of the functions shown to makethe volume is distributed between the frontand rear speakers.▌Adjusting treble, mid-range and bass settingsMultimedia system:4 © 5 Media 5 Z# Set Treble, Mid or Bass.F167 0057 02
628 MBUX multimedia system
▌Switching loudness normalisation on or off
▌Setting the balance and fader
Sound
Multimedia system:
Multimedia system:
Sound settings
4 © 5 Media 5 Z
4 © 5 Media 5 Z
▌Information about the sound system
5 Loudness normalisation
5 Balance and Fader
The sound system has a total output of 125 W and
The function compensates for differing loudness
Adjusting the balance
is equipped with seven speakers. It is available for
when changing between audio sources and within
all functions in the radio and media modes.
# In the grid shown, move the volume distribu-
an audio source. Several levels are available for
tion between the right and left speakers in the
% The call can also be made from other audio
this purpose. The currently set level is displayed.
vehicle.
sources. Replace Media with, for example,
The loudness normalisation can also be switched
The volume is distributed between the right
Radio in the menu path.
off.
and left-hand speakers.
▌Calling up the sound menu
# Switch on one level.
Adjusting the fader
Multimedia system:
or
# In the grid shown, move the volume distribu-
4 © 5 Media 5 Z
# Switch off the loudness normalisation.
tion between the front and rear speakers in
# Select one of the functions shown to make
the vehicle.
settings.
The volume is distributed between the front
and rear speakers.
▌Adjusting treble, mid-range and bass settings
Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Media 5 Z
# Set Treble, Mid or Bass.
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 629▌Switching loudness normalisation in the▌Adjusting the balance and fader in theBurmester ® surround sound systemBurmester ® surround sound system on or offBurmester ® surround sound system▌Information about the Burmester ® surroundMultimedia system:Multimedia system:sound system4 © 5 Media 5 Z 5 Equaliser4 © 5 Media 5 ZThe Burmester ® surround sound system has a5 Loudness normalisation5 Balance and Fadertotal output of 590 W and is equipped with 13The function compensates for differing loudnessspeakers. It is available for all functions in theAdjusting the balancewhen changing between audio sources and withinradio and media the volume distribution between thean audio source. Several levels are available for#% The call can also be made from other audioright and left sides of the vehicle in the gridthis purpose. The currently set level is . Replace Media with, for example, normalisation can also be switched in the menu volume is distributed between the speak-# Switch on one on the left and right sides in the vehicle.▌Calling up the sound menu in the Burmester ®orsurround sound systemAdjusting the fader# Switch off loudness system:# Move the volume distribution between the4 © 5 Media 5 Zfront and rear of the vehicle in the grid volume is distributed between the speak-# Select one of the functions shown to makeers in the front and rear of the .% Setting 0 is recommended for high quality▌Adjusting the treble, mid and bass settings onmusic and voice Burmester ® surround sound systemMultimedia system:4 © 5 Media 5 Z 5 Equaliser# Set Treble, Mid or Bass.F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 629
▌Switching loudness normalisation in the
▌Adjusting the balance and fader in the
Burmester ® surround sound system
Burmester ® surround sound system on or off
Burmester ® surround sound system
▌Information about the Burmester ® surround
Multimedia system:
Multimedia system:
sound system
4 © 5 Media 5 Z 5 Equaliser
4 © 5 Media 5 Z
The Burmester ® surround sound system has a
5 Loudness normalisation
5 Balance and Fader
total output of 590 W and is equipped with 13
The function compensates for differing loudness
speakers. It is available for all functions in the
Adjusting the balance
when changing between audio sources and within
radio and media modes.
Move the volume distribution between the
an audio source. Several levels are available for
#
% The call can also be made from other audio
right and left sides of the vehicle in the grid
this purpose. The currently set level is displayed.
sources. Replace Media with, for example,
shown.
Loudness normalisation can also be switched off.
Radio in the menu path.
The volume is distributed between the speak-
# Switch on one level.
ers on the left and right sides in the vehicle.
▌Calling up the sound menu in the Burmester ®
or
surround sound system
Adjusting the fader
# Switch off loudness normalisation.
Multimedia system:
# Move the volume distribution between the
4 © 5 Media 5 Z
front and rear of the vehicle in the grid shown.
The volume is distributed between the speak-
# Select one of the functions shown to make
ers in the front and rear of the vehicle.
settings.
% Setting 0 is recommended for high quality
▌Adjusting the treble, mid and bass settings on
music and voice reproduction.
the Burmester ® surround sound system
Multimedia system:
4 © 5 Media 5 Z 5 Equaliser
# Set Treble, Mid or Bass.
F167 0057 02
630 MBUX multimedia system▌Selecting a sound profile in the Burmester ®Changing individual settings of the personal soundMBUX rear tabletprofile at a later date:surround sound systemInformation on the MBUX rear tabletMultimedia system:# Select Personal sound profile and Z.4 © 5 Media 5 Z& WARNING Risk of accident from operating# Make the required communication equipment while% The availability of a Personal sound profile isSetting an existing sound profilethe vehicle is in motiondependent on the a sound profile.#The set-up assistant is available when theMobile communication devices distract thevehicle is from the trafoc situation. This can alsoSetting up a personal sound profilecause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.# Select Personal sound profile and Z.▌Adjusting the sound focus in the Burmester ®# As a driver, only operate mobile commu-# Select sound systemnication devices when the vehicle is sta-Multimedia system:# Restart the set-up .4 © 5 Media 5 Z 5 Sound focus# As a vehicle occupant, use mobile com-Setting up a personal sound profile for the first# Select a seat or row of seats for the soundmunication devices only in the designa-time: area, e.g. in the rear passenger com-# Select Personal sound sound focus is .# Open the set-up assistant with must observe the legal requirements for the# Observe the messages on the display and# Select the seat or row of seats in which you are currently driving whenselect the preferred sound focus is mobile communication equipment inThe personal sound profile is created with thethe settings and can be selected in theSound profiles menu.F167 0057 02
630 MBUX multimedia system
▌Selecting a sound profile in the Burmester ®
Changing individual settings of the personal sound
MBUX rear tablet
profile at a later date:
surround sound system
Information on the MBUX rear tablet
Multimedia system:
# Select Personal sound profile and Z.
4 © 5 Media 5 Z
& WARNING Risk of accident from operating
# Make the required adjustments.
mobile communication equipment while
% The availability of a Personal sound profile is
Setting an existing sound profile
the vehicle is in motion
dependent on the equipment.
Select a sound profile.
#
The set-up assistant is available when the
Mobile communication devices distract the
vehicle is stationary.
driver from the trafoc situation. This can also
Setting up a personal sound profile
cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
# Select Personal sound profile and Z.
▌Adjusting the sound focus in the Burmester ®
# As a driver, only operate mobile commu-
# Select Reconfigure.
surround sound system
nication devices when the vehicle is sta-
Multimedia system:
# Restart the set-up assistant.
tionary.
4 © 5 Media 5 Z 5 Sound focus
# As a vehicle occupant, use mobile com-
Setting up a personal sound profile for the first
# Select a seat or row of seats for the sound
munication devices only in the designa-
time:
focus.
ted area, e.g. in the rear passenger com-
# Select Personal sound profile.
The sound focus is activated.
partment.
# Open the set-up assistant with Start.
or
You must observe the legal requirements for the
# Observe the messages on the display and
# Select the seat or row of seats again.
country in which you are currently driving when
select the preferred settings.
The sound focus is deactivated.
operating mobile communication equipment in
The personal sound profile is created with the
the vehicle.
selected settings and can be selected in the
Sound profiles menu.
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 631Overview of the MBUX rear tablet& WARNING Risk of distraction from operat-& WARNING Risk of injury as a result of theing the multimedia system with the MBUXMBUX rear tablet not being secured in therear tabletvehicleOther vehicle occupants can make changes toIf the MBUX rear tablet is loose in the vehiclethe multimedia system with the MBUX rearinterior, it could be thrown around and vehicle changes may distract from trafoc# Always securely lock the MBUX rear tab-conditions and cause an in the bracket intended for that pur-pose.# Block use of the MBUX rear tablet MBUX rear tablet consists of a tablet# Activate the child safety lock in the multi-( / page 631) and a bracket integrated in the rear1 On/off buttonmedia ( / page 632). Comply with the loading2 USB portguidelines ( / page 202).& WARNING Risk of becoming trappedYou can operate the vehicle's multimedia systemIf the tablet has been paired with the multimediathrough operation of the MBUX rear tabletwith the MBUX rear tablet. Operation of the tabletsystem, settings can be made on the multimediais carried out using the touchscreen (see theWhen the MBUX rear tablet is used, seats cansystem in the rear using the MBUX rear 's operating instructions).be adjusted using the seat control. Vehicle% The function of operating the multimedia sys-You can also use the MBUX rear tablet independ-occupants and animals could become trap-tem with the paired tablet, can be blocked inently of the multimedia system.% Do not make any changes to the seat settings# Make sure that nothing is located withinYou can also use the MBUX rear tablet outside theor multimedia system with the MBUX rear tab-the radius of when outside the vehicle.F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 631
Overview of the MBUX rear tablet
& WARNING Risk of distraction from operat-
& WARNING Risk of injury as a result of the
ing the multimedia system with the MBUX
MBUX rear tablet not being secured in the
rear tablet
vehicle
Other vehicle occupants can make changes to
If the MBUX rear tablet is loose in the vehicle
the multimedia system with the MBUX rear
interior, it could be thrown around and thereby
tablet.
hit vehicle occupants.
Unwanted changes may distract from trafoc
# Always securely lock the MBUX rear tab-
conditions and cause an accident.
let in the bracket intended for that pur-
pose.
# Block use of the MBUX rear tablet if
required.
The MBUX rear tablet consists of a tablet
# Activate the child safety lock in the multi-
( / page 631) and a bracket integrated in the rear
1 On/off button
media system.
armrest ( / page 632). Comply with the loading
2 USB port
guidelines ( / page 202).
& WARNING Risk of becoming trapped
You can operate the vehicle's multimedia system
If the tablet has been paired with the multimedia
through operation of the MBUX rear tablet
with the MBUX rear tablet. Operation of the tablet
system, settings can be made on the multimedia
is carried out using the touchscreen (see the
When the MBUX rear tablet is used, seats can
system in the rear using the MBUX rear tablet.
manufacturer's operating instructions).
be adjusted using the seat control. Vehicle
% The function of operating the multimedia sys-
You can also use the MBUX rear tablet independ-
occupants and animals could become trap-
tem with the paired tablet, can be blocked in
ently of the vehicle.
ped.
the multimedia system.
% Do not make any changes to the seat settings
# Make sure that nothing is located within
You can also use the MBUX rear tablet outside the
or multimedia system with the MBUX rear tab-
the radius of movement.
vehicle.
let when outside the vehicle.
F167 0057 02
632 MBUX multimedia systemUpdating the software of the MBUX rear tabletSearch for software of the MBUX rear tablet bracket#Start the software update manually.#Requirements:The MBUX rear tablet is up to date.R The MBUX rear tablet is configured via the% You can also start the software update via theassistant (Android).standard display of the MBUX rear tablet.R A Wi-Fi hotspot with unrestricted or sufocient% You can also have the software of your MBUXdata volume is tablet updated at a Mercedes-Benz% Software updates can vary in size and thusservice to additional costs for limited data vol-% For more information about software updatesumes. Therefore, make sure that you are con-for the MBUX rear tablet, please refer to thenected to a Wi-Fi hotspot that has unlimitedmanufacturer's operating sufocient data volume, e.g. the private net-work at home.% The use of the vehicle data tariff by externaldevices is not available in all countries.# Open the system settings of the MBUX app.% It is not possible to quit the MBUX app.1 Releases the MBUX rear tablet from thebracket% In the system settings (MBUX app) you willfind among other things the settings for Wi-Fi2 Press and hold the button: switches theand software rear tablet on or offPress the button briefly: activates or deacti-# Connect to the Wi-Fi the screen of the MBUX rear tabletThe MBUX rear tablet is connected to the Wi-Fi.F167 0057 02
632 MBUX multimedia system
Updating the software of the MBUX rear tablet
Search for software updates.
Overview of the MBUX rear tablet bracket
#
Start the software update manually.
#
Requirements:
The MBUX rear tablet is up to date.
R The MBUX rear tablet is configured via the
% You can also start the software update via the
assistant (Android).
standard display of the MBUX rear tablet.
R A Wi-Fi hotspot with unrestricted or sufocient
% You can also have the software of your MBUX
data volume is available.
rear tablet updated at a Mercedes-Benz
% Software updates can vary in size and thus
service centre.
lead to additional costs for limited data vol-
% For more information about software updates
umes. Therefore, make sure that you are con-
for the MBUX rear tablet, please refer to the
nected to a Wi-Fi hotspot that has unlimited
manufacturer's operating instructions.
or sufocient data volume, e.g. the private net-
work at home.
% The use of the vehicle data tariff by external
devices is not available in all countries.
# Open the system settings of the MBUX app.
% It is not possible to quit the MBUX app.
1 Releases the MBUX rear tablet from the
bracket
% In the system settings (MBUX app) you will
find among other things the settings for Wi-Fi
2 Press and hold the button: switches the
and software updates.
MBUX rear tablet on or off
Press the button briefly: activates or deacti-
# Connect to the Wi-Fi hotspot.
vates the screen of the MBUX rear tablet
The MBUX rear tablet is connected to the Wi-
Fi.
F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 633The MBUX rear tablet is charged when it is lockedinto the bracket.% If it is not being used during the journey, makesure the MBUX rear tablet is locked in thebracket designed for this purpose.F167 0057 02
MBUX multimedia system 633
The MBUX rear tablet is charged when it is locked
into the bracket.
% If it is not being used during the journey, make
sure the MBUX rear tablet is locked in the
bracket designed for this purpose.
F167 0057 02

Related Topics

Popular Owner Manuals